Universiteit Leiden 1 340 033 3
THE C.H. VAN SCHOONEVELD COLLECTION IN LEIDEN UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

BIBLIOTHECA UNIVERSITATIS LEIDENSIS CODICES MANUSCRIPTI XXXI The C.H. van Schooneveld Collection in Leiden University Library Editorial correspondence and documents relating to Mouton & Co., The Hague, and other papers in the fields of Slavistics and linguistics by Jan Paul Hinrichs With contributions by A. Th. Bouwman Leiden University Library Leiden 2001
Codices Manuscripti is a series of manuscript catalogues published on behalf of Leiden University Library Editorial Board: A.Th. Bouwman and J.J. Witkam Translated from the Dutch by Goedele Gulikers and Robert Fradkin ISSN 0169-8672 ISBN 90-74204-10-4 © Copyright 2001 Leiden University Library RO. Box 9501 — NL-2300 RA Leiden - The Netherlands UNIV. LEIDEN BIBL All rights reserved No part of this book may be reproduced or translated in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means, or stored in any retrieval system, without prior written permission from Leiden University Library Printed in the Netherlands by Cartoprint bv - The Hague


vii Preface In 1998 Professor C.H. van Schooneveld (Vozérier-Amancy, France) dona ted his personal archive which consists of about 35 meters of materials to Leiden University Library. The major part of the material is related to the work he did from 1953 to about 1982 as editor of the series Slavistic print ings and reprintings, De proprietatibus litterarum and Janua linguarum, which were published by Mouton & Co., the publishing house formerly in The Hague. In addition to thousands of editor’s files the collection consists of many other items related to Mouton, one of the most influential schol arly publishing houses our country has known. The collection also includes, among other things, the extensive professional correspondence which Van Schooneveld conducted over the course of his long academic career. He was professor of Slavic languages from 1952 to 1986, first at Leiden University, then at Stanford University in California, and finally at Indiana University in Bloomington. To make this extensive and important collection public to as wide an audience as possible a selection of these items is being presented during an exhibition at the University Library. This book, which clarifies and makes this collection accessible in different ways, is being published in conjunction with this. We owe much thanks to Dr. Jan Paul Hinrichs, Slavic librarian at the University Library. He not only played an important role in the acquisition of this collection, but he also organized and described the material when it arrived in Leiden. He is also the author of the major part of the book. The organization and description of the material has been guided from the beginning by Dr. A. Th. Bouwman, keeper of Western manuscripts at the University Library. We also extend our thanks for his contribution to the development of this book, to which he also provided two chapters that fur ther bring the collection to public attention. Thanks go also to John Rodenburg of the storage management staff, who assisted with the organi zation of the many files.
Mr. Peter de Ridder (Lisse), formerly director of the publishing house Mouton & Co., lent several items that have been printed as illustration in this publication. In addition he provided information that was used in writ ing this book. For this we are very grateful to him. The University Library owes much thanks above all to Professor C.H. van Schooneveld himself for donating his collection. At the same time we thank him and his wife, Mrs. Dorothy van Schooneveld-Abel, for the generous help and hospitality that they repeatedly extended in the course of the prac tical realization of this project. We are especially grateful to Professor Van Schooneveld for the extensive comments that he wrote on the first draft of this publication. This commentary is cited in the introductory contribu tion; the manuscript itself has been added to the collection. The C.H. van Schooneveld Collection contains an exceptionally large amount of unique material in the fields of Slavistics and linguistics. I there fore express the hope that the collection, introduced and made public by this publication, can contribute to education and research in these fields. P.W.J.L. Gerretsen Chief Librarian of Leiden University
1 I ‘A great and enthralling adventure’. C.H. van Schooneveld, Peter de Ridder and Mouton & Co. 1. Introduction South of Geneva, in Vozérier-Amancy in the department of Haute-Savoie, France, is a farmhouse with an imposingly high tiled roof on Route St. Pierre. At the front of the house right next to the door that once was the entrance to the cowshed, hangs a cast iron sign sporting the phrase ‘A la Fraternité’ (see 111. 28). This was the name of the local pub that once existed in this farmhouse. In the former taproom of the pub, with a little step up to the back room, where the band played, is now the study of professor emeri tus C.H. van Schooneveld, the owner of the farmhouse and its adjoining meadow. On the wall of this oblong room, in which great quantities of paper are arranged in file boxes, hang the pictures of the Dutchman Nicolaas van Wijk (1880-1941), and the Russian Roman Osipovic Jakobson (1898-1982), two famous authors from the world of Slavic and general linguistics. Both scholars played a great part in Van Schooneveld’s life and scholarly career (see 111. 6). The result of that influence can be seen in one of his pro fessional activities which has determined everything he has done for decades: the editorship of three series and a journal of Mouton & Co., the scholarly press formerly in The Hague. This farmhouse in Haute-Savoie, seemingly so far removed from the commotion of the world, has for that reason been for several years a vital link in a professional endeavor which has been described as ‘perhaps the most extensive editing career ever in the fields of linguistics and Slavistics.’ 1 2. Mouton gets started Cornelis Hendrik van Schooneveld was born on January 19, 1921 in The Hague as the only child of Antje Steenstra and Daniel van Schooneveld, a well-known tutor of criminal law to generations of law students in Leiden.
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE He went to high school at the Leiden City Gymnasium, from which he graduated on June 15, 1938. He began his university studies in Slavic lan guages and literatures the same year in Leiden and completed his bachelor’s degree cum laude on October 10, 1941. Nicolaas van Wijk, Van Schooneveld’s professor (see 111. 1), had already died, and Van Schooneveld had started cataloguing the extensive and valuable library which Van Wijk had bequeathed to Leiden University Library. From October 1, 1941 through March 31, 1942 Van Schooneveld was hired as a staff member at the University Library to work on this project (see 111. 2). He was forced to give this job up after he was drafted for the ‘Arbeitseinsatz’ in Germany. He in fact never left Leiden, but spent the entire period of the war working on Van Wijk’s library. This job gave him access to the library’s stacks, then still located on the Rapenburg, where he would occasionally hide during these war years. On June 13,1946, Van Schooneveld took his doctoral examination with Van Wijk’s successor, Reinier van der Meulen (see 111. 5). Soon afterwards he had the opportunity to continue his studies with a Rockefeller Fellowship at Columbia University, New York. He would belong to the first generation of Slavists and linguists in the United States who were trained by Roman Jakobson. In the spring of 1949 he defended his dissertation A semantic analysis of the past predicates in Old Russian under Jakobson (see 111. 4). He then started teaching Russian and German at the University of Oklahoma (1949-1951) and in the fall semester of 1951 became visiting lecturer at Harvard University, where Jakobson had already started teaching. By Royal Decree of June 24, 1952, Van Schooneveld succeeded Reinier van der Meulen as professor of Balto-Slavic languages in Leiden. He gave his inaugural lecture, Over de woordsoorten in het moderne Russisch on May 15,1953 (see 111. 6). In the meantime he had taken up residence at Zoeter- woudsesingel 55. In 1959 he was given a year’s leave to be visiting professor at Stanford University in California. During that year he accepted a perma nent position at Stanford and was subsequently permitted to resign from Leiden on July 5,1960. Van Schooneveld remained at Stanford University as professor of Slavic languages and literatures until 1966. From 1966 on he worked in the same capacity at Indiana University, Bloomington, ‘known as Van by some administrators, as Schoony by most of his graduate students, but Kees (pronounced “Case”) by those closest to him.’ 2 Since his retire- 2
3 MOUTON GETS STARTED ment as emeritus in 1986, Van Schooneveld, who became an American cit izen, has lived continuously in Vozérier-Amancy, France, in the farmhouse that he had bought as a summer retreat in 1970. Van Schooneveld’s involvement with the scholarly publishing world started soon after his appointment in Leiden. At first the possibility of working with the publishing house E.J. Brill of Leiden was discussed. From a letter he wrote to Jakobson dated January 6, 1953, it appears that at that moment he was discussing setting up a Slavic series with Brill: ‘I wrote you already about the Slavic series for whose editorship I have been asked, and chances are very favorable for setting up a fairly large reprint series [... ] .’ 3 In the end, nothing ever materialized with Brill. Van Schooneveld did, how ever, meet Peter de Ridder, an employee of Brill with whom he would work together at Mouton for decades to come. Peter de Ridder was born on June 11, 1923 in Delft. After he graduated from junior high school (ULO) in 1937, he started to work, on a contract basis, as a clerk in the library of the Delft Technische Hogeschool. In 1942 he was drafted to work in Germany. The end of the Second World War in 1945 found him in Vienna. Finally, in the summer of 1945, he was repatri ated to the Netherlands via Odessa. In the fall of 1945, De Ridder started working as proofreader with E.J. Brill in Leiden, where he also established a Slavic antiquarian bookstore, a specialty that had not existed there. Although Brill had printed Russian language books for the German author ities during the war (to help in interrogating prisoners of war) and after the war had in fact published a few works in the field of Slavistics, the publish ing house was not really interested in a large-scale involvement with Slavistics. De Ridder and his colleague at Brill, Wim Vonk, entered into talks with Boek- en Kunstdrukkerij Mouton & Co. N.V., The Hague, in connection with the establishment of a scholarly publishing house. Mouton was a well-reput ed old printing company, as publisher famous almost exclusively for publish ing Frederik van Eeden’s novel De kleine Johannes (1887), of which a 33 rd printing appeared in 1971. De Ridder and Vonk were allowed to start work ing at Mouton after the president, Mr. Frederik Johannes Eekhout (see 111. 20), had come to the conclusion that the company should start publishing books to keep the printing enterprise afloat over the long term. Publishing was, thus, meant to be a side venture to support the main business, printing.
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE The ‘new’ publishing company was established in 1953 as a separate entity alongside the printing business, which became full owner of the publishing company. Both businesses were under the same management and Board of Directors. The practical management of the publishing house came into the hands of De Ridder, who only later became part of the Mouton manage ment. Vonk, his old colleague at Brill, would leave Mouton after working there only a few months. At first the publishing house was located in a building at Z.O. Buitensingel 150b in The Hague. (Soon thereafter, the address on the letterhead appears as Z.O. Buitensingel 150.) In the mid fifties the publishing house moved to an old orphanage at Kerklaan 74 in Rijswijk. In the sixties it moved again to The Hague to Herderstraat 5, the huge building at the corner of the Lutherse Burgwal where the Mouton printing house had been for a long time. The first letter from De Ridder to Van Schooneveld which is in the C.H. van Schooneveld Collection in the Leiden University Library, dates from October 8, 1953. De Ridder announces in that letter that a decision will soon be made concerning a series, ‘en met 95% zekerheid durf ik reeds te zeggen, dat zij gunstig uitvalt’ 4 [‘and I dare say that it is 95 percent certain that it will turn out well’] (see 111. 7). An offer from Mouton Printers to Mouton Publishers in connection with the printing of the first books dates from that same period (see 111. 8). On November 3, 1953 Van Schooneveld wrote to Jakobson: ‘I am negotiating with a publisher about a Slavic series.’ 5 On November 22, 1953 the deal was sealed: ‘My experience with Brill is none too happy, and it is a good thing that the series at last went to Mouton.’ 6 At the same time, after Van Schooneveld’s negotiations, Brill was just starting to publish a book series for Jakobson: Studies in Russian epic tradition. Printing orders were at issue: Brill sold the books on commission. The first part in this series (‘published [...] under the auspices of the Department of Slavic Languages and Literatures, Harvard University’) would appear in 1954, that is, after the official beginning of Mouton. Slavistics occupied a central place in Mouton’s publishing activity from the very beginning. De Ridder had become interested in the subject owing to his association with Eastern European forced laborers in Germany dur ing World War II. The titles that appeared on this subject from 1954 were published primarily in Slavistic printings and reprintings (at first also called: Slavistische drukken en herdrukken), a series of which Van Schooneveld was 4
5 MOUTON GETS STARTED the sole editor. Van Schooneveld took his inspiration in his choice of tide from the Netherlandic series Zwolse drukken en herdrukken of the Tjeenk Willink publishing house that had been established in 1953. Van Schooneveld’s series, recognizable by the blue covers, published works in the field of Slavic lin guistics and literature. From the very beginning tides were published that would become the standard texts in the field in Western universities: the Old Church Slavonic grammarby Horace G. Lunt (Vol. 3; 1955), Russian for malism by Victor Erlich (Vol. 4; 1955) and the Handwörterbuch zu den altkirchenslavischen Texten by L. Sadnik and R. Aitzetmiiller (Vol. 6; 1955) which was published in collaboration with Universitatsverlag Winter in Heidelberg. A German or French tide was an exception in this series dom inated by new English tides and Russian reprints. Van Schooneveld reserved the first volume in Slavisticprintings and reprintings for a posthumous text edition of Nicolaas van Wijk, which came out only in 1975 after a turbulent editing period. In the fifties, hardly any other publishing house in the West was publish ing anything on Slavistics on a large scale. Mouton, then, literally filled a gap in the market: a man like Jakobson could not get his books published in the United States. Considering the fact that quite a few Slavists - Van Wijk and Jakobson come immediately to mind - were also active in linguistics, this field almost automatically became established at Mouton. At that time lin guistics was just starting to come into its own at universities. This is how the series Janua linguarum, of which the first volume appeared in 1956, came into being. Van Schooneveld acted as the sole editor of this series, too. At the same time books, series, and journals in the field of Central Asian and Indo- Iranian studies began to appear under other editors. The spectrum gradu ally broadened and Mouton started to publish series in other fields, for example, French and English literature. Anthropology and sociology also received prominence in the list. Nevertheless Slavistics and linguistics remained the core of Mouton’s publishing activities under De Ridder. Later Van Schooneveld declared with regard to the start of the Janua lin guarum series: Ik had de Janua oorspronkelijk geconcipieerd als een serie van monografietjes van de omvang van een groot artikel, die te interessant waren om in een tijd schrift tussen de andere bijdragen te verdrinken en door de stroom des tijds in
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE de vergetelheid te raken. Het is aan De Ridders [...] visie te danken dat de uit geverij dat gat in de markt ook zag en er direct insprong. Wat later de Janua minor geworden is, was de oorspronkelijke opzet. 7 [I had originally conceived of the Janua as a series of small monographs, each the size of a large article, that were too interesting to drown in a journal amid other contributions, and to be forgotten over time. Thanks to De Ridder’s [...] vision the publishing house also recognized the gap in the market and immediately seized the opportunity. What later became the Janua minor was the original intent.] A Series maiorwas added to Janua linguarum in 1959; the above-mentioned subseries Series minor began in 1963. From 1963 on, works in the field of descriptive, comparative, and applied linguistics were published in the sub- series Series practica. Textbooks appeared from 1973 in the Series didactica. In 1972 a reprint series was started for the classics in linguistics: Series anastatica. There were even plans for a ‘Prague’ subseries of the Janua lin guarum. In a letter dated September 21, 1971 to De Ridder and the copy editor Dick Coutinho, Van Schooneveld suggests the title: ‘Series Doctrinae Scholae Pragensis Dedicata’, for short the ‘Pragensis’. 8 This series, however, did not materialize. Janua linguarum did get a subseries in 1972, the Series critica under the editorship of Werner Winter (Kiel). This series, as described in a brochure, was meant as ‘a series of critical reports evaluating the history and state of research in the various subfields of linguistics.’ 9 A planned subseries ‘Series sovietica’, intended exclusively for linguistic work of Soviet scholars, like the Prague series never materialized. On May 23, 1979 the copy editor Judy Marcure shares with Van Schooneveld on behalf of Mouton that ‘it has only recently been made clear that the Series Sovietica will not be feasible at this time.’ 10 The series Janua linguarum acquired the subtitle: Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata. Roman Jakobson, who had suggested the title to Van Schooneveld, writes about this in the foreword (dated ‘Leiden, October 1955’) of his Fundamentals of language (1956), the first volume of Janua linguarum: The Gate of Languages (Janua linguarum) is indeed an appropriate title for a series of essays seeking the key to the laws that govern language and its relation ship with other social institutions. This name appeals to me, moreover, as a link that connects the modern search with the writings of Johann Amos Comenius, the great humanist thinker in the science of language. [... ] The title of the series 6
7 MOUTON GETS STARTED refers, furthermore, to the recent past of our science. Nicolaas van Wijk, whose name heads this set of essays, was one of the outstanding pioneers in the inquiry into the structure of language and into the principles of its evolution. [...] Van Wijk, and therein lies his main strength, never sacrificed the manifold empirical data in favor of a speculative theory, nor did his amazing mastery of the concrete philological material conceal from him the theoretical corollaries 11 The dedication to Van Wijk in the broadly conceived series Janua linguarum sealed the union of Slavistics and general linguistics that was so characteris tic for Mouton’s publishing. Before Mouton, no Western publisher seems ever to have published books in these fields on so large a scale. Noam Chomsky’s book Syntactic structures would become a bestseller and be profitable for both Mouton and Janua linguarum, the series in which the book appeared in 1957. In his letter to Van Schooneveld dated August 5, 1956, Chomsky apologizes for the delay in sending his manuscript. It seems that Van Schooneveld had seen the manuscript before: ‘You made a few notes of your own on the first page of the manuscript. I have since rewritten this page [...].’ 112 The rest of the letter concerns typographical matters. Van Schooneveld had received the manuscript in question through Morris Halle. De Ridder’s letter to Van Schooneveld, dated July 5, 1956, mentions Chomsky for the first time, but also the success of some formerly published volumes in the series: Zeer blij ben ik met Uw bericht over de nieuwe deeltjes voor de Janua Linguarum; die van Chomsky en van Halle en Chomsky. Het succes van de eerste twee deeltjes (Jakobson-Halle [=Fundamentals of language, 1955]: 350 exx. verkocht; van Wijk [=Les langues slaves: de l’unité d la pluralité, 1955]: 170 exx. verkocht; beide in goed 3 maanden!) maakt het mogehjk, in deze reeks zonder meer nieuwe titels uit te geven, mits niet omvangrijker dan ’n 120 pagina’s. 13 [I am very happy with your message about the new volumes for the Janua Linguarum; the one from Chomsky and the one from Halle and Chomsky. The success of the first two volumes (Jakobson-Halle [=Fundamentals of language, 1955]: 350 copies sold; van Wijk [=Les langues slaves: de l’unité a la pluralité, 1955]: 170 copies sold; both in a mere 3 months!) makes it possible to publish new titles in this series: the only limitation is that they not exceed about 120 pages.] Apparently, Chomsky’s employer, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, had proposed to buy copies of the book, because on July 30,1956
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE De Ridder writes to Van Schooneveld: ‘Vanzelfsprekend zal ik gaarne een belangrijke korting geven, wanneer het MIT 250 exemplaren [...] wil’ 14 [‘It goes without saying that I would gladly give a considerable discount if MIT wants 250 copies...’] In a letter to Van Schooneveld, dated August 17,1956, De Ridder continues: Chomsky. Ik ben blij dat zijn ms. voor de Janua onderweg is. Ook ik ben er van overtuigd, dat dit boek onder deze titel goed zal verkopen; als de verkoop maar half zo goed wordt als die van Jakobson-Halle ben ik al tevreden (tot nu bijna 400 exx.!) Uiteraard is het jammer, dat U bezwaren hebt tegen Chomsky’s theorie, terminologie, etc., maar het lijkt mij niet te vermijden, dat in een serie werken verschijnen waar de redacteur het niet helemaal mee eens is. Du choc des opin ions résulte la vérité.. .! 15 [Chomsky. I am glad that his ms. for the Janua is on its way. I am also convinced that this book will sell well under this title. If sales are only half as good as the Jakobson-Halle book (so far almost 400 copies!), then I will be pleased. Naturally it’s a pity that you have objections to Chomsky’s theory, terminology, etc., but I think that it is unavoidable that a series would have books with which the editor does not entirely agree. Du choc des opinions résulte la vérité...!] On August 25,1956 De Ridder mentions: Hierbij bevestig ik de goede ontvangst van Chomsky’s manuscript “Syntactic Structures” (Janua Linguarum IV). Het geval ziet er inderdaad nogal dor en droog uit, maar ik twijfel er niet aan dat de verkoop beslist redelijk zal zijn. Bovendien neemt de aangekondigde grote bestelling van het MIT ongeveer de helft van het risico weg. Ik heb het manuscript grondig doorgewerkt wat betreft de technische zaken. Met Uw voorstellen en aanwijzingen kan ik accoord gaan. De voetnoten heb ik per hoofdstuk doorgenummerd. Chomsky’s methode van verwijzingen in de noten is inderdaad erg lelijk, maar komt (helaas) meer en meer in gebruik. Ik laat het manuscript van de voetnoten nu even overtypen, met de volledige verwijzingen voluit er in, definitieve nummering, etc., en daarna kan het manuscript naar de zetter. 16 [This confirms that I have received Chomsky’s manuscript, “Syntactic Structures” (Janua Linguarum IV), in good condition. The thing seems indeed rather dry, but I do not doubt that the sales will be reasonable. In addition, the large order that MIT announced takes away about half the risk. I have thoroughly gone through the manuscript in connection with the technical aspects. I agree 8
9 MOUTON EXPANDS with your proposals and remarks. I have sequentially numbered the footnotes by chapter. Chomsky’s method of using references in the notes is indeed quite ugly, but seems (sadly) to be being used more and more. I am having the manuscript of the footnotes retyped, with the full references, final numbering, etc., and then the manuscript can be sent to the typesetter.] In a letter, dated November 3, 1959, De Ridder expresses himself to Van Schooneveld, who was no proponent of publishing Syntactic structures, rather cautiously concerning Chomsky and states in general terms: ‘Je weet dat de financiering van werken van zeer goed gehalte nu eenmaal moet worden mogelijk gemaakt door het uitgeven van boeken van mindere kwaliteit.’ 17 [‘To be realistic, you know that financing works of very good quality must be made possible by publishing books of lesser quality.’] Chomsky published a total of four books in Janua linguarum: Syntactic structures (1957), Current issues in linguistic theory (1964), Topics in the the ory of generative grammar (1966) and Studies on semantics in generative grammar (1972). Mouton also was interested in Chomsky’s dissertation Logical structure of linguistic theory (1955). In a letter, dated September 12, 1957 (received on September 25, 1957 by Van Schooneveld in Belgrade, according to a note on the letter) Chomsky writes that he has a ‘tentative agreement’ with North Holland Publishers to publish it, ‘if it meets their length requirements (i.e., if it’s shortened sufficiently)’, but that he does not want to commit to anything because he is still not pleased with the present state of the manuscript. 18 Possibly, he continues, the manuscript would be ready sometime during 1958. It would ultimately take until 1975 for the book to come out in New York with Plenum Press, even after Mouton had tried until 1965 to publish it itself anyway. Moreover, Chomsky had once suggested himself that he could not get his Logical structure of linguistic the ory published. 19 3. Mouton expands Mouton did not just publish many books in the field of Slavistics; the pub lisher also had a unique connection with the Slavic area itself: the countries behind the then-iron Curtain. In 1953, at the same time as the publishing house, an antiquarian bookstore specializing in Slavistics and books from
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE and about Central Asia was set up. At first the Mouton letterhead read ‘Publishers’ and ‘International Antiquarian Booksellers’ in the same breath. The publisher and the bookstore continued to operate together for a few more years, but from the beginning of 1961 on De Ridder’s letterhead reads only‘Publishers’. The departure of the most important staff member result ed in the closing of the antiquarian bookstore on January 1, 1966. The bookstore, just as the publishing house, had been located at first on Z.O. Buitensingel in The Hague and on Kerkstraat in Rijswijk, but later it was housed independently at Javastraat 29 in The Hague. When on trips abroad, Eekhout, the president of Mouton, was occasion ally surprised to hear about the fine reputation of his company, since it was known in the Netherlands only as a printing house. In an interview with the The Hague daily Het Vaderland, he declared in connection with the closing of the antiquarian aspect of the business: Doodzonde. Juist door middel van dat antiquariaat onderhielden we ook goede wetenschappelijke contacten met bijvoorbeeld Rood-China, wij waren vaak de leverancier van nieuwe Amerikaanse wetenschappelijke uitgaven aan Peking - bemiddelaar dus, omdat Peking niet rechtstreeks in Washington wil bestellen. We kochten in Praag, Moskou, Beograd, noem maar op, soms hele bibliotheken tegelijk, die we dan herdistribueerden over de hele wereld. [...]. Als wetenschap pelijke uitgeverij vormen wij op ons gebied een trait d’union tussen Oost en West. We hebben zowel contacten met landen achter het Ijzeren Gordijn als met Washington. En daarmee dienen wij zowel een praktisch als een idealistisch doel. 20 [It is a real shame. That antiquarian bookstore was just what helped us maintain good scholarly contacts with, for example, Red China. We were often the suppli ers of new American scholarly publications to Peking - in effect, the middleman, because Peking would not order directly from Washington. We would sometimes buy whole libraries in Prague, Moscow, Beograd, you name it, and then we redis tributed them all over the world. [...]. As a scholarly publisher we form a link between East and West in our area. We are in contact with countries behind the Iron Curtain as well as with Washington. By doing this we are serving both a practical and an idealistic purpose.] Mouton had every interest in good contacts with the former communist world. That became clear when the printing house became involved in a deal with unexpectedly great political dimensions: the publication of the Russian text of Boris Pasternak’s novel Doktor 2ivago, which was banned in 10
11 MOUTON EXPANDS the Soviet Union. Mouton played a curious role with the printing of 1160 copies, that amounted to the first edition of the novel and which were dis tributed by the Vatican among Soviet tourists at the 1958 Brussels World Fair. In a press statement, Mouton, which allegedly had been used by the American intelligence agency CIA through the Dutch secret service BVD (see 111. 17), insisted on its neutrality: Noch de Wetenschappelijke Uitgeverij Mouton & Co. N.V., noch de N.V. Boek en Kunstdrukkerij v/h Mouton & Co. zouden zelfs deze geringe bemiddeling hebben verleend, indien zij ook maar hadden kunnen vermoeden, dat de bestelde exemplaren zouden worden gebruikt in een duidelijk politieke geste. 21 [Neither Wetenschappelijke Uitgeverij Mouton & Co. N.V., nor N.V. Boek- en Kunstdrukkerij v/h Mouton & Co. would have offered any assistance at all if they had realized that the copies on order would be used in a clearly political gesture.] Mouton wished to stay neutral not only because of its antiquarian activities in Eastern Europe, but the publishing house also had to take into consider ation East European authors whose scholarly work it was publishing. This had mostly to do with people with whom Jakobson was in contact. How intense the contacts with Soviet linguistics were is clear from memoranda concerning De Ridder’s trip to Moscow in January 1973. These contacts were established primarily after the 1958 Congress of Slavists. The memoranda reported extensively the discussions with the export organization ‘Mezdunarodnaja kniga’ and with individual authors. 22 Mouton trod these official paths in the heyday of the Russian dissident writers, while the pub lishing house De Boekerij, another subsidiary of the Edicom concern of which Mouton was then already part, was publishing translations from the work of Aleksandr Solzenicyn, who was then public enemy No.1 in the Soviet Union. A memo dated December 20, 1970, concerning De Ridder’s discussions with Van Schooneveld, shows how carefully Mouton was operating. It was about consulting the Soviet Embassy concerning the publication of politi cally sensitive material: 15). Complete stories of Carziev (check spelling) [Chardziev]. Polish Academy wants to publish, but Mouton must buy the whole thing. ROJ [Jakobson] and Mayenowski [Mayenowa] as editors. Ms. is ready to publish in Moscow. 16). Also
12 A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE ms. ready to publish in Moscow: the complete works of Mandelstam. Problems with 15 & 16: whether Mouton will get in trouble for publishing or not. DR will ask cultural attaché. ROJ said they would make a sensation. CHvS thinks that he should talk it over with ROJ, the mechanics. 23 For a long time Mouton did the printing and binding of its own publica tions by itself on principle. The layout was also done in house by Adriaan Rehorst, a student of the German graphic artist Henri Friedlaender. The production time of an average work was about a year. Moreover the instruc tions of the publishing house were not the main task of the printing house, where in the sixties more than three hundred people worked. Mouton was and remained mainly a big printing house for external commissions. The company was known among other things for printing bank transfer cards for the PTT, the Dutch Post Office. Because of this giant job Mouton had constant work. The printing house was hit hard, so writes De Ridder in a let ter of May 23,1960 to Van Schooneveld, when the PTT from January 1,1960 on no longer had Mouton print all its bank transfer cards exclusively, but cut the order by half. 24 At that time there was internal tension at Mouton, when De Ridder, who disagreed with the president, Eekhout, considered going into business for himself. Jakobson got involved to help them settle their dif ferences. On September 30, 1966, Eekhout was supported by a financial adviser, J.H. Docter (see 111. 22), who originally worked for the American company Johnson’s Wax and was a novice in the international book business. Mouton had to start watching its finances writes De Ridder to Van Schooneveld in a letter of December 23,1966: ‘ [... ] er zijn de laatste jaren nogal wat financiële tekorten ontstaan, o.a. door de nieuwbouw, maar zeker ook door aangegane verplichtingen in de andere uitgeverijen’ 25 [‘... the last few years there have been quite a few financial shortfalls, among other things the rebuilding, but also the commitments of the other publishers [in the Edicom concern].’] The Paris subsidiary, located at Rue de Lille, 45, was the source of the loss es. This French part of Mouton had been established to publish works from the ‘École Pratique des Hautes Études’ (EPHE). These had to do primarily with the activities of the so-called sixth ‘section’, ‘Sciences économiques et sodales’. J.H. Docter’s letter of December 2, 1966 to Van Schooneveld gives us some information on the role of EPHE: ‘Normally we are constantly involved in the planning of sociology projects with the EPHE. [...] You sure-
13 MOUTON EXPANDS ly are aware of the fact that we have no strong voice in the publication activ ities of our contract partner, the EPHE. On the other hand we hardly par ticipate in the financing of these publications.’ 26 The 1968 yearly report of Mouton mentions the following: Het grote verlies - ƒ 521.000 - is, evenals in het voorgaande boekjaar, terug te voeren op de uitkomst van de Franse deelneming, Editions Mouton et Cie. s.a.r.1. te Parijs. [...] De sanering, waarbij ons een sterke inkrimping van de activiteiten aldaar en overdracht van de verkoop en distributie aan een franse partner voor ogen stond, bleek onvoldoende vooruitzichten te bieden op herstel der renta- bihteit. Mede op grond van de algemene situatie in Frankrijk en van de sterk bij de verwachtingen ten achter blijvende omzet, werd besloten tot liquidatie van het bedrijf der Franse deelneming. Het dienstverband van de plaatselijke directeur en van nagenoeg alle personeelsleden werd beëindigd; de voorraden werden naar Nederland overgebracht. De activiteiten, nodig voor de afeet op de Franse markt, werden door de Uitgeverij Mouton overgenomen. De liquidatie wordt in 1969 voltooid. 27 [The big loss of ƒ 521.000 is, like last fiscal year, due to the results of the French partnership, Editions Mouton et Cie. s.a.r.1., in Paris. [...] The reorganization, in which we had imagined a strong reduction of activities and the transfer of the sale and distribution to a French partner, did not offer enough prospects for the recovery of the profitability. On the grounds of the general situation in France and the shortfall of the expected returns, it was decided to liquidate the French partnership. The local president and almost all personnel were laid off, the sup plies were transferred to the Netherlands. Mouton Publishers took over all activ ities necessary for sales to the French market. The liquidation will be completed in 1969.] Later Van Schooneveld writes about this French adventure: Eekhout had zich door Fransen, in de eerste plaats [Clemens] Heller, hoofd van de VIme section [...], die Jakobson overigens voor een KGB-agent aanzag, laten overreden een uitgeverij in Parijs te beginnen. Dat was absurd omdat 1. je Franse boeken niet kunt exporteren; daar is geen markt voor (zelfs het Institut Pasteur publiceert nu in het Engels), 2. de Franse markt heel goed wordt voorzien door Franse uitgevers. Dat heeft tot het conflict tussen De Ridder en Eekhout geleid. Eekhout heeft toen de uitgeverij gesplitst in W(etenschappelijke) U(itgeverij) I, onder leiding van De Ridder, en W.U. II, onder leiding van Bornkamp, een Francophiel [...], die Eekhout erbij had gehaald om De Ridder dwars te zitten en zo nodig weg te werken. 28
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE [Eekhout had been convinced by the French, probably by [Clemens] Heller who was the administrative head of the sixth section [...] whom, incidentally, Jakobson believed to be a KGB agent, to start a publishing house in Paris. It was an absurd proposal because 1) you cannot export French books, there is no mar ket for them (even the Institut Pasteur publishes in English), and 2) the French market is adequately supplied by French publishers. This led to the disagreement between De Ridder and Eekhout. Eekhout then split the publishing house into W(etenschappelijke) U(itgeverij) I [scholarly publishing house I], under the management of De Ridder, and W.U. II, under the management of Bornkamp, a francophile, whom Eekhout had hired to thwart De Ridder and if necessary to push him out.] The Mouton company in The Hague was still represented in Paris even after its closing, as can be seen from the imprints in the publications that say ‘The Hague-Paris’. De Ridders publishing house in the meantime was working at full capac ity and making a profit. On December 23,1966 De Ridder tells Van Schoone- veld: ‘Voorlopig kan ik in 1967 werken uitgeven tot een investeringsbedrag van ƒ850.000,- en in 1968 tot een bedrag van ƒ 1.050.000,- [...].’ 29 [In 1967 I can now publish for the investment amount of ƒ850.000,- and in 1968 for up to ƒ1.050.000,- ...’] The range of activities is clear from De Ridder’s let ter of January 20,1967: ‘Just for your information, at this moment the print ing house is actually working, in one phase or another, on 72 books which are to appear in one of your series.’ 30 On November 19, 1969 De Ridder mentions (handwritten and infor mally, therefore in Dutch) to Van Schooneveld that he expected ‘nog vóór het einde van dit jaar een fusie tussen Mouton en de Haagse Van Goor- groep. De koers van de aandelen zal wel scherp stijgen tegen die tijd (op het ogenblik 165)’ 31 [‘a merger between Mouton and the Van Goor group from The Hague before the end of the year. The price of the stocks will definite ly rise sharply by that time (now 165).’] On August 21, 1970 Mouton offi cially became part of the above mentioned holding company, Edicom N.V., which arose out of the merger with G.B. van Goor Zonen’s Uitgevers maatschappij N.V. in The Hague. Mouton, whose printing house was the major component, was the strongest party in this holding company. The following publishers also belonged to Edicom besides Van Goor: De Boekerij N.V./H. Meulenhoff (Baarn), Falkplan/CIB N.V. (The Hague), W. van Hoeve N.V. (The Hague), A. Manteau N.V. (Brussels/The Hague), 14
15 MOUTON EXPANDS Moussault N.V. (Amsterdam) and Ichtiar Baru P.T. (Djakarta). The Edicom publishing houses had a joint sales company with Co-Libri N.V. in The Hague, and with Librico N.V. (Schelle, near Antwerp) in Belgium. Other technical companies besides Mouton which belonged to the Edicom group include Belinfante N.V. (The Hague), Geuze & Co. N.V. (Dordrecht), as well as Stokkink’s Boekbinderij N.V. (Amsterdam). As a result of the estab lishment of the Edicom concern, among other things, Mouton no longer published Frederik van Eeden’s De kleine Johannes, but the bestseller came out under the imprint of the literary publisher Manteau. An overview of Mouton’s activities of that time can be found in the Mouton Checklist 1970, a publisher’s list of 84 pages, that gives not only P.O. Box 1132 in The Hague as its address, but also 7, rue Dupuytren, 75-Paris Vie. 32 The catalogue is divided into three parts: series titles (p. 5-63), titles out side a series (p. 64-71), and periodicals (p. 72-73). An index and list of insti tutions, organizations, and universities, with which the publication of certain series was connected, was included. Van Schooneveld’s central position with Mouton is clear from the fact that the list of books from Slavisticprintings and reprintings, Janua linguarum and the series De proprietatibus litterarum, of which he also was the editor, consists of 19 pages. At that time, roughly one out of three monographs that appeared in any Mouton series was under the editorship of Van Schooneveld. Of all the other series, the Uralic and Altaic series was strongly represented with 113 volumes, that had been published since 1960 under the auspices of the ‘Research Center for the Language Sciences’ in Bloomington. This center was part of Indiana University, the same university where Van Schooneveld had been teaching since 1966. The series Publications of the Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics was published by Mouton beginning with volume 10. These were also works of an Indiana University institute. Many series appeared under the auspices of French institutes, in partic ular the above mentioned ‘École pratique des hautes études’ (Sorbonne). Among others the economically and sociologically oriented series stand out: Cahiers de l’homme; Cahiers du centre de sociologie européenne; Civilisa tions et sociétés; Documents et recherches sur l’économie des pays byzantins, islamiques et slaves et leurs relations commerciales au Moyen-Age; Etudes sur l’histoire, l’économie et la sociologie des pays slaves, and Mathématiques et sciences de Vhomme. There were also French series published for the universities of
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE Grenoble, Liège, and Nice. As for the Netherlands, Mouton published among others series for the Institute of Social Studies in The Hague (Studies in the social sciences), and on a smaller scale for university institutes in Utrecht, like the A.W. de Groot Instituut voor Algemene Taalwetenschap (Acta linguistica rheno-trajectina), Institute di Lingua e Letteratura Italiana (Ricerche linguistiche e lessicografiche) and the Instituut voor Oosterse talen (Disputationes rheno-trajectinaé). Some series were not connected to specif ic universities or institutes: Studies in American literature, Studies in English literature (72 titles in this catalogue from 1970), Studies in European history and Studies in philosophy. Van Schooneveld had no monopoly on publishing in the realm of Slavistics. In addition to his Slavistic printings and reprintings Mouton also had Slavic series edited by others, like Musagetes: Contributions to the history of Slavic lit erature and culture and Slavo-Orientalia: Monographienreihe tiber die Wechselbeziehungen zwischen der slavischen und orientalischen Welt. These series were actually quite short-lived. The spectrum of books that appeared independent of series was quite diverse: inaugural speeches (e.g. C.L. Ebeling, Taal- en letterkunde: aspecten van het Russische formalisme, 1955), textbooks (e.g. Horace G. Lunt, Fundamentals of Russian (first Russian course), 1958), dissertations (e.g. Bradford G. Martin, German-Persian diplomatic relations, 1873-1912, 1959), books by special order that were obviously outside the sphere of the human ities (e.g. C. Franx, De stijfheid van platen en balken volgens de G.B.V. 1962, 1962), and reprints. In this single title category we find not only Van Eeden’s De kleine Johannes, but also one of Mouton’s most prestigious international titles, which no Western university library will be without: Roman Jakobson’s Selected Writings, a multi-volume work, the first of which appeared in 1962. Also in this group of books is The Kosduszko Foundation Dictionary (1959- 1961), a two-volume Polish-English, English-Polish dictionary. This dictio nary was a great commercial success for Mouton, through sales not only in the West, but also in the former People’s Republic of Poland. The list of periodicals mentions twenty-six titles, mostly in the field of linguistics (e.g. Folia linguistica and Linguistics) and in the social sciences. Also in this category, some titles where published in cooperation with insti tutes, such as Cahiers Économiques et Sociaux, a quarterly from the ‘Institut de recherches économiques et sodales’ in Kinshasa. 16
17 VAN SCHOONEVELD’S ADMINISTRATION AND MOUTON 4. Van Schooneveld’s administration and Mouton An indication of Van Schooneveld’s great involvement with Mouton is the fact that from 1969 on he had the use of a telex machine, paid for by Mouton (Moutonvanblom 84432527). After the acquisition of the farmhouse in France, he also received a telex connection there in 1971 (Moutonvs 33085 F). This not only facilitated communication between France and the head quarters in The Hague (32527 Monco NL), but also between France and Bloomington. The thousands of telexes that can be found in the Leiden Van Schooneveld Collection make it possible to look into any and all Mouton business in the smallest detail. Another indication of their many contacts during that period was the heavy telegram traffic between Mouton and Van Schooneveld (see 111. 25). The scale of Van Schooneveld’s involvement with Mouton is also evident from the fact that around 1970 - a time when it was difficult to get a phone connection - there was a Mouton phone number at a private Leiden address where Van Schooneveld used to stay several times a year when he flew from the United States to the Netherlands. Mouton’s drive to expand is evident from its policy of requesting manu scripts for review from lists of American dissertations. Some of the lists that De Ridder drafted have been kept. On these lists Van Schooneveld would write ‘yes’ or ‘no’, and indicate for which series the manuscript was intend ed. 33 De Ridder and Van Schooneveld envisioned a very great market for this as is evident from a letter to Mouton on October 21,1971 from Daniel Armstrong, Van Schooneveld’s assistant in Bloomington who died very young, in which he requests 3000 copies of a form letter ‘which is to be used for manuscript solicitation.’ 34 Mouton published in Van Schooneveld’s series many book versions of dissertations. A financial contribution from the author was sometimes a prerequisite for publication, but if it was not really necessary from the business point of view, it could be dispensed with. Important for business were series subscribers: there were about 200 for the Slavisticprintings and reprintings series at its peak, and 500 to 600 for Janua linguarum. In Slavistic printings and reprintings many reprints were published in the 1960s, works from the older Russian professional literature which it was assumed that most West European and American library collections lacked. A letter to Van Schooneveld of November 8, 1968 from the Mouton sales-
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE chief J.J.C. van der Wilk made it clear that these were ‘boeken en tijd schriften, die oorspronkelijk in Europe Printing-verband zouden worden uitgegeven, thans met jouw goedvinden worden uitgebracht in de serie Slavistic printings and reprintings’ 35 [‘books and periodicals, which were originally to be published in connection with Europe Printing, and now with your consent will be published in the Slavistic Printings and Reprin tings series’]. The Europe Printing firm, owned by businessman and ex- Mouton employee H. Francl, whose business address was Geschaftshaus Mercantil, Landstrasse 856, Vaduz (Liechtenstein), published the so-called Russian Reprint Series. This series was edited in name by Alexandre V. Soloviev, ‘Professeur Honoraire de 1’Université de Genève’. The above men tioned Mouton Checklist 1970 contains a list of 75 volumes in this series, which was marketed by Mouton or together with Mouton, since Europe Printing did not have its own sales mechanism. In this way Slavistic printings and reprintings did not only include ‘new’ reprints, but also some of Francis’ Russian Reprint Series which were adapt ed in The Hague: ‘They have to be (and are being) rebound by us now, and a new serial title-page is inserted’, writes De Ridder on October 22,1968. 36 From De Ridder’s letter, dated September 30, 1969, it is clear that Europe Printing received the books to be reprinted ‘on short-term loan from Moscow.’ 37 This was also evidence of the involvement of Soviet agencies in Mouton activities. The telex exchange of October 6, 1970 between De Ridder and Van Schooneveld is an indication of the volume of Mouton activities and the publishing house’s central role in the academic world during the sixties and seventies. In this exchange the American Thomas A. Sebeok, editor of the Mouton series Approaches to semiotics, and his French colleague Pierre Guiraud, suggest renting an inn near Nice for Mouton- conferences: An inn about 14 km north of Nice can be rented yearly for 12.000-15.000 dol lars; at present twenty rooms, forty beds, three bathrooms (all this can be enlarged). Staff present. Food extra. Owners presently not willing to sell. If Mouton rented place it could be used for Mouton conferences. A small interna tional board of linguists and one anthropologist would supervise operation and solicit money for conferences of interest to them. They would have control over other purposes Mouton might want to use premises for. 18
19 VAN SCHOONEVELD’S ADMINISTRATION AND MOUTON This proposal did not appeal to De Ridder. 38 Mouton’s international character is also evident from J.H. Docter’s letter of September 25,1969 to Van Schooneveld. He writes that there are some times problems with the mail handling in The Hague because of employ ees’ interest in stamps. [..] de inkomende Mouton-post is uit het oogpunt van filatelie interessant. De gewoonte was gegroeid om bij het selecteren van de brieven postzegels er af te halen. Dit leidde ook bij ter attentie van personen, al of niet in Mouton-verband, gerichte brieven van tijd tot tijd tot het bij vergissing geheel of gedeeltelijk ope nen of aantasten van een envelop. Strenge instructies zijn gegeven die hieraan een einde moeten maken, die wellicht de filatelisten niet geheel bevredigen [...]. 39 [..] Mouton’s incoming mail is of great philatelic interest. Employees had gotten in the habit of taking stamps off while sorting the mail. It came to some people’s attention, whether in connection with Mouton or not, that from time to time let ters were accidentally completely or partly opened, or the envelope disturbed. Strict instructions have been issued to end this practice, probably not to the com plete satisfaction of the philatelists [...]. The Mouton activities in the meantime had led to the streamlining of Van Schooneveld’s own administration. From the mid sixties on Van Schooneveld had at his disposal a strictly systematized editor’s archive. The practical real ization of this system was in the hands of the secretaries who worked for him. After he had bought the farmhouse in 1970 in Vozérier-Amancy, a secretary would accompany him to France when he spent the summer there. A dupli cate of the Bloomington archive was started in France. An undated stencil (from after 1970) offers a look behind the scenes of Van Schooneveld’s office. The stencil was created by the above-named Daniel Armstrong and was prob ably intended as a guide for job interviews. The stencil will be cited exten sively, since the instructions given there were to have strong repercussions on the structure of the files as they were received ultimately in Leiden: GENERAL INFORMATION The position for which you are being considered is as Professor van Schooneveld’s private secretary for his work as editor for Mouton and Company in The Hague, and for his various other editorial and scholarly activities. You would be paid by the University as a regular member of its staff, and you would receive all basic office supplies from them.
20 A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE Besides being a professor in the Department of Slavic languages and Literatures and department chairman, Professor van Schooneveld is the editor of three Mouton series: Janua linguarum (JL), De Proprietatibus Litterarum (DPL), and Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (SPR). What basically takes place is that Professor van Schooneveld evaluates manuscripts and makes suggestions to the publisher; if he accepts them editorially, they are then forwarded to the appro priate personnel at Mouton for the publisher’s final acceptance, further process ing, and finally, printing. If he does not accept a manuscript, it is usually returned to the author. INCOMING MAIL Any mail that comes in (excluding book ads and general junk mail) should be stamped “received” with the appropriate date. Mail pertaining to Mouton (which does not come directly from Mouton) should be stamped “Xerox sent BMG”, since a copy will be sent to the appropriate Mouton personnel. A Xerox should then be made of all correspondence not related to Mouton, and four copies should be made of letters related to Mouton (two for the key Mouton personnel whose files are on the left side of the desk, one for Vozérier and one working copy for Bloomington). (Vozérier, France, is where the Professor has another Mouton office, where he has duplicate files, which he tries to keep up to date. He usually lives in Vozérier during the summer and when he goes on sabbatical.) It is helpful to separate the incoming mail into four categories: 1) correspon dence requiring some action on Professor van Schooneveld’s part (Mouton- related mail falls into this category); 2) periodicals; 3) general junk mail; 4) book ads from various publishers. Important correspondence is more likely to come to the Professor’s attention if this is done. Please note. Always try to get the mail and process it as indicated above before the Professor gets to the office. He has a tendency to misplace letters. Once copies have been made, you at least will have a duplicate of the letter. Let the Professor read the original letter and make his reply to it. After that the letter is filed accord ingly here at the office. MANUSCRIPT PROCEDURE For any manuscript you receive, make two folders (for Bloomington and Vozérier), place all previous correspondence relating to it inside it, and send an acknowledgement to the author. 40 Detailed information on the path manuscripts took before they could be made into a book, was written on index cards:
21 VAN SCHOONEVELD’S ADMINISTRATION AND MOUTON MANUSCRIPT ROUTING Solicited Author responds positively Manuscript received by CHvS Manuscript editorially accepted, sent to Mouton, acknowledged by Mouton Mouton sends draft contract Author accepts Mouton sends definitive contract Signed contract received by Mouton Manuscript sent to printer Proofs sent to author, to CHvS Author proofs received by Mouton Editor’s copy received. 41 The system of assigning projects to separate files was very important for organizing material, as described on the following card: AUTHOR-SUBJECT CARD Whenever you receive a letter from either Mouton or an author indicating that there is a manuscript being offered, you make a new file for the author and also make out an author-subject card. You fill this out as follows: Under subject, you put the subject of the manuscript. If the subject is a literary work, put the author of the literary work as the subject in capitals, then put the name of the specific work this ms. deals with in lower case, after skipping a few spaces, e.g.- SUBJ: SHAKESPEARE the twelfth night If the subject is more or less a general linguistic thing, just write “Linguistics” as the subject. If you can’t figure out what it is or if it is so complicated, leave the subj. line blank. If the subject is two separate things, say two literary figures, make one card for the author’s file and two cards for the subject file and cross index them. 42 The enormous volume of mail had made systematic archiving of corre spondence necessary. In Mouton’s heyday, at the end of the sixties and the beginning of the seventies, there were enormous piles of Mouton mail on Van Schooneveld’s desk every day: ‘Tussen 20 en 30 binnenkomende brieven per dag. Op één ochtend was er eens een brief uit de binnenlanden van Afghanistan en een uit de binnenlanden van Bolivia. Toen heb ik gedacht:
22 A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE “nu ben ik werkelijk arrivé”.’ 43 [‘Between 20 or 30 letters arrived each day. One morning there was a letter from the hinterland of Afghanistan and one from the hinterland of Bolivia. That’s when I thought, Now I have really arrived”.’] The above-mentioned files, ordered by personal name, played a central role in the processing of all these items. These editor’s files contain the cor respondence between Van Schooneveld and an author, between Van Schoone- veld and Mouton, carbon copies and photocopies of letters between the author and Mouton Publishers; also telex messages are included here. In many cases one also finds a ‘manuscript evaluation form’ which Van Schooneveld had filled out for use by Mouton. The volume of postal traffic led to a standardized approach to answering letters of potential Mouton authors. There were different form letters: the ‘interest letter’, the ‘acceptance letter’, the ‘condolence letter’ (if there was indeed interest but no possibility for publication), and the ‘rejection letter’. The standard rejection letter sounded as follows: Dear (Dr./Professor) : I have carefully examined your manuscript, “ ”, which you submitted to me for consideration. Although your work is interesting, it presents material and work upon this material which is at considerable variance with the strategy of the series. It would need, in my opinion, so many changes to fit with the aims of the series that it would be more advisable for you to seek publication else where. This does not necessarily reflect upon the quality of the manuscript. Your manuscript has been sent to you via [insured / under separate cover] mail. Thank you for submitting your work to Mouton. Yours sincerely, C.H. van Schooneveld. 44 5. ‘Mouton mange tout’ The Slavistic printings and reprintings series had already developed in the 1950s into an internationally authoritative series in the field of Slavistics. The Janua linguarum, in which Chomsky’s Syntactic structures (1957) blossomed into a bestseller, set a tone in the field of linguistics. Mouton now decided to sharpen its profile in the field of literary theory as well. The De proprietatibus
23 ‘mouton mange tout’ litterarum series, for which Van Schooneveld was the sole editor again, was established in 1966 as a series parallel with Janua linguarum. The series was divided into a Series maior and a Series minor for theoretical works, and a Series practica for text analyses based on theoretical principles. Van Schooneveld declares the following with reference to the establish ment of the series: Wat de DPL serie betreft, heb ik de titel ontleend uit een boek (dat in Bloomington staat) van [I.N.] Goleniscev-Kutuzov (tot Hongarije in 1945 een Sovjet-satelliet werd hoogleraar in Budapest, later naar Moskou vertrokken) over Renaissance literatuur, waarin die titel geciteerd wordt. Die titel is waarschijnlijk een misgreep geweest; Silverman [Amerikaanse boekhandelaar] bij voorbeeld (zelf oud-pro- fessor in de Engelse letterkunde) klaagde er over dat hij te moeilijk te begrijpen was. 45 As for the DPL series, I borrowed the title from a book (in Bloomington) by [I.N.] GoleniScev-Kutuzov (professor in Budapest until Hungary became a Soviet satellite in 1945, afterwards moved to Moscow) on Renaissance literature. The title was cited in that book. That title was probably an error. For instance Silverman [an American book dealer] (a former professor of English literature) complained that it was too hard to understand. The emphasis in De proprietatibus litterarum was on studies in the field of the great Western literatures. However, the series could never acquire the reputation - and the large number of subscribers - that the Janua lin guarum had. It was never commercially successful. This is clear from a memorandum dated August 5,1973 of Dim van den Oever, De Ridders co worker who was Mouton desk editor together with Dick Coutinho, who later became an independent publisher: Het is merkwaardig te constateren dat wij ondanks ons toch wel respectabele aantal titels, op het gebied van de literatuurwetenschap als uitgever nauwelijks iets voorstellen. Eén van de belangrijkste redenen hiervan ligt ongetwijfeld in het feit dat DPL niet meer is dan een vrij willekeurige verzameling boeken, die wel tot een zelfde wetenschapsgebied behoren, maar zeer ongelijk zijn van kwaliteit en aktualiteit. [It is curious that we have barely amounted to anything as a publisher in the field of literary theory despite our respectable number of titles. One of the most sig nificant reasons for this is undoubtedly the fact that DPL is no more than a rather
24 A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE arbitrary collection of books, that may belong to the same scholarly area, but are very uneven in quality and relevance.] In actuality there was too little editing work done on this series: [...] momenteel publiceren wij boeken die alleen door de copy-editor in zekere zin worden gelezen. [...] Ook ten opzichte van de verhouding van de DPL tot andere series, met name Janua linguarum en de Approaches to semiotics, is de redaktionele politiek zodanig dat de DPL de aansluiting mist met de meest recente ontwikkelingen op het eigen gebied. De ontwikkeling wordt voor een belangrijk deel gedragen door toepassing van linguïstische en semiotische inzichten, theorieën en methodes, op de literatuur. Het komt naar mijn idee te veel voor dat dergelijke literatuurstudies verschijnen in de JL of de AtS. 46 [... we now publish books that in a certain sense have been read only by the copy editor. [...] Also concerning the relationship of the DPL to other series, particu larly Janua linguarum and the Approaches to semiotics, the editorial policy is such that DPL misses the connection with the most recent developments in its own field. The development is in significant measure born by the application of lin guistic and semiotic insights, theories, and methods, to literature. To my mind it happens too often that such literary studies appear in the JL or the AtS.] A telex dated February, 21,1974 from De Ridder to Van Schooneveld makes it quite clear that the series was not doing well: You know that our series Studies in American Literature and Studies in English Literature in fact sell much more copies than DPL Practica. Would you in princi ple agree to publication of works accepted by you for DPL in one of these other series? Of course we would pay you normal editor s royalty. Otherwise too many manuscripts accepted by you for DPL Practica will have to be rejected by us under the present regulation. 47 The expression ‘Mouton mange tout’, which is ascribed to a saying of Claude Lévi-Strauss in a conversation with Roman Jakobson, refers to Mouton’s rel atively large and in some people’s opinion sometimes seemingly arbitrary production. Mouton, setting the trend in the 1950s and 1960s in the area of Slavistics and linguistics, could not protect itself from competition. Despite many publications, the publishing company lost its hold on the market in the beginning of the 1970s. Authors did not automatically come to The Hague anymore. Dim van den Oever’s letter of August 10,1973 is an indi cation that things were not going well anymore. In the letter he proposes to
25 ‘mouton mange tout’ Van Schooneveld to replace the ‘manuscript evaluation forms’ then in use: *[•••] the old’ form [...] is usually too brief and unspecified. Moreover, it does not give us sufficient insight into the motives and the precise charac ter of the editor’s or reader’s evaluation.’ 48 In short, while Mouton’s pub lishing activities had been seemingly automatically successful from the beginning of the 1950’s on, now a more explicit argumentation was need ed why a book should be published. Mouton sometimes created trends which, according to a memo from De Ridder dated March 28,1972, were not followed well: In 1955 publiceerden wij het inmiddels klassiek geworden boek, Russian Formalism, History, Doctrine van Professor Victor Erlich. Dit boek werd inmid dels vertaald in een flink aantal talen, terwijl wij zelf meerdere edities uitgaven, waarvan de laatste nog steeds regelmatig wordt verkocht. De publikatie van dit boek in 1955 betekende niet alleen de eerste kennismaking van de Westerse lite ratuurtheoretici met een interessante Russische literatuurtheorie (hetgeen op zichzelf reeds de uitgave zou hebben gerechtvaardigd), maar gaf ook de stoot tot een nieuwe aanpak van literatuurtheoretische problemen door Westerse geleerden, en, vreemd genoeg, leidde daarna tot een hernieuwde bloei van het Formalisme in de Soviet Unie zelf, (Lotman, Uspenskij, Ivanov, Revzin), waar deze richting tegen het eind der dertiger jaren was verboden. Na de publikatie van het boek van Erlich hebben wij eigenlijk weinig meer gedaan aan het bekend maken van het werk van de Russische formalisten zelf. [...] Andere uitgevers hebben echter de door ons ontstoken fakkel overgenomen [...]. 49 [In 1955 we published Professor Victor Erlich’s Russian Formalism, History, Doctrine, which has since become a classic. This book has been translated into a good number of languages, while we continued to publish more editions, the last of which still sells regularly. The publication of this book in 1955 represented not only the first time Western literary theoreticians became acquainted with an interesting Russian literary theory (which by itself would have justified publica tion), but it also gave the impulse for a new approach towards literary theoreti cal problems by Western scholars. Strangely enough it led to a renewed flowering of Formalism in the Soviet Union itself (Lotman, Uspenskij, Ivanov, Revzin), where this movement was forbidden toward the end of the 1930s. After the pub lication of Erlich’s book we did not really do much more to promote the work of the Russian formalists themselves. [...] Other publishers, however, have taken over the torch that we lit...]. A translation plan was announced in this connection. One of the aspects of the plan was the cooperation with the Bloomington Translation Group (see
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE Inv. No. 11), which Van Schooneveld started, but in the end little came of this. In the meantime, Indiana University in Bloomington had bloomed into a real crossroads for Mouton interests. We have already mentioned the Publications of the Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics and the Ural and Altaic series, which were edited there. In addition to Van Schooneveld, Thomas A. Sebeok was also on the faculty of this university. He had fashioned himself a position within Mouton that was comparable to Van Schooneveld’s. Sebeok edited the Mouton series Approaches to semi otics, the publishing project Current trends in linguistics (1963-1976; 14 vols. in 21 parts) and the journal Semiotica. In reality there was of course talk of some competition between editors and series in Bloomington. The extent to which Janua linguarum and Approaches to semiotics began to overlap is evident from De Ridder’s letter dated February 20, 1969 to Van Schooneveld: ‘Tom Sebeok is sending me, for his series, Approaches to Semiotics, one linguistic manuscript after the other [...]. I would by far pre fer to have such books in the Janua Linguarum, but I see no way to bring them over (Of course, I am happy that they are with us, at all, and not with Reidel or Harper and Row or M.I.T.).’ 50 In the meantime the Slavisticprintings and reprintings series began to fall off somewhat. The explosive number of reprints (among which were many titles in the field of Russian history, i.e., outside the field of Slavistics) that were included‘in cooperation with Europe Printing Vaduz’, resulted in cancellations of standing orders. Sometimes reprints of ten or twenty volumes, or even more, fell under a single series number. Mouton had in this case overestimated its capabilities. For that matter there was known to be competition in this area: Fink Verlag (München) published many reprints in the series Slavische Propylaen: Texte inNeu- undNachdrucken (1963-1979). In Leipzig at the same time, the Zentralantiquariat der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik had become very active in the Slavistics reprint market. In a letter of October 20, 1969 to Van Schooneveld De Ridder mentions ‘intekenaren [...] die ons schrijven dat zij schrikken van het aantal boeken, dat zij in 1969 van ons hebben gekregen’ [‘... subscribers [...] who are writing to us that they are frightened of the amount of books that they received from us in 1969.’] He suggests a plan for 75 to 100 volumes in 1970: Ik zou graag willen weten of jij dit te veel of te weinig of juist vindt. [... ] Als wij uitgaan van een gemiddelde verkoopprijs van $15.- per band betekent mijn 26
27 ‘mouton mange tout’ voorstel een investering per intekenaar (meestal zijn het bibliotheken) van $1125 a $1500 in één jaar (plus dan natuurlijk nog de “nieuwe” delen). 51 [I would like to know whether you think this is too many or too few or just right. [...] If we assume that the average sales price is $15 per volume, my suggestion means an investment of $1125 to $1500 per subscriber (usually libraries) per year (plus of course the “new” volumes).] It is evident from a letter dated December 4,1969 from Mouton’s sales chief Van der Wilk to Van Schooneveld that the inclusion of reprints in the series had consequences: Zoals ik je vorig jaar mededeelde, hadden wij op dat moment ongeveer 150-160 direkte afnamen bij het verschijnen van een herdruk. Dit aantal is terug gelopen tot 106. [...] Nijhoff neemt namelijk geen enkel risico meer met deze serie en bestelt nog slechts 39 exemplaren i.p.v. 55 in het verleden. 52 [As I shared with you last year, we had at that moment about 150-160 standing orders when a reprint came out. This number is now a mere 106 [...]. Nijhoff apparently does not want to take any risk with this series and only orders 39 copies instead of the 55 that it used to order.] The reprints were a factor here. On March 11,1970 Van der Wilk mentioned: ‘Dezer dagen ontvingen wij wederom 10 opzeggingen hetgeen ons totaal aantal toch bedenkelijk beneden de 100 brengt.’ 53 [‘We just received another 10 cancellations which brings our total well under 100.’] The reprint plan in cooperation with Francis corporation in Liechtenstein, that was started in 1968 on a large scale, ended in 1971. This probably happened out of neces sity. There is no indication in the papers that supports the position of ex- Mouton employee Anton Gerits, 54 whereby Mouton would have been con tractually bound to include in the series all titles which Europe Printing reprinted. However, Van Schooneveld does mention: ‘Toen Francl op de proppen kwam, hebben we de controle over de herdrukken verloren.’ 55 [‘When Francl turned up, we lost control over the reprints.’] Years later, Francl completed on his own several multivolume works that Mouton no longer reprinted in their entirety. These reprints (for example, Slavisticprint ings and reprintingsVoL 114/24 and Vol. 149/3, both from 1981) give‘Europe Printing Establishment, Vaduz, Liechtenstein’ as sole publisher. The Edicom annual report for 1971 mentions with respect to Mouton a 20% rise in sales, and an increase of the outcome by 20%. The report states:
28 A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE De afzet in de Verenigde Staten van Amerika ondervond de gevolgen van de besnoeiing der wetenschapsbudgets aldaar. Dit nadeel kon gedeeltelijk worden opgevangen door vergroting van de verkoopinspanning op andere markten, o.a. Japan. De intensivering van de verkoopvoorbereiding en het hierbij kunnen bereiken van een toenemend aantal potentieel in onze uitgaven geïnteresseerden hebben wederom aandacht en inspanning gevergd. In 1971 werd de grondslag gelegd voor een aantal reeksen op het terrein van de antropologie. Wij verwier ven de rechten van de publicaties met het 9e Wereldcongres voor antropologi sche en etnologische wetenschappen, dat in 1973 in Chicago wordt gehouden. De ontwikkeling van periodieke wetenschappelijke uitgaven werd voortgezet. 56 [The sales in the United States of America met with the consequences of cuts in the scholarly budgets. This loss could be partly absorbed by the increase of sales efforts in other markets, for instance Japan.The intensifying of sales preparation, and, therefore, the possibility of reaching a growing number of parties potential ly interested in our publications, again required attention and effort. In 1971 the groundwork was laid for a number of series in the field of anthropology. We acquired the publication rights for the 9th World Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, to be held in 1973 in Chicago. The development of periodical scientific publications was continued.] But then business begins to stagnate. The annual report for 1972 states: ‘De omzet, waarvan een overwegend deel international zijn weg vindt, vertoonde tegen onze verwachting in, geen toeneming. Na een gunstige ontwikkeling gedurende het eerste halfjaar, bleef de omzet in het tweede halfjaar achter. 57 [‘The sales, of which a predominant part is oriented internationally, showed no increase, contrary to our expectation. After a positive development during the first half of the year, sales lagged in the second half.’] An internal memo from the Edicom board of directors to the directors and department heads shows that the outcome in 1973 was ‘zeer onbevredigend’ [‘very unsatisfacto ry’]. Expenditures were watched carefully: ‘Aan alle activiteiten voor een uit gave moet vooraf een volledig afgetekend uitgaveformulier ten grondslag liggen. Alle contracten, óók voorlopige, moeten worden getekend door twee directieleden.’ 58 [‘A completely signed expense form must be prepared for all expense activities. All contracts, including provisional ones, must be signed by two managers.’] The annual report for 1974 speaks volumes: ‘De in de loop van 1974 ingezette sanering had in dat jaar nog nauwelijks effect op de kosten, die door inflatoire en andere invloeden hoger uitkwamen. Het bedrijfsresul taat kwam daardoor even slecht uit als in 1973, namelijk op ruim ƒ 500.000
29 ‘mouton mange tout’ verlies.’ 59 [‘The reorganization instituted during 1974, had that year almost no effect on the costs, which had increased because of inflation and other influences. Because of that the company outcome was as bad as in 1973, that is a loss of well over ƒ 500.000.’] Van Schooneveld states that the American sales, which are so important for Mouton, would have been much more profitable if there had been a Mouton shipping address in the States: In plaats daarvan gingen de boeken met kisten vol per luchtvracht naar Simon Silverman in New York, die maar liefst 55% korting kreeg, de prijs verhoogde, over de naam Mouton de naam Humanities Press liet plakken en dan een acad emie discount gaf, waardoor men in Amerika de volle Hollandse winkelprijs betaalde. Als er een bestelling voor één exemplaar bij hem kwam (Van der Wilk noemde dat “eentjes”), dan zei Silverman dat het boek was uitverkocht zodat ik soms werd opgebeld door auteurs wier boek zojuist verschenen was en die nog een of een paar extra exemplaren voor zichzelf wilden kopen en dan tot hun stomme verbazing van de Humanities Press te horen kregen dat het boek was uitverkocht. 60 [The books went instead by caseload airfreight to Simon Silverman in New York, who received a discount of no less than 55%, then increased the price, glued a label with Humanities Press over Mouton’s name and then gave an academic dis count, which brought the American price up to the full Dutch retail price. When he received an order for one copy (Van der Wilk called these “singles”), Silverman would say that the book was sold out. I thus sometimes received phone calls from authors whose books had just appeared and who wanted an extra copy or two for themselves. They were dumbfounded to hear from Humanities Press that the book was sold out.] In the spring of 1974 Peter de Ridder resigned as Mouton publisher. The management of Edicom N.V. distributed a card with the following text: De directie van Edicom N.V. bericht hiermee dat de heer P. de Ridder zich teruggetrokken heeft uit de directie van Uitgeverij Mouton B.V. Wij zijn ver heugd dat de heer De Ridder, die meer dan twintig jaar een belangrijke en van visie getuigende rol heeft gespeeld bij de ontwikkeling van de wetenschappelijke uitgeverij, als adviseur van de directie actief verbonden zal blijven met het werk dat hij heeft opgebouwd. De directie van Uitgeverij Mouton B.V. wordt vanaf heden gevormd door de heren A. Bornkamp, J.H. Docter en Dr. P.A.F. van Veen. Den Haag, 15 mei 1974. 61
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE 30
31 MOUTON CUTS BACK ITS ACTIVITIES format; there were even publications that appeared in type script. In fact, this simplification process had been introduced by De Ridder back in 1973, given the necessity to cut costs. In any case, Van Schooneveld’s series lost their uniform format, also because Mouton used more and more Rast European printers and typesetters, who used different paper and typefaces from what was used in the printshop in The Hague. Before that a lot of printing work had been outsourced to printing companies closer to home like the Zuid-Nederlandsche Drukkerij N.V. (’s-Hertogenbosch) and N.I.C.I. (Ghent, Belgium). The focus of Mouton’s activities came to be more on cancelling than on honoring contracts. RA.F. van Veen’s letter of December 24, 1974 to Van Schooneveld states in unequivocal language: Naturally authors try to find a solution for their problems by approaching other publishers, such as Brill, Nijhoff, Van Gorcum, Peter de Ridder, Elsevier and many others, here and in the U.S.A., in England and everywhere. [... ] We cut out hundreds of contracts, but we have so many books in preparation that we even have not the slightest chance to diminish production during the first few years. 64 Van der Wilks letter dated August 30,1976 65 is an indication of the ever more distant relationship between Van Schooneveld and Mouton. It is evident from the letter that Mouton no longer wished to store Van Schooneveld’s editor’s copies in its warehouse in Nuenen, but proposed to send the stock they had on hand by container to Bloomington: ‘De omvang van het transport was overigens een garage voor twee auto’s vol tot op 1V 2 meter hoogte.’ 66 [‘The vol ume of the shipment was a two-car garage full to a height of about 5 feet.’] A letter dated October 20, 1976 from Mouton director RA.F. van Veen to Van Schooneveld also explains the new series, edited by Werner Winter, Trends in linguistics, ‘in the first place a continuation of the Current Trends in Linguistics volumes.’ 67 Mouton transferred some books that were to appear in Janua linguarum to Winter’s series. There was less internal com petition between Janua linguarum and the Contributions to the sociology of language series, which began to appear in 1971 under the editorship of Joshua A. Fishman. De Ridder’s departure also had consequences for the position of Roman Jakobson, who for two decades had been Mouton’s most important author, and whose advices and scholarly diplomacy played a great role, certainly in
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE the beginning of the publishing house’s existence. According to Van Veen’s letter of September 10,1974 to Van Schooneveld, Jakobson visited Mouton on September 9,1974 to secure his interests. This produced concrete agree ments over the publishing of his work: ‘as you see we did not act against your advice and let not slip this important author and relation.’ 68 Mouton agreed reluctantly, because two of the agreed upon publications were sure not to be profitable from the outset: ‘In short, we would rather cancel, but we have formal contracts.’ 69 Jakobson’s influence did not reach far enough to prevent another very promising project from being canceled. His contacts with old acquain tances from the avant-garde scene in Russia initially seemed to Mouton to promise great prospects in connection with the work of Nikolaj Ivanovic Chardziev (1903-1996). He was the Russian art collector and art and liter ary historian who specialized in the avant-garde, and whose arrival in the Netherlands in the 1990s was responsible for all manner of obscure entan glements that made the news for years. 70 De Ridder’s December 5, 1972 memo to the copy editor Joke Bakker is the first message in connection with this matter. This memo concerns the painter Kazimir Malevic’s autobiography, with an introduction by Chardziev: ‘Op de normale wijze behandelen, maar uiteraard geen contract naar de auteur zenden’ 71 [‘Act upon as usual, but naturally do not send a contract to the author.’] In a memo dictated April 9,1973 to Mouton, Van Schooneveld sums up the events that took place surrounding Chardziev up to that point: Jakobson was approached indirectly by Xardziev and asked if Jakobson could make arrangements for publishing various materials pertaining to Malevic. There are apparently two works: (1) an autobiography by Malevic, part of which is Mir kak bespredmetnosf (published in German translation in 1927 and 1962). This autobiogra phy would be completed by an introduction by Xardziev (ca. 100 pages). (2) Majakovskij i zivopis (ca. 200 pages), a study on experimental painting at the beginning of the 20th Century. Xardziev also offers: (3) a study on early Xlebnikov (4) an autobiography of Matjusin as dictated to Xlebnikov 32
33 MOUTON CUTS BACK ITS ACTIVITIES As for (1) and (2), I discussed them with Jakobson in Paris in August 1972. A. He proposed that the editing be done by the Bulgarian-French art his torian Mme. Dora Vallier [...]; and B. that I go to Moscow and obtain from Xardziev all possible materials pertaining to (1) and (2) including illustrative materials. C. Xardziev’s introduction to (1) and manuscript for (2) have reached Mouton via Henryk Baran of Harvard. D. During his stay in Germany Malevic left manuscripts with a German family in Hamburg (the von Riesens). This is confirmed by Mme. Vallier, who will try to obtain these manuscripts from the von Riesens. E. Baran has several clichés in the USA which are to be used as illustra tions for (2). I saw Xardziev in Moscow twice in January 1973, and it was obvious that he was not willing to relinquish all the materials at his disposal nor did he want to lose control of the editing process. I came with Xardziev to a tentative plan of the var ious monographs he was willing to prepare for publication, but Xardziev was obviously not willing to think of an integral edition at this stage. Xardziev claims that the von Riesen materials are either non-existent or unimportant. After Van Schooneveld discussed in this letter the question of the pho tographs, he concludes that the project has reached an impasse: I’m afraid the whole project is stuck at the moment because A. Mme. Vallier and Jakobson want all materials in the West, and B. they want to control the editing, while C. Xardziev obviously doesn’t want to release all the materials to the West and wants to handle the editing himself. 72 A plan was devised for a subseries of Slavistic printings and reprintings: ‘Ma- teriaux pour 1’histoire de Tart russe du vingtième siècle’; the books were to appear in bilingual Russian — French editions. Marguerite Derrida, the wife of the philosopher, was slated to do the translation. Van Schooneveld’s memo of September 27, 1973 detailed the possible dangers for authors living in the Soviet Union if their works were published by Mouton: ‘Ivanov and Xardziev state very firmly that De Ridder should publish at any cost. They are not afraid, and are willing to take any risk.’ 73 Mouton’s reorganization in the spring of 1974 put an end to this project, although De Ridder again tried later to include the planned books in his own publishing company.
34
35 MOUTON BOUGHT UP BY WALTER DE GRUYTER Van Schooneveld tries to interest Bornkamp at this time in the old Chardziev project: If this project could still be done, it would obviously be a sensation [...]. At the time of the negotiations, I brought to The Hague a number of metal cliché’s which had been smuggled out of the Soviet Union to America, which were of Malevitch paintings. As a matter of fact, I negotiated also with Xardziev (the art specialist in Russia) for a photographer to be flown in from Holland to make color pictures for further clichés. [...] The Herde[r]straat experimented with printing from those cliché’s in 1973-1974. 76 He adds that he does not know what has happened to the materials since. After the sale of the publishing company to De Gruyter in 1977 and until the beginning of the 1980s, there were sparsely manned Mouton offices at Noordeinde 41 in The Hague and (probably somewhat longer) in Amsterdam (Suite 141, Rivierstaete, Amsteldijk 166). Manager Bornkamp left Mouton Publishers in January 1982. He was succeeded by the German Germanist Dr. Stefan Grunwald, author of some poetry albums published in English. These events led to the total absorption of Mouton, which was actually in a moribund condition since 1977, into the German publishing company. Assumedly, the Mouton office at Noordeinde existed until March 1,1982. The employee Judy Marcure (who worked there since 1978) writes to Van Schooneveld in an undated letter that she would work for Mouton until March 1, 1982. She adds: T will do my best to see that the material which is transferred to Berlin is in a reasonable state.’ 77 In her letter dated February 22,1982 she writes Van Schooneveld that this letter is her last. 78 At that time Mouton remainders became available for bargain prices: at the Thursday Voorhout book market in The Hague, one could find a whole stall with Mouton publications, at which each book sold for the price of one guilder, irrespective of the book. Earlier Mouton publications had already started to belong to the trusted picture of the De Slegte antiquarian book stores. Nevertheless, a large part of the stock from the Mouton warehouse in Nuenen, where the Mouton shipping department operated, was shipped to Germany. At the Nuenen post office, from which the majority of the parcels were sent, the departure of Mouton would certainly have been felt. In retrospect, the acquisition of Mouton gave De Gruyter its breakthrough onto the international publishing scene. Anne Katrin-Ziesak paints this acquisition this way:
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE Das Geschaft [Mouton] war Walter de Gruyter & Co. angetragen worden. Mouton, ein in Den Haag beheimatetes verhaltnismassig junges Untemehmen, befand sich in wirtschaftbchen Schwierigkeiten. Die Firma hatte sich in der Vergangenheit eine fuhrende Stellung als linguistischer Fachverlag erobert, arbeitete aber auch in den Bereichen der Soziologie und Anthropologie. Abgesehen von einigen wichtigen Fachzeitschriften pubbzierte Mouton vorwiegend Monographien. Das Programm umfasste rund 2.000 beferbare Titel, etwa 80% davon in Englisch, 20% in Französisch. Von besonderem Interesse fiir de Gruyter war die ansehnliche Zahl amerikanischer Wissenschaftler unter den Mouton-Autoren - Verbindungen, die das Berliner Haus selbst in verstarktem Mafie suchte, denn der Aufbau eines eigenen engUschsprachigen Programms war bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt nur stockend vorangegangen. Durch den Erwerb von Mouton konnte de Gruyter seine ohnehin schon starke Position bn geisteswissenschafthchen Verlagswesen weiter ausbauen und zudem mit einem Schlag ern engbschsprachiges Angebot prasentieren. Die an den Kauf geknüpften Erwartungen erfïülten sich. Rückbbckend gesehen bedeutete der Erwerb von Mouton den Durchbruch auf dem internationalen Buchmarkt fiiir de Gruyter. Das Berliner Verlagshaus gewann die nötige Schubkraft zur Erschbessung neuer Markte, was sich m den nachsten Jahren in einer Steigerung der Exportquote auf rund 50% ausdrückte. Mouton und seme Lagerbestande wurden bis 1981 in mehreren Schritten von Hoband nach Berlin gefuhrt. 79 The previously weak position of De Gruyter in the international arena justi fies in every respect the fact that, for the time being, the Berlin company maintained the ‘Mouton Publishers’ imprint, which was known everywhere. After the departure from ‘The Hague’, ‘Amsterdam’ was used as the formal location until the end of the 1980s. The ‘Mouton de Gruyter’ imprint has been operational since 1986 for, among others, the old Mouton series Approaches to semiotics. For Van Schooneveld the curtain had already closed. In a letter from editor-in-chief Grunwald (Berlin, October 1,1982), Mouton Publishers, ‘A Division of Walter de Gruyter & Co.’, informs Van Schooneveld that the Janua linguarum series has been discontinued as of October 1,1982. 80 Not long thereafter Grunwald left Mouton; he surfaced later as manager of the marginal publishing company Grunwald Inc & Radcliff Publishers in Norfolk (Virginia). By way of a letter, now typed on Walter de Gruyter & Co. letterhead and dated May 27,1983, Managing Director Dr. Kurt-Georg Cram shared with Van Schooneveld that the Slavistic printings and reprintings and De proprietatibus litterarum series were also discontinued. 81 This letter was intended as a closing to mark the official end to Van Schooneveld’s editorship for Mouton that had begun at the end of 1953. But 36
37 MOUTON BOUGHT UP BY WALTER DE GRUYTER soon thereafter, on June 6,1983, Cram reported to Van Schooneveld in France ‘mit dem Vorschlag auf Sie [...] vielleicht doch noch einiges neu zu denken.’ 82 The motivation for this visit was ‘der dringende Wunsch’ of Krystyna Pomorska (1928-1986), Roman Jakobson’s widow, who would have liked to see her work and that of other Slavists and linguists from her milieu pub lished in Van Schooneveld’s series. In this connection a proposal was put for ward to renew negotiations over the series titles, and the possibility was sug gested that the series titles, of which Van Schooneveld owned the copyright, could also be bought by De Gruyter. These contacts would not result in a revival of the series or the sale of the series titles, the rights of ownership of which up till this day still belong to Van Schooneveld, the original editor. The August 26,1983 letter from De Gruyter chief Cram to Van Schooneveld describes in elaborate detail the ideas that Berlin had in regard to the Mouton company in The Hague. In this letter we read, among other things: [...] der Verlag war der Meinung, dass Sie rein zeitlich das Arbeitsvolumen der Herausgeberschaft nicht bewaltigen konnten. [...] Die Entscheidung, die Zusammenarbeit mit Ihnen zu beenden und eine Ersatz fur die “Janua Linguarum” aufeubauen, ist also noch zu Herm Bornkamps Zeiten gefallen. Ich habe diese Entscheidung als eine sehr bittere, ja geradezu verquere Entscheidung empfunden: denn deswegen sonst hatten wir Mouton erworben, wenn nicht wegen der Tradition und wegen des Ruhmes, der sich in dem Begriff “Janua Linguarum” ausdrückte? [...] Herrn Bornkamp fiel nun die Ausgabe zu, diese buchstablich am grünen Tisch” getroffene Entscheidung durchzufiiihren, d.h. erst einmal Ihnen zu iibermitteln, und dazu hat sich Herr Bornkamp - Sie ken nen ihn ja noch besser als ich - nicht mehr aufgerafft. Das blieb erst Herrn Grunwald vorbehalten. This letter shows that Van Schooneveld had spoken ‘dezidiert gegen ein Mehrmannergremium’, while Cram himself did not believe, that eine Einmannherausgeberschaft fïir eine Serie heutzutage, wo doch sehr arbeitsin- tensiver als ffüher vorzugehen ist, erfolgversprechend sein kann.’ Cram also states in this letter that Mouton ‘zeitlang die Politik “Masse statt Qualitat” ver- folgte. Daraus scheint sich aber eine Art Marktverstopfung ergeben zu haben, denn es wurden von vielen Titeln nur noch relativ wenig Exemplare verkauft, und aus unserer Perspektive lag hier die Ursache des finanziellen Versagens von Mouton. 83 Many old Mouton titles up till this day remain available through the German sales channels of De Gruyter. 84
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE 8. Epilogue The Wetenschappelijke Uitgeverij Mouton & Co. N.V. in The Hague had begun in 1953 with Peter de Ridder as chief, who proposed the young pro fessor C.H. van Schooneveld from Leiden to edit its first series. Van Schooneveld had access to valuable international contacts thanks to his stay in America. The De Ridder-Van Schooneveld partnership was soon based on the principle that all kinds of business could be decided upon directly and without consultation and in a rather informal atmosphere. Not only De Ridder, but also Van Schooneveld had business interests in Mouton through a royalty arrangement as editor. Nevertheless, idealism played a role in both men’s activities from the very beginning. With De Ridder’s departure from Mouton in 1974, the end of Van Schooneveld’s involvement was in sight. It is up to future writers to research and describe in greater depth Mouton’s growth and decline than can be done here. The same holds true for critically evaluating Mouton’s publisher’s list, which was dominated by American authors. In any case, Mouton was, despite its relatively short existence, one of the most important scholarly publishers that has ever operated in the Netherlands. It is difficult to imagine 20 th century Slavistics and linguistics with out acknowledging Peter de Ridder’s publishing and C.H. van Schooneveld’s editing of the Slavistic printings and reprintings and Janua linguarum series, in which many fundamental works appeared. ‘Voor mij is het een groot en meeslepend avontuur geweest’ 85 [‘It has been a great and enthralling adventure for me’], declares Van Schooneveld, as he reflects on his time at Mouton from his farmhouse in Haute-Savoie. The tens of meters of files that he donated to Leiden University Library in 1998 (with additional contributions in 2000), make it possible for us to reconstruct in the smallest details this adventure, in which for over twenty years literally thousands of persons were involved. 38
39 A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE Notes 1 Rodney B. Sangster, ‘C.H. van Schooneveld’, To honor retiring faculty (Bloomington: Indiana University, 1987), p. [37] (Inv. No. 38). 2 Ibid. 3 Inv. No. 14. 4 Inv. No. 2. 5 Inv. No. 14. 6 Ibid. 7 C.H. van Schooneveld, ‘Commentaar op de catalogus Mouton-materiaal’ [Vozérier-Amancy, June 14,2000], f. 6 (Inv. No. 39). 8 Inv. No. 7. 9 Ibid. 10 Inv. No. 2. 11 Roman Jakobson, Morris Halle, Fundamentals of language (The Hague: Mouton, 1956), p. v. 12 Inv. No. 1. 13 Inv. No. 2 14 Ibid. 15 Ibid. 16 Ibid. 17 Ibid. 18 Inv. No. 1 19 See Stephen O. Murray, ‘More on gatekeepers and Noam Chomsky’s writing of the 1950s’, Historiographia linguistica 26 (1999), p. 343-353. This article (p. 349) also con tains the text of Chomsky’s September 12,1957 letter to Van Schooneveld. The collec tion offers no original letters of Chomsky referring to the books he published with Mouton after Syntactic structures; but there are copies of his correspondence with Mouton. 20 D.J. van de Pol, ‘Mr. F.J. Eekhout van wetenschappelijke uitgeverij Mouton: ‘best sellers kennen we niet’, Het Vaderland Weekjournaal, August 26,1966, p. 2 (Inv. No. 2). 21 Inv. No. 7. 22 Inv. No. 2 23 Ibid. 24 Ibid. 25 Ibid. 26 Ibid. 27 Inv. No. 7 28 C.H. van Schooneveld, ‘Commentaar op de catalogus Mouton-materiaal’ [Vozérier-Amancy, June 14,2000], f. 9 (Inv. No. 39). 29 Inv. No. 2 “Ibid.
A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE 31 Ibid. 32 Inv. No. 7. 33 Ibid. 34 Ibid. 35 Inv. No. 2. 36 Inv. No. 4 37 Ibid. 38 Inv. No. 7. 39 Inv. No. 2. 40 Inv. No. 7. 41 Ibid. 42 Ibid. 43 C.H. van Schooneveld, ‘Commentaar op de catalogus Mouton-materiaal’ [Vozérier-Amancy, June 14,2000], f. 10 (Inv. No. 39). 44 Inv. No. 7. 45 C.H. van Schooneveld,‘Commentaar op de catalogus Mouton-materiaal’ [Vozérier-Amancy, June 15,2000], f. 16 (Inv. No. 39). 46 Inv. No. 2. 47 Inv. No. 7. 48 Inv. No. 2. 49 Ibid. 50 Inv. No. 7. 51 Inv. No. 4. 52 Ibid. 53 Inv. No. 2. 54 See Anton Gerits, Op dubbelspoor en Pilatusbaan. Boeken als middel van bestaan (Zutphen: Walburg Pers, 2000), p. 100. 55 C.H. van Schooneveld,‘Commentaar op de catalogus Mouton-materiaal’ [Vozérier-Amancy, June 17,2000], f. 26 (Inv. No. 39). 56 Inv. No. 7. 57 Ibid. 58 Inv. No. 2. 59 Inv. No. 7. 60 C.H. van Schooneveld, ‘Commentaar op de catalogus Mouton-materiaal’ [Vozérier-Amancy, June 15,2000], f. 15-16 (Inv. No. 39). 61 Inv. No. 2. 62 Inv. No. 10. 63 Inv. No. 7. 64 Ibid. 65 Inv. No. 2. 66 C.H. van Schooneveld, ‘Commentaar op de catalogus Mouton-materiaal’ [Vozérier-Amancy, June 23,2000], f. 41 (Inv. No. 39). 40
41 A GREAT AND ENTHRALLING ADVENTURE 67 Inv. No. 2. 68 Inv. No. 1. 69 Ibid. 70 See Hella Rottenberg, Meesters, marodeurs: de lotgevallen van de collectie Chardzjiëv. (Amsterdam: Jan Mets, 1999). 71 Inv. No. 1. 72 Ibid. 73 Ibid. 74 See the note ‘Wetenschappelijke uitgeverij Mouton van Elsevier naar Walter de Gruyter (Berlijn)’, Nieuwsblad voor de boekhandel 144, No. 22 (June 2,1977), p. 1096. 75 Inv. No. 7. 76 Inv. No. 1. 77 Inv. No. 2. 78 Ibid. 79 Anne Katrin-Ziesak, Der Verlag Walter de Gruyter 1749-1999 (Berlin: Walter de Gruyter, 1999), p. 269-270. 80 Inv. No. 2 81 Ibid. 82 Ibid. 83 Ibid. 84 A new volume of the series Slavistic printings and reprintings, edited by C.H. van Schooneveld (Vol. 365 = Novye izdanija i pereizdanija po Slavistike, Vol. 1) has come out in the autumn of 2000: Skazanija Velikogo Novgoroda, zapisannye Aleksandrom Artynovym (ed. by Ju.K. Begunov). The book was typeset and printed in Russia and appeared with Bouy Tour Publishers [‘Fierce Aurochs’] (Genève). 85 C.H. van Schooneveld, letter to Jan Paul Hinrichs, Vozérier-Amancy, April 14, 2000.

II Illustrations and commentary
HMgsp üê&iJ kS&!& s@kh V>/&^
45 1. Photograph of Nicolaas van Wijk surrounded by students, ca. 1939. [Private collection] This picture was taken in the backyard of professor of Balto-Slavic languages Nicolaas van Wijk, Nieuwstraat 36, Leiden. Third from the left is Wils Huisman (1914-1979), who from 1941 on, when her translation of PuSkin’s Kapitanskaja docka appeared, translated many classics of Russian literature into Dutch and who just after the war was appointed the first Slavic librarian at Leiden University Library. Third from the right is the Dutch language specialist P.C. Paardekooper (1920); second from the right is Klaas Hanzen Heeroma (1909-1972); and first on the right is C.H. van Schooneveld. Paardekooper en Van Schooneveld together composed the bibliography of Van Wijk (‘Schriftenverzeichnis von N. van Wijk’, Zeitschrift fur slavische Philologie 18 (1942), p. 124-161). Heeroma, under the pseudonym Muus Jacobse, wrote a poem on account of Van Wijk’s funeral at the Rhijnhof cemetery in Leiden (see Jan Paul Hinrichs, ‘Muus Jacobse, Nicolaas van Wijk en ‘de dode vriend”, Het Oog in ‘tZeil 6 (1988), No. 2, p. 20- 21; Petra Couvée, ‘Graf van N. van Wijk’, Het Oog in 't Zeil 7 (1990), No. 2/3, p. 96).
De Administrateur bij het College van Curstorer dar Rijksuniversiteit te Lekte*. te Valt de nagenoemde contractante) onder de Invaliditeitswet? ja Jaar 19 41 . Inhoudingen ingevolge artikel 14 van het Arbeidsovereenkomstenbesluit, op het loon van („aam) Schooneveld, van , c *®* vM U «"w,ort“ r > , , Leiden Witte Singel s Ëi a * No. 26 t wonende te > - • plein als wetensob.bulpkraobt in dienst van Mjï Bibliotheek te Lelden , over het tijdvak van i October — t/m
47 2. Document concerning C.H. van Schooneveld’s employment at Leiden University Library for the period October 1 - December 31,1941. [Inv. No. 37] Nicolaas van Wijk bequeathed his library to Leiden University Library. The student C.H. van Schooneveld was hired on October 1,1941 as scholarly assistant (see Jan Paul Hinrichs, De erfenis van Nicolaas van Wijk (1880-1941). Catalogus van een tentoon stelling ter gelegenheid van het vijfenzeventigjarig bestaan van de studierichting Slavische taal- en letterkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit Leiden, gehouden in de Universiteitsbiblio theek van 7 oktober tot 18 november 1988. Leiden: Universiteitsbibliotheek, 1988, p. 11). Van Schooneveld’s employment was extended until March 1,1942. The house where Van Schooneveld lived with his parents, Witte Singel 26, stood exactly at the place where now the Slavic Reading Room of the University library is located.
inner
49 3. Menu from the dinner at the Sociëteit [Club] Minerva on Wednesday, June 19, 1946 on the occasion of C.H. van Schooneveld’s doctoral examination in Slavic languages and literatures, and J.F. Glastra van Loon’s B.A. examination in law, signed by those present. [Inv. No. 37]
THE TRUSTEES OF COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK TO ALL PERSONS TO WHOM THESE PRESENTS MAY COME GREETING BE IT KNOWN THAT CORNELIS HENDRIK VAN SCHOONEVELD HAVING COMPLETED THE STUDIES AND SATISFIED THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY HAS ACCORDINGLY BEEN ADMITTED TO THAT DEGREE WITH ALL THE RIGHTS PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES THEREUNTO APPERTAINING IN WITNESS WHEREOF WE HAVE CAUSED THIS DIPLOMA TO BE SIGNED BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNIVERSITY AND BY THE DEAN OF THE FACULTIES OF POLITICAL SCIENCE PHILOSOPHY AND PURE SCIENCE AND OUR CORPORATE SEAL TO BE HERETO AFFIXED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK ON THE EIGHTH DAY OF SEPTEMBER IN THE YEAR OF OUR LORD ONE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND FORTY-NINE
51 4. C.H. van Schooneveld’s Ph.D. diploma, Columbia University, New York, September 8,1949. [Private collection] Van Schooneveld continued his studies in 1946 with a Rockefeller Fellowship to Columbia University, New York. In 1949 he was awarded the Ph.D. degree. His doctor al dissertation, A semantic analysis of the Old Russian finite preterite system was pub lished as a book in 1959 by Mouton as Vol. 7 in the Slavistic printings and reprintings series. The diploma is also signed by General Dwight David Eisenhower (1890-1969), then president of Columbia University, later president of the United States.
& H'^rryo Cr, f^vX^JlA ■r-X t V r I ^ . o<»*^ ^ W .-..J*>!r <•—' ö ;S#?—-* jS ' < Y * \ v (-//‘c^i f^4r& LrLc\Cn^i*r-~ trO +JL$P&*r$ £fiJtifiZ^ icj^ ' {*&■ ■EerXlU^ . h*A Jt-ArJ r- %yix£; ii TAr*'^V* ’ 3^ t-i ■*^ v \®- AA*. (fL* -butrS^ii- A 'S flrC±' 'A^!j "£Cr^> k-£* —K*— . J^Oi*. / ö- cL&r*^^* ! bcA- kï , %i frtii.'lc—i L **!(**,- *+~i ic^i A Xj J , M\ b. 30^ ; ryi • A^ifC- -i-e.' eLc^HrL. W-<t^i •«^fcv>-, Ju^j^ / Vvt^„ (Lt-XrAvir*!^ t^^r/ Ji(. VtrrJol*- Cvh**. k^.@AA^&-r$r&&hQ£*%LAr^jr jl^ r\jb~LJ} *~£~^ ^cj Kr^i , ó^)Crr^ ^ ƒ? -p w c-^y. ,', .- c i t-s~j- - •* jw Ê //ÜUy.'raJ-oLg./W, &£*, U^J^C <xM^4r^ cL 'ktrv-frh- A-1 lud> üf^nJi^tArk) r\^oLü^ ïr~ 'kÜl^Y^ A £ i i^ r ' /(/-■ 'V»n W lu&~r r ><-hs-, 'V'^yC&Tf-^c.£-<•»/ lryd& vmxü^tr ‘ I 4-i^V-tnsr, oi -e^'/y^U jf^T y~^o4 > t- u/ -wj ^ n^x&s/ótt/ -M— . hr&~t- thtr*r~ • ƒ 'C^lrJ^lrrft^/i /dj yi 7 \21 IQ: <nrn4^/ ’*!££ ^^■Vr dft. ^v, c. ^f^JÜdrt- eln-^é-i%caL & a Kift 3b** ■ Sjj-i ^ - -r "* ‘“‘•v •’^«vu-' JftU -7^' I I <!a/ irTf-rthczj * ^ y'V’^' ^ \; rjiA-~TZix^4-»JL' ys>~ :i J:£óirjL*4-, V 5 W-tMrf. i',d-tir^. »Lt^rrcr^r ? ^ -t-6n« ftJ’J 4v«u/ f a:.™ y^.x 4. rN7 4 ' ; ' _7 Y\\\p \’ • „.^r k^-éXiir^ykX^Uj jX d XXïïï^^ Ö ..ifM .. . t ,r\ /"«sf(X /*- ' 4 ! » h i\ U/ iJ~ e^S i f&i%in . V^^-MXeid^L »C'v> (Xk-iudL^ Xk X:-^ kiX^.¥a&t£ 'y^rir^Y' oLLt, XSflfiL&r'fóf <j-&. tüir H£ j /]/ lnfKr qJXKaQ- ■
53 5. Letter from Reinier van der Meulen to C.H. van Schooneveld, Leiden, August 13,1952. [Inv. No. 14] Van Schooneveld was appointed professor of Slavic languages and literatures in Leiden in 1952. He was the successor of Reinier van der Meulen (1882-1972). In this letter Van der Meulen, then residing at Witte Singel 63, gives his successor an overview of his courses: Het aantal eigenlijke “Slavisten” is onder mijn leerlingen om begrijpelijke redenen (geen of weinig vooruitzicht op een betrekking) gering geweest. 5 dames die zich daarvoor opgaven zijn na verloop van tijd getrouwd en naar elders vertrokken. Nu zijn er nog twee dames die het eerste jaar Russisch hebben gevolgd. Het tweede jaar (onder Uw leiding) kunnen zij dit dus voortzetten en met Oudksl. beginnen. [...] Mijn overige leerlingen waren van andere vakken en wilden alleen Russisch leren, een enkele Pools.’ [‘The number of real “Slavists” among my students has been small for under standable reasons (no or little prospect of a job). 5 women who had signed up got mar ried after a while and moved to somewhere else. There are two more women who have had first year Russian. They can now continue in the second year (under your direc tion) and begin Old Church Slavonic. [...] My other students came from other depart ments and just wanted to learn Russian, and a few wanted Polish.’] Then follows an overview of the teaching materials used by him, class schedules, and the names of stu dents and auditors. The collection includes three more letters from Van der Meulen to Van Schooneveld, the last one dated January 14,1959 and written from Emmen from a ‘centrum voor bejaarden in dit ultima Thule’ [‘center for the elderly in this ultima Thule’] where he and his wife moved after having lived ‘bijna 47 jaar’ [‘almost 47 years’] in Leiden. The collection offers much relevant material for a historiography of Slavistics in the Netherlands, including correspondence with many other colleagues, among whom are Bruno Borisovic Becker (1885-1968) and Karel van het Reve (1921-1999).
OVER DE WOORDSOORTEN IN HET MODERNE RUSSISCH
55 6. C.H. van Schooneveld, Over de woordsoorten in het moderne Russisch. Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1953. [Inv. No. 30] Inaugural address delivered at the accession to the professorship of Balto-Slavic lan guages at Leiden University on May 15, 1953. Van Schooneveld indicates here which tradition he follows: ‘Wanneer ik de weg terugkijk die mij tot deze leerstoel geleid heeft, dan zie ik daarop twee gidsen staan, mijn Leidse leermeester Van Wijk en de Slavist en linguist Roman Jakobson.’ [‘As I look back at the path that has brought me to this pro fessorship, I see two guides, my Leiden teacher Van Wijk, and the Slavist and linguist Roman Jakobson.’] The latter he calls a ‘zienersfiguur’ [‘visionary’] (p. 18).
UITGEVERIJ MOUTON & CO N.V. Z.O. Buitensingel 150b djrecteukxkxksmxx DEN HAAG, 8 October 1953 dR/HV. no.591 Prof.van Schooneveld, Zoeterwoudse Singel 55 LEIDEN ffoóggeleerde Heer, Zojuist ontving ik van Dr Scheibert het bericht, dat de Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaff'etwas beischiessen wOrde, wenn man auch andere Stellen zur Subvention interessieren kCnnte", voor een heruitgave van Sreznevskij, "Materialy dija slovarja drenne- russkago jazyka po pis'mennym pamjatnikam, I-III,Petersburg 1893-1903". En daar U dit werk ook in onze serie wilde opnemen is dit een stimu lans om aan dit werk bijzondere aandacht te schenken. De beslissing over deze serie valt hier a.s. Dinsdag, en met 95$ zekerheid durf ik reeds te zeggen, dat zij gunstig uitvalt. U hoort zo spoedig mogelijk van mij. Met vriendelijke groeten en de mseste hpdgp.enting, P*de iy,&der~ TELEFOON K 1700—723308 ■ BANK: TWENTSCHE BANK
57 7. Letter from Peter de Ridder to C.H. van Schooneveld, October 8,1953. [Inv. No. 2] De Ridder announces that a decision will soon be made concerning the establishment of‘onze serie’ [‘our series’], by which he means Slavistic printings and reprintings. The first volume in this series would appear in 1954.
Afschrift. Boek- en lllustratiedruk / Drie- en Vierkleurendruk Steen-, Aluminium- en Offsetdruk Relief- en Muziekdruk/Kopergravure- en Etsdruk ü 1359 P.0.139 Sh/AR Uitgeverij Mouton & Co.,M.V. t.a.v. De Heer P.de Ridder Z.0.Buitensingel 150b Den Haag Mijne Heren, Hiermede hebben wij het genoegen U prijsopgave te verstrekken voor de levering van een boekwerk volgens onderstaande specificatie. Boekwerk? "Materlalv dl ia slowar.ia drewne roesskago .iazi.ika",. Totale omvang: 2720 pagina's. Gebonden in 3 delen n.1. A. 996 pagina's 500 ex. B. 802 pagina's 500 ex. C. 922 pagina's 500 ex. Papier: 4.2.500 vel houtvrij offset, 80-grams p.m2 83 x 112 cm- >f*4-800,— Binden: in heel linnen band, strobord Ho.25 voor de platten, boek en band gerond en gekneept, gekapitaald, goudfolie- druk op de rug. Prijs voor A. per stuk ....f. h n b. " " ...f. n " C. = B . ........f. 1.77! 1,68 1,74 De prijs voor het drukken in offset is, zoals wij reeds verwachten, practisch gelijk aan die welke door U ontvangen werd van de firma Jan de Lange te Deventer. Wilt U deze offerte als vrijblijvend beschouwen totdat wij U orderbe vestiging hebben gezonden? Wij vertrouwen U hiermede van dienst te zijn geweest en zien ^w nadere berichten met belangstelling tegemoet. -n!rj,rin S ,n nétg.u, d, „M.,».™»..!. nnn ié Gréfich,Kiutrti’, t ,i.fénéériif JI ftmJ. 1949 éérptfinaié AnailnnmnUmlulanl u jtm„éritm. Wij annaria ..mrMljUuU nar hai- m nhiéré mgJmrh, an inkplaa, Méhr,, IMugraJinhééfaté, mnUrlal an Mn. tnhJmai, ramlngélurai, hét omar an a na,lé iaUalj él, p.tumd, hun vnlWf nldar, Unxlj iéXi nhrijéélijk iéérémt, ériéni. On. Wi m aim [ééiéééé ié., ... nérnania p« ,«rf< rUcé na ié aKéngér.
59 8. Offer from Mouton Printers to Mouton Publishers, The Hague, February 26,1954. [Inv. No. 2] The Mouton printing company (Herderstraat 5) makes an offer to the Mouton pub lishing company (Z.O. Buitensingel 150b) for the reprinting of I.I. Sreznevskij’s three- volume Materialy dlja slovarja drevnerusskogo jazyka po pis’mennym pamjatnikam ((St Petersburg, 1893-1912). Mouton did not reprint this work. A reprint did appear in 1955 with the Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt in Graz. A reprint was also pub lished in Moscow in 1958.
ISLAM a sunt* HII SS UN ««sinrvxfcij Hill VUIIS VI r " mawfcT %tlH /HU Wtm\ im r«rn IMIMWIHS Haratk MM Uteralm UntMMnr t*tt!teb ■tertMa*- VlurphintMH IMAGO MVNDt JOSHUA WHATMOUCH f Harvard I Slavic 1 Studies twiwt inSi formal ORACLES AND DEMONS OF TIBET 1111 B i MKÖtóOH: RusstatO:? Thought i «■M . ; <>f‘ jy ;^msasam FOB ROMAN Ss^i* fifS*’- I
61 9. Photograph of a Mouton booth at the Frankfurter Buchmesse, 1957. [Private collection] The central place that the Festschrift For Roman Jakobson occupies, shows how promi nent an author Mouton Publishers considered Roman Jakobson. On the third row from the top there are some volumes from the Slavistic printings and reprintings series. At the left on the top row, partly shoved behind another book, is Noam Chomsky’s Syntactic structures, which had just come out in the Janua linguarum series.

63 10. Photograph of Mouton books in a booth at a bookfair, Belgrade, 1957. [Private collection] To the right of Mouton are the North-Holland and Elsevier booths. The photograph gives the impression that in the international arena Mouton was equal to these pub lishers.
ENE VERLAGE ■ Harvard ■ Slavic |M Studies \SLAM S>t *«! Svuiac'fk ; TOSS!.» raww ffialHÏ IMhap** m% iwö VUIWS Ubrtri ai (tmiruitinr \Wh*« lM^° SlipMHi ■m rnmmm*. for ROMAN JAKOBSON mm
65 11. Photograph of the Mouton booth in Leipzig, Herbstmesse, 1957. [Private collection] On the back a stamp of ‘Susanne König, Lichtbilderin, Markkleeberg-Mitte, Thalmanstr. 29.’

67 12. Photograph of Peter de Ridder (right), director of Mouton Publishers, in a conversation at the Frankfurter Buchmesse, mid 1950s. [Private collection] On the back a stamp of ‘Boris Spahn, Bildberichterstatter, Buchschlag bei Frankfurt/M., Bahnhofstrasse 17a’.

69 13. Photograph of Roman Jakobson and C.H. van Schooneveld, Prague, 1958. [Private collection] This photograph was taken during a meeting in Prague in the spring of 1958, which was intended as preparation for the Congress of Slavists which was to be held later that year in Moscow. Van Schooneveld made no secret of the fact that Jakobson (shown here from the back in a suit a size too small) influenced him greatly (see 111. 6); the same holds true for many other Dutch linguists and Slavists (see E.M. Uhlenbeck, ‘Roman Jakobson and Dutch linguistics’, in Daniel Armstrong and C.H. van Schooneveld (eds.), Roman Jakobson: echoes of his scholarship, Lisse: The Peter de Ridder Press, 1977, p. 485-502.) The extent of Jakobson’s influence on his surroundings was beautifully worded by Claude Lévi-Strauss (1908) in his conversations with Didier Éribon, published in De prés et de loin (Paris: Éditions Odile Jacob, 1988). Lévi-Strauss tells of a meeting that was decisive for him that took place in New York, where both men had emigrated as a consequence of the Second World War: ‘J’étais a 1’époque une sorte de structuraliste naïf. Je faisais du structuralisme sans le savoir. Jakobson m’a révélé Insistence d’un corps de doctrine déja constitué dans une discipline: la linguistique, que je n’avais jamais pratiqée. Pour moi, ce fut une iUumination’(p. 62-63). ‘C’était un penseur d’une puissance intellectuelle qui dominait tout autour de lui. II maitrisait une dizaine de langues, il avait une erudition prodigieuse, qui allait des anciens linguistes de 1’Inde jusq’è Husserl... II s’intéressait a tout, a la peinture, a la poésie d’avant-garde, a 1’eth- nologie, a 1 informatique, è la biologie...’ (p. 63). Tl avait surtout un don dramatique sans égal; il transportait ses auditeurs auxquels il donnait le sentiment justifié de vivre un moment décisif dans 1’histoire de la pensée’ (p. 64).
WEIKAMPEN 1 C.ICLLinU OTELXr 800 meter over havet. Telegr.adr.: Skei, 0stre Gausdal Rikstelefon: Nr. 27 0stre Gausdal Skeikampen pr. Tretten st. 9 \fh 5e 'Vx ac ^ ócui o u^a o \ , A k rflcA T M. rtbyAoU-J ö A f Hr A A tvVH CTt <-^ 6 y 'y l CJ. ,O^A Cjg*~r*. rzz.t::^. ^ tr ";;4^r <y 'ITO life i £^%?4 c /S‘ nö ** 4^ c; ^ 3r r^i' [TkTU^ir^^ ir ‘blrzzrzt: "3( Xm *~f> F • ^ f ént' aazx Mi ft e I «,, rr w ^ /?/ 7-1-1^ u ky^i eko^jy iJJitTix y J»y(^ ««wJurt jru k^x c-^^ o 7jT^ tJ ^ Jlrf.fr «<*•
71 14. Letter from Roman Jakobson to C.H. van Schooneveld, Skeikampen, Norway, August 2,1958. [Inv. No. 14] This letter goes into detail about Jakobson’s possible participation in the Congress of Slavists in Moscow later in 1958. The collection contains over one hundred letters and telegrams from Jakobson to Van Schooneveld from the period of 1949-1977. Handwritten letters and cards are usu ally in Russian. Typed letters are always in English. These letters from Jakobson form an extension of the Slavic handwritten materials at Leiden University Library (for a concise overview see Jan Paul Hinrichs, Valerij PereleSin (1913-1992). Catalogue of his papers and books in Leiden University Library. Leiden: Leiden University Library, 1997, p. 14). Alongside many letters in Russian from several Russian linguists the C.H. van Schooneveld collection offers many letters in Serbocroatian, the majority of which are written by Pavle Ivic (1924-1999), the Yugoslav linguist, who worked as an assistant under Van Schooneveld in Leiden in the 1950s.
I
73 15. Letter from Roman Jakobson to C.H. van Schooneveld, Warsaw, October 19,1959. [Inv. No. 14] This letter in Russian, written on the letterhead of the Polish Academy of Sciences, con cerns editorial business of the International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics, that was published from 1959 on by Mouton. In a letter dated February 17,1957 to the Soviet scholar R.I. Avanesov, Van Schoone veld tries to entice him to become editor of a journal to be set up: At the moment we are contemplating to have two editors from Europe: Stang (Oslo) and van Schooneveld (Leiden), two from the western hemisphere: Jakobson (Harvard) and Whitfield (California). We now should like to include editors from Slavic countries, in the first place from Russia. We should be very grateful if you first of all would consent to become a member of the editorial board and we should be glad to include, on your proposal, more editors from Slavic countries’ (Inv. No. 21). In the end, scholars from the Soviet Union and other former communist countries did not join the editorial board. They did, however, contribute to the International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics, the original letterhead of which bore the edito rial address Annemarie Plate, Haarlemmer Trekvaart 22, Oegstgeest’. This periodical continued to be published by Mouton until Vol. 16 (1973). In a let ter of July 9,1974 to Dean S. Worth (University of California), who had been editor since Vol. 9 (1965), the newly appointed manager Dr. P.A.F. van Veen says that the peri odical no longer will be published by Mouton. In a circular of December 1974 the dis tributor Co-Libri announces this to the subscribers (Inv. No. 21). Peter de Ridder, subsequently, takes this periodical over for his new publishing com pany, so that Vols. 17-22 (1974-1976) appear with The Peter de Ridder Press in Lisse. After De Ridder ceased his activities the journal had no publisher. On September 24, 1980, given that Mouton had long been taken over by Walter de Gruyter 8c Co., Dean S. Worth can inform his co-editors that as a result of discussions with Arie Bornkamp on September 1,1980, Mouton is taking the journal back and even plans to publish a TJSLP Supplements series. But on October 23,1981 Worth writes: ’Hold on your hats: I have just been informed by Dr. Kurt-Georg Cram, Managing Director of Walter de Gruyter, the parent firm of Mouton, that they will not, repeat not, publish IJSLP. This, after a written agreement from Arie Bornkamp of Mouton, after the international advertising brochure I recently sent you copies of, and after I had sent them the camera-ready copy of IJSLP XXIII/1, for which they should have paid me $1200 for composition’ (Inv. No. 21). Bornkamp had probably agreed to things that the management in Berlin still had to approve, see also the copy of Van Schooneveld’s letter of November 16,1981 to his co-editors: I do know that Dr. Cram has the ultimate say in negotiations like this one; it seems that Bornkamp over-committed himself’ (Inv. No. 21). After the journal had not appeared for five years, it started up again from Vol. 23 (1981) at Slavica Publishers, Columbus (Ohio), run by Charles E. Gribble. There the journal also ran into difficulties, witness Vol. 38, a single volume that covers the years 1988-1995. Slavica Publishers, in the mean time, relocated to Bloomington and oper ates under the flag of Indiana University. Beginning with Vol. 39 (1996) the journal declares Bloomington as its place of publication.
“I J S L T• THE COMPANY WILL APPRECIATE SUGGESTIONS PROM ITS PATRONS CONCERNING ITS SERVICE
75 16. Telegram from Roman Jakobson to C.H. van Schooneveld, stamped April 19,1960. [Inv. No. 14] When Van Schooneveld received this telegram he was already on the faculty of Stanford University in California. The telegram concerns a necrology for the Yugoslav linguist A. Belie (1876-1960) for International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics. The necrology, written by K. Taranovsky, appeared in Vol. 4 (1961), p. 197-202.
/Van onze correspondent te Bonn) Volgens het Hamburgse weekblad , r Der Spiegel” zyn aan Russische toeristen op de Brusselse wereldtentoonstelling gratis exemplaren gegeven van een Russische uitgave van de roman van „Dr. Schiwago" van de dezer dagen met de Nobel prijs bekroonde Russische schrijver Pasternak. Deze in het Russisch gedrukte boeken zouden door een Haagse drukkerij, te weten Mouten, gemaakt zijn. Als bekend was het oorspronkelijke manuscript van Paster naks roman in handen gekomen van de Italiaanse uitgeverij Feltrinelli, die ondanks Russische druk zorgde voor vertalin gen in verscheidene talen. Feltrinelli zou over een Russische vertaling hebben gesproken, aldus „Der Spiegel”, met de op Slavische teksten gespecialiseerde drukkerij on uitgeverij Mouten in Den Haag. wetenschappelijke onderzoek, een boekje „God bestaat”, een geïllus treerd album, het verhaal van dr. Carrells reis naar Lourdes en een verhaal over de huidige mirakelen te Lourdes etc., aldus de directrice. De Sowjettoeriste n waren zeer nieuwsgierig en belangstellend, zo deelde zü nog mee. 1
77 17. Undated newspaper clipping (Fall 1958): ‘Haagse drukkerij maakt Russisch boek. Russische toeristen kregen op Expo Pasternaks “Dr Schiwago”’. [Inv. No. 7] In the 1950s Mouton Printers was one of the few companies in Western Europe that could set and print books in Russian. This is how the printing house became involved in the printing of the first publication of Boris Pasternak’s novel Doktor Zivago. Western secret services and the Vatican seem to have been involved in this affair in the background. This resulted in the distribution by Vatican employees of copies of Pasternak’s novel to Soviet citizens, who were visiting the 1958 Brussels World’s Fair. Shortly thereafter, Pasternak was awarded the Nobel Prize for literature. The C.H. van Schooneveld Collection contains reactions to this affair from Jakobson, who wanted his publisher, Mouton, at whatever cost, to take a neutral posi tion vis-a-vis the Soviet authorities and not to be caught up in situations with political implications. On November 6,1958 he writes to Van Schooneveld: T am very unhappy about the Pasternak development and about Mouton’s stupid involvement in the mess’ (Inv. No. 14). We also have access to a copy of Jakobson’s letter to De Ridder of November 6,1958, in which he implores him: T beg you to avoid further blunders of Mr. E[e]khout’s style. They seriously endanger our common work, Cornelius’ and my position, and the future of those Eastern European colleagues who collaborate with us.’ Jakobson’s great anxiety is also clear from his letter to Van Schooneveld of November 17,1958, in which he mentions: ‘[..] the Mouton-Pasternak affair which endangers many of our collabo rators. The worst thing in this situation is to delay the publication of the review [International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics] since these delays already begin to be interpreted as being connected with the Mouton scandal. Please accelerate the sending of proofs. Do the proofs from Eastern Europe come back or not? Do letters come’ (Inv. No. 14). Other details of Mouton’s Pasternak publication are found in two articles of Petra Couvée: ‘Leemten in het lot. Hoe Dokter Zjivago gedrukt werd in Nederland’, De Parelduiker 3 (1998), No. 2, p. 29-37; ‘Een geslaagde stunt. Operatie Zjivago, de ont knoping’, De Parelduiker 4 (1999), No. 1, p. 63-70.
Nina N. Berberora 6 Lynwood Place New Havea, Conn. October 10, 1959 Prof. Cornells ran Sehooneveld Stanford University Stanford, California Dear Professor vaa Sehooneveld: Thanh you very much for your letter. A few days ago I was told that you were no longer in Leyden. Richard Burgi sends you his best. I understand that my closest friends are your friends too. I am sending you tomorrow a copy of the bootc of Khodassevich, which the Chehhov Publ. House published. I edited it and made the selec tion of articles. You will see, that I completely left out his writings on Pushhin, which some day I thinfc should be published as a separate volume. This is a copy, that I found among my boohs in New Haven. I am sorry it loohs so Tsecond hand*. I will now wait for a letter from the Mouton Company and hope that their answer will be positive. I am very thanhful to you to have given attention to this matter. Sincerely,
18. Letter from Nina Berberova to C.H. van Schooneveld, New Haven, Conn., October 10,1959. [Inv. No. 1] Pasternak’s novel (see 111. 17) was printed outside any Mouton series. In principle, De Ridder and Van Schooneveld did not mean to exclude the publication of belles-lettres. We see this from their correspondence with the Russian author Nina Berberova (1901- 1993), who was living in New Haven, U.S. She was at one time married to the poet Vladislav Chodasevic (1886-1939), and in the last ten years of her life was a celebrated author whose work was widely translated into Dutch. The Berberova file contains three more letters from Berberova to Van Schooneveld (February 11, 1960; April 7, 1960; April, 22, 1960). A Chodasevic publication in Slavistic printings and reprintings did not, in the end, materialize.

81 19. New Year’s card with a drawing of the Mouton office in Rijswijk. [Inv. No. 2] In the 1950s and 1960s Mouton was located at Kerklaan 74 in Rijswijk. The drawing of this building, an old orphanage, is on a card with New Year’s wishes in Dutch, English, German, French, and Russian. ‘The premises of our Publishing and Antiquarian Departments’ says the text on the inside.
A LS mr. Fredsrik Johannes Etk- **• hout (54) tot de tmbUhatio oan tvn „progressieve sociale ftnusttwr (metpe 1 ', reiuitMt wm langjarige hobby-studis, mocht be» sluiten, wenst hij hot boek uit Ut (iwen b\j de n.e, waamut hij zelf iMidt turmtid jaar directeur is; Mouton en Co in Den Haag. Een uitgave die, naar hij krachtig hoopt, in 1967 tot stand tal komen, — maar op zyn verzoek geheel voor eigen risico „om geen verwaten te krijgen als het een flop sou wor den". En daarmee sol hij mch dan ten opzichte van de uitgeverij in een jxmtie Hebben gebracht, die ook de vooroorlogse produktie pan de n,v. Boek- en kumtdrukkerij v.h. Mouton en Co kenmerkt: de uit- gave namens anderen, het vervaar- éigen oom boeken vrijtoe! uitslui tend in opdracht txm uitgeverijen én non schrijvende particulieren die hun werken én eigen beheer wil den of moesten publiceren. ACE. F. J. EEKHOUT: „Als druk- 1 1 kery hebben wij een bepaalde reputatie voor werk dat heef wei nig anderen óók kunnen, ba bet binnenland hebben wij waarschijn lijk méér de image van de drukkerij, mede door de kunstboeken die we hier mondjesmaat uitgeven, terwijl wij in het buitenland vooral de noem hebben van de wetenschappe lijke uitgeverij. Wij hebben natuur lijk het enorme voordeel dat wij binnen het bedrijf technisch inslaat MR F. J EEKHOUT
20. D.J. van de Pol, ‘Mr. F.J. Eekhout van wetenschappelijke uitgeverij Mouton: “bestsellers kennen we niet’”, Het Vaderland Weekjournaak August 26,1966, p. 2. [Inv. No. 2] Interview with Mouton’s Managing Director Frederik Johannes Eekhout (deceased January 1,1968), which appeared as the fifth article in a series on publishers and pub lishing houses in The Hague. Eekhout is described as follows: ‘Vertoont, achter een Engels-besnord gelaat naar eigen zeggen vele “internationale neigingen” die hij, behalve in snelle zaken-reizen, omzet in een warme voorkeur voor Frankrijk dat hij als zijn tweede vaderland beschouwt. Rookt nu 35 jaar lang onbevreesd vier pakjes sigaretten per dag en is een liefhebber en voormalig beoefenaar van aanzienlijke autorallies.’ [‘Shows, as he says himself from behind an English-mustachioed face, many “interna tional propensities”, which he, besides quick business trips, projects into a warm pref erence for France, which he considers his second homeland. Has unabashedly smoked four packs of cigarettes a day, for 35 years now, and is a fan of and former participant in important car rallies.’] haagse uitgevers «5» TTET vijfde artikel in ooze reeks over Haagse uit gevers en uitgeverijen betreft een uitgeversmaatschappij die zich, in tsegensteffiSng tot de vier voorgaande, niet met literatuur bezighoudt: Mou ten en Co, sinds 1883 druk kerij, sinds 13 jaar ook een wetenschappelijke uitgeverij met wereldnaam in beperkte kring. Directeur is Frederik Jo hannes Eekhout, na omtrent 25 verhuizingen binnen Den Haag nu metterwoon geves tigd aan de Segbroeklaan; is sinds 1947 getrouwd, besrit één dochter van 18 jaar. Vertoont, achter een En- gels-besnord gelaat naar eigen zeggen vete „internatio nale neigingen” die hij, be halve in snelle zakenreizen, omzet in een warme voor keur voor Frankrijk dat hij als zijn tweede vaderland be schouwt. Rookt nu 35 jaar lang on bevreesd vier pakjes sigaret ten per dag en is een lief hebber en voormalig be oefenaar vat» aanzienlijke autorallies.

85 21. Photograph of C.H. van Schooneveld’s house, 2000 East Atwater Avenue, Bloomington. [Inv. No. 38] The spacious basement of this house has been converted into a study with several desks and a library, in which the majority of the papers that now form the Leiden C.H. van Schooneveld Collection were stored in steel file cabinets. On November 5, 1998 this material was moved in about sixty large packing crates. Three moving companies were needed to move it all to the Netherlands: a Dutch company that organized the move (Gerlach, Schiphol), a subcontractor (Transport Consultants International Inc.) in Westfield, New Jersey, who took care of the actual air transport, and a local mover (Planes) from Indianapolis, Indiana, who earlier transported the material from Bloomington to New York via Indianapolis. Van Schooneveld was on the faculty of Indiana University (Bloomington) from 1966 until his retirement in 1986. This period (until around 1974) saw the bulk of his Mouton activities. In this period the Van Schooneveld family lived in Bloomington at 4221 Doyle Avenue.
EXTRA - EDITIE 7 oktober 1966 MEDEDELINGEN BLAD van MOUT ON & CO. Verschijnt maandelijks Redactie: H.Eijkeienboom K.deRoo M.Vink Vormgevittg:G • Zui dwi j k Productie:H.Villemse Verspreiding:C•Riemens T.Kni j nenburg Verdere medewerkers: W.John - Disco J.Singerling - Visclub J.Knoop - Voetbal F.Endlich - Klaverjas E.Tiemeijer - Pers- Ver Dames en Heren, Gaarne maak ik gebruik van deze *"Herdersfluit(je)~ editie" om een eerste nader contact met ïï op te nemen. Gedurende de laatste maanden heb ik de gelegenheid gehad enigen van U wat beter te leren kennen en een indruk te krijgen van het Mouton-concern. Een indruk dus van mensen,moeilijkheden én mogelijkheden» Vat mij in ons mooie bedrijf speciaal aantrekt is het noodzakelijke harmonisch samengaan van een nuch tere efficiënte zakelijkheid en cultuur - handwerk - kunstzin - eoht mens zijn. He.t is deze synthese die ik zeer belangrijk vind en die mijn volle interes se heeft. Van nu af dragen de Heer Eekhout en ik samen de * verantwoordelijkheid voor verdere gezonde ontwik keling en ontplooiing van Mouton. Dat houdt in dat een nauwe samenwerking tussen ons zal bestaan. Het houdt ook in dat de samenwerking mót U en tds- sen ïï verder moet groeien, want alleen gezamelijk kunnen we het beste maken van de mogelijkheden die er voor ons concern zijn. Ik hoop van harte dat onze verdere kennismaking goed en nuttig mag zijn en dat - met een variant op het filosofietje van ïïw Redactie in het septembernummer - de tijd én onze samenwerking "Rozen mogen baren". J.H. Docter
87 22. Herdersfluit(je) (October 7,1966). Newsletter of Mouton & Co. [Inv. No. 2] Special issue of Mouton newsletter, published on the occasion of the appointment of J.H. Docter as co-manager. ‘Herder’ suggests the Herderstraat in The Hague, where Mouton was located; the title of this newsletter seems also to be a pun on the meaning of the French word ‘mouton’.

89 23. Petruskische schilderingen: Manthropologisch mengelwerk ter ere vein Peter de Ridder bij zijn vijftienjarig uitgeversjubïleum 1 mei 1968. Den Haag-Parijs: Mouton, 1968 (Zwarte Petertjes. Series Maior, 1). [Private collection] The Festschrift for Peter de Ridder, offered to him by the Mouton staff, contains anonymous little poems and a few ‘statements’, among others that of Roman Jakobson (In Krystynas [Pomorska] and my opinion, you always have been our great, dear and faithful friend’ [p. 11].
90 [And whom do we see in Leiden? Our fan, who, working with typesetters and scholars repaired as a capable and knowledgeable optician the almost broken Brill [glasses]. Unfortunately, nobody among the Leiden clan wore Glasses [Brill] which reversed their myopia. And so it happened that those businessmen paid their kingpin as if he were a carpenter’s apprentice. A singleton only, like the Highly-learned Van Schooneveld, saw better, without hesitation. As a reward he was downgraded to Kees.]
91 The fact that the Pasternak affair (see 111. 17) still stirred the imagination with in the company years later might be seen from the poem on p. [37], which con tains an allusion to the article ‘Geheimzinnige uitgave van Pasternak’ in Haagse Post (October 4,1958, p. 5-6): En wat bereikt De Ridder door een wak in 't ijzeren gordijn? 't Geschenk der góden: het manuscript van Boris Pasternak, door Sovjetleider Xruscev streng verboden. Natuurlijk had die smokkelwaar zijn zwak: dit was zijn kans om die censuur te doden, en een geheime dienst gaf hem ’t gemak van microfilms, die had hij juist van node. Maar geen bestrijdt in het geheim de roden: ook dit mysterie werd snel opgelost, niet in de Pravda maar de Haagse Post. [And what came to De Ridder through a tear in the Iron Curtain? The gift of the Gods: the manuscript of Boris Pasternak strictly forbidden by Soviet leader XruScev. Of course, this contraband had a weak side: there was his chance to slay the censorship and a secret service provided him with the facility of a microfilm; that was just what he needed. But nobody fights the reds in secrecy: this secrecy, too, was quickly resolved not in Pravda but in The Hague Post.]
■ ■
93 24. Undated photograph of Peter de Ridder (first on the left) and C.H. van Schooneveld (third from the right) at a dinner. [Private collection]
|~= TJ'JNKS DESF ATCHED TÜSCR A TH» S MORN! NG l I" —Z=:.-..„= PETE R | • PR CF C H v anschücneveld chez kiseli ntchev» 1 ....... -JU CA BOROVA GORA 14 S Cf! A =_ TJMNKS DES P AT CHElD I.QJ5 OR A THIS MORN! NG = PETER + yn. OTE (T.r. 3)SS6 K.A. 9S3.28.70/1O/d4
WU1201 (R2-65) THE COMPANY WILL APPRECIATE SUGGESTIONS PROM ITS PATRONS CONCERNING ITS SERVICE 25. Telegrams from Mouton to C.H. van Schooneveld. [Inv. No. 2] The telegrams were sent to addresses in Bloomington, Sofia and on Crete. Class of Service This is a fast message unless its deferred char acter Is indicated by the proper symbol. V WESTERN UNION W. P. MARSHAL.!. Chairman Of The Board TELEGRAM R. W. McFALL. Presii The filing time shown in the date line on domotic telegram, is LOCAL TIME it point of origin. Time of rcccipt^tQCAL TIMEat point of destination ** V- \V = Day LT _ln«nn(Kioo,I Letter Telegrai DEA668 PA075 VIA WUI P MAA033 CZC HL476 =DENHAAG 24 11 1017 -PROF C H VANSCHOONEVELD INDIANA UNIVERSITY =DEPT OF SLAVIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE =BL00MINGTON/IND .- REQUEST URGENT RETURN OF MANUSCRIPTS ROSSI POREBSKI A.0* =LETTER F0LL0WS= MOUTON zf-tl ~Tji i • — HU IIII T0_ ♦ m \) g. fton»

97 26. Photograph of C.H. van Schooneveld and Dorothy van Schooneveld- Abel in Vozérier-Amancy, summer 1970. [Inv. No. 38] Van Schooneveld bought a farmhouse in Vozérier-Amancy (Haute-Savoie, France) in 1970. This photograph was taken in front of the house by Chloe Trimble, who under her maiden name Chloe Gartner published several novels, of which Still falls the rain (New York: Dell, 1983) has been translated into Dutch as Denkend aan morgen, dromen van toen (Weert: Phoenix, 1986). She worked for Mouton in The Hague for several months. Her extremely vivid letters from The Hague to the Van Schoonevelds are stored in the files with correspondence of Mouton employees (Inv. No. 2). The third wineglass in the photograph is Chloe Trimble’s. Streetnames and housenumbers have been introduced in this area of France only a few years ago. Van Schooneveld had his mail addressed for several years to ‘Ancienne Maison Million’, after the name of the former owner, which is still chiseled in the stone over the front door. ‘La Fraternité’ is now used as the house name (see 111. 28).

27. Two drawings by Robin Coventry of C.H. van Schooneveld’s farmhouse in Vozérier-Amancy. [Inv. No. 38] These drawings are printed on cards that are used by the Van Schooneveld family for its correspondence.
ii
101 28. Photograph of the sign above the door of C.H. van Schooneveld’s farmhouse. [Inv. No. 38] The sign with the text ‘A la Fraternité’ dates from the time that a part of this farmhouse served as a pub under this name. The mountain in the mist in the background is ‘La Montagne sur Cou’.

103 29. Photograph of C.H. van Schooneveld’s farmhouse in Vozérier-Amancy. [Inv. No. 38] The ‘French’ part of the archive donated by C.H. van Schooneveld to Leiden University Library was picked up by truck from this farmhouse on September 30, 1998. The papers were stored in steel file cabinets in a storeroom behind the kitchen and in the former cowshed. The mountains to the left are ‘Les Voirons’, the mountain to the right is ‘Le Móle’.
MOUTONVS 33S85F
30. Telex messages from Vozérier-Amancy, 1971-1974. [Inv. No. 6] In 1969 Van Schooneveld received a telex machine, paid for by Mouton, for his use in Bloomington. In 1971 a telex was installed in the summer house that he bought in 1970 in Vozérier-Amancy. A letter of December 16,1969 from Mouton employee Van der Wilk to Van Schooneveld details the high costs connected with this, and he suggests the following: ‘Ik geloof, dat wij, d.m.v. een door ons zelf te ontwerpen afkortingensysteem, reeds tot een belangrijke kostenbesparing kunnen komen. [..] Ik heb de door ons gemaakte kosten eens laten kontroleren en hieruit is gebleken, dat de meeste telexberichten aan jou neerkomen op + ƒ 10,20 per bericht. Er zijn echter uitschieters van ƒ 50.- en ƒ 60.-, welke bij nader inzien beslist goedkoper hadden kunnen worden geseind’ [‘I believe that we could cut cost significantly if we develop an abbreviation system of our own. [..] I have had the costs that we have incurred checked out and it turned out that most telex messages to you cost about ƒ 10.20 per message. There are, however, whoppers of ƒ 50.- and ƒ 60.-, which upon closer inspection could have been wired decidedly cheaper’] [Inv. No. 7], Shown are the telex messages sent from France, among others one at installation time and one that in the summer of 1974 sealed the end of telex traffic (‘tomorrow last exchange of messages’). A telex starting with ‘Goedenmiddag, zoudt u de heer Coutinho aan de telex willen roepen?’ (‘Good afternoon, could you call Mr. Coutinho to the telex?’) demonstrates that the telex also functioned as a disguised telephone connection.
SB Ia GA 32527+ 221 (433 | ;4®w Siöt; MGUTQNVS 33I85F GOEDEMIDDAG* ZQ.UDT U DE HEER CQÜNTINHÖ Mi 0E TELEX 81 LIES «OEFEN ? ■ ' JA'EEK : • HU 'is £8 OF HET ÖGE BLIK WIET MAAR HIER 13 VEL STEVE M0SKEY+? GOED.,: KAM HU KOEKEft H FOR HOU TOIL ALL READY TO J£ WÖ£ESS|8. T0MORROV PROCESSOR GRiBBLE V1LL PASS THROUGH AMSTERDAM OK FLIaru _ 332 KLM, ARRIVING AT 12.§5^ COULD SOMEBODY P HEET HIM AT THE AIRPORT TO TAKE OVER THE SUITCASES* HE RILL HAVE ONLY ABOUT AN HOUR BEFORE m : $m YORK.FLIGHT LEAVES r SO TAHTHAT PERSON VOULD HAVE TO BE EXACTLY ON TIME + . ;m THERE ïs S0ME8 BODY VHO L'llt DO 30+? SORRY, I DIDST UNDERSTAND '.'STEVE OB ïrcftMl' GO TO $CiüPHöL+ H3 8’ - 233.9. ' ;L :J3 V8 £ 8* : E-5 5-» 2858 ; HE IS AS HE SAYS HIMSELF FAT TAIL! WITH LMOUSTACHE. HE «ILL BE m ON THE GENEVA FLIGHT AT 12*05 FLIGHT KL 332, OK ill WÊ: 11 • mil HON CO ML MOUÏQNYSJ33I85F
31382 31 QCC ARMSTRONG RICHTER SOUDAKOFF JUNE 23 197 ARMSTRONG RICHTER SOUDAKOFF JUNE 23 24 1971 TELEX CONNECTION ESTABLISHED. NUMBER 331385 (ARMSTRONG) DON'T PAY ANY EUROPEAN BILLS BUT SEND DEGREEF OR MYSELF. INTRANEO BILL PAID (ARMSTRONG) SUGGEST YOU WAIT AT LEAST ANOTHER WEEK RE PHYSSARDT PHONE CALLS (RICHTER* ARMSTRONG) VILL LEAVE HORNING JULY FIRST FOR THEHA6UE RETURN EVENIN6 JULY SEVEN. SANGSTERS STAYING VOZERIER $24$$5$24$$ 6A 272197+ NPO$24$$ 6A $27219759024$$ 6A $272197+ 175 16$$ /$86/ MOUTSNVAN BLOM A MOUTONVS 33$85F ARMSTRONG RICHTER SOUDAKOFF JUNE 24 1971 TELEX CONNECTION ESTABLISHED. NUMBER 33$85 (ARMSTRONG) DON'T PAY ANY EUROPEAN BILLS BUT SEND DEGREEF OR MYSELF. INTRANED BILL PAID (ARMSTRONG) SUGGEST YOU WAIT AT LEAST ANOTHER WEEK RE PHYSSARDT PHONE CALLS (RICHTER* ARMSTRONG) VILL LEAVE MORNING JULY FIRST FOR THEHA6UE RETURN EVENING JULY SEVEN. SANGSTERS STAYING VOZERIER & MOUTONVAN BLOM HOUTONVS 33$8SF
- 2 - Ü paaiia b Pose**» « iö U-J**—' noatimooKoro mrom fHHem MamsoBOXoro m mokgt öutb hobbto bho yaeTa «ctop»«iBC*ofl OÖyOBOBSeHHOCïU Toro jlBrfföHKH, 8 KOTOpOM MQJIOJIOB ^«KOBCKJli *rpaa ofl»y «3 rjiabHfcix parat, 3uA&na höctoh^0« pa dom * noitasaTb qacTHuü CJiyaaB B3Wüq~ sie&ormx «HBormoB n nosaini na npmrape xy jjomecTbeHHO» n pa kt h km peHHero MaHKOECKoro. /pis nooTaHOBXM oToro Bonpoca noTpööoBajiocb npHBJianeiBie oÖKJibHoro MCTopMMecKoro ua?apM&aa y Bnap&ua M«cb coÓpawHoro m cüotewiTiraMpOïsaMHoro. lïapBaa rasba np0H3BU^CTB6HH08 ÖHOrpA^MII MöJBKÜBOKOrO
109 31. Nikolaj Chardziev, ‘Majakovskij i zivopis”. Manuscript, 122 ff. Carbon copy of typescript with handwritten corrections. [BPL 3371] A manuscript of Nikolaj Chardziev (1903-1996), the publication of which was con sidered by Mouton and The Peter de Ridder Press. The text was (after an earlier publi cation in Stockholm in 1976) published under the title ‘Poèzija i zivopis’ (Rannij Majakovskij)’, in N.I. Chardziev, Stat’i ob avangarde, 1 (Moskva: RA, 1997, p. 18-80). Gift of Mr. Peter de Ridder (Lisse) to Leiden University Library (1999).
CARL L. EBELING and AERT H. KUIPERS (eds.) Studia Caucasica, 2 115 pp. Contributions by Orhan Alparslan and Georges Dumezil, S. M. Khaidakov, G. A. Klimov and G. I. Machavariani, Avedis K. Sanjian, K. H. Schmidt, C. L. Ebeling. f 18.50/E 3.-/DM 18.50/Fr.frs. 34.-/$ 7.00 IN PREPARATION WERNER ABRAHAM A Linguistic Approach to Metaphor May 1975. ab. 54 pp. Sections: Pragmatic Conditions. - Conditions for the Use of Language in Metaphoric Function: A Brief Sketch of Research to Date. - Substitution Hypothesis, Comparison Hypothesis, Interaction Hypothesis. - ’Focus and Context. - Remarks on the Role of Concepts ’Literal Meaning’ and ’Acceptability’. - Observations About the ’Deep Structure’ of Metaphor. f 6.-/£ 1 .-/DM 6.-/Fr.frs. 11.-/$ 2.30 WERNER ABRAHAM (ed.) _ Ut Videam: Contributions to an Understanding of Linguistics. For Pieter A. Verburg on the Occasion of His Seventieth Birthday April1975. ab. 300 pp. Contributions by Werner Abraham, Eugenio Coseriu, Simon C. Dik, F. G. Droste, Eric P. Hamp, Peter Hartmann, Henry M. Hoenigswald, André G. F. van Hoik, J. Hans
32. The Peter de Ridder Press Newsletter, No. 1, October 1974. [Inv. No. 10] This newsletter gives information about the first publishing plans of The Peter de Ridder Press, the press which Peter de Ridder after his departure from Mouton had started in his hometown of Lisse. Festschrifts for Roman Jakobson (see 111. 33) en A.V. Isacenko (Henrik Birnbaum (et al.) (eds.), Studia linguistica Alexandro Vasilii filio Issatschenko a collegis amicisque oblata, 1978) belong to the best known publications of this press.
WMm&ËLmïs jédL/ ;P»3g western union JAN - 8 1975 BLOOMINGTON IDB286(1542)(1-155367G006)PD 01/06/75 1534 ICS IPMIIHA IISS SUSPECTED DUPLICATE IISS FM RCA 06 1534 PMS BLOOMINGTON IN VUL7781 MWR944 105 164/63 URNX HL SUMX 022 LENINGRAD 22 6 1815 LT PROFESSOR SCHONEVELD DEPARTMENT OF SLAVEC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES INDIANA UNIVERSITY BLOOMINGTON/USA l Cl L l^\ UNFORTUNATELY AM NOT ABLE SEND YOU MY CONTRIBUTION DMITRY LIHATCHOV COL NIL 8F-1301 (RMB) /) Is QJ3 r @ 33"? Vl( qJo p T< fsA
113 33. Telegram from Dmitrij Sergeevic Lichacev to C.H. van Schooneveld, Leningrad, January 6,1975. [Inv. No. 24] Mouton published two Festschrifts for Roman Jakobson: For Roman Jakobson (1957) (see Inv. No. 22) and To Honour Roman Jakobson (1967) (see Inv. No. 23). A third Festschrift was in the works in the fall of 1973, but could not be published with Mouton after Peter de Ridder’s departure. The book Roman Jakobson: echoes of his scholarship finally came out in 1977 at The Peter de Ridder Press, edited by Daniel Armstrong and C.H. van Schooneveld. The Leiden collection contains the complete correspondence and the original manuscripts, also letters from colleagues whose work was sollicited but who could not contribute. In this category we find letters from, among others, Roland Barthes, Dwight Bolinger, Claude Lévi-Strauss, Noam Chomsky en Julia Kristeva. The collection contains many papers concerning the contribution of Umberto Eco (in the volume published under the title ‘The influence of Roman Jakobson on the development of semiotics’), among other things several variants of his contributions and a number of letters (November 22, 1973: acceptance of an invitation; undated, received Bloomington January 17, 1975: about possibilities of transfer to an Italian publisher; Milan, December 17, 1975: reaction to being reminded of the deadline; Milan, April 7, 1976: upon sending final version; Milan, May 12, 1976: new revisions incorporated on the suggestion of Jakobson himself). In his letter of the beginning of 1975, Eco says that he is up to date on the situation with Mouton and that he already expected problems with the publication of the book. If not so, he had ideas for publication with an Italian publisher who wanted to expand into the international market. A telegram from Dmitrij Sergeevic Lichacev says: ‘Unfortunately am not able send you my contribution.’ At first (Leningrad, November 11,1973) he had promised a con tribution of about forty typed pages.
ÊËLMJ EOICOM N.V. P.O. BOX 482 173 FRANKENSLAG THE HAGUE 2076-THE NETHERLANDS TELEPHONE |07Q| 51 26 Ot TELEX 33394 (EDICO NL) REGISTERED UNDER NO. 78260 Re: mouton publishers - the hague éditions mouton - paris P.S. For your information we enclose a copy of the announcement which was sent to our clients all over the world.
115 34. Letter from P.A.F. van Veen to C.H. van Schooneveld, May 26,1977. [Inv. No. 2] Van Veen announces on behalf of Edicom N.V., the holding company to which Mouton belonged, that the publishing company has been taken over by Elsevier, after which this company sold Mouton (‘not in line with Elsevier’s long-term policy’) to Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin/New York.
mouton publishers Division of Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin/New York Prof.Br. C.H. van Schooneveld Dept, of Slavio Languages Indiana Univ. 501, Ballantine Hall BLOOMIN&TOK - Indi. 47401 TJ.S.A. our ref. AB/KT/jab your ref. date July 1977
117 35 Letter of Arie Bornkamp to Mouton authors, July 1977. [Inv. No. 2] Arie Bornkamp, ‘Managing Director’ of Mouton Publishers, announces that the publishing house has been taken over by Walter de Gruyter & Co., Berlin/New York.
'' MU LUFTPOST PAR AVION _|ung Göschen, deGruyter vvissenscnaftiiche Tascftenbufchar 4; 03. 8. 82) \ \ 1000/' Professor C.H. van Schooneveld Ancienne Maison Million Vozerier - Amancy par Laroche sur Feron F 74800 Haute-Savoye Mouton Publishers SaSa»»—.,««,
119 36. Mouton Publishers card, Berlin, stamped August 3,1982, to C.H. van Schooneveld. [Inv. No. 2] At first Walter de Gruyter in Berlin kept the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers’ See below Cat. No. 37.
inoiiictipc IjII lel Ula llva C7 Abstracts of Current Titles Series Major Sets mouton de gruyter
121 37. Catalogue of Mouton de Gruyter, 1988: Linguistics. Abstracts of current titles. Series. Major sets. [Inv. No. 7] Walter de Gruyter Publishers kept the ‘Mouton Publishers’ imprint until 1986, and maintained ‘Amsterdam’ as (nominal) location alongside Berlin and New York from 1982, the year of the final departure from The Hague. Since 1986 the publishing house has used the imprint ‘Mouton de Gruyter’ for several series and journals in the area of linguistics and semiotics, some of which are originally from the publishing fist of Mouton in The Hague.

123 37. Photograph of C.H. van Schooneveld and Peter de Ridder, Lisse, 1990s. [Inv. No. 38]

125 Ill Short inventory of the C.H. van Schooneveld Collection Every manuscript (in some cases there is only a plan or an idea) received its own folder. Many authors have more than one folder in this editorial archive. The folders contain letters and documents concerning the manuscripts published by Mouton, as well as manuscripts that were rejected or otherwise not published for whatever reason. The size of the folders varies between a single copy of a telex or the copy of the letter from Mouton inviting an author to submit the manuscript of his dissertation to Van Schooneveld for consideration, to hun dreds of pieces concerning publication in one of the series’ Festschrifts. An aver age folder includes correspondence between Van Schooneveld and the author; a ‘manuscript evaluation form’ (a Mouton-internal form filled out by Van Schooneveld); letters of the author to Van Schooneveld; the originals and copies of the correspondence between Mouton and Van Schooneveld (either letters or telex messages) concerning a certain manuscript; and copies of the correspon dence between Mouton and the authors.
SHORT INVENTORY OF THE COLLECTION 2 Correspondence with Mouton employees Correspondence, in alphabetical order by name of sender, between Van Schooneveld and employees of Mouton Publishers. 5 boxes The files contain letters to Van Schooneveld from persons in all kinds of func tions within Mouton, from managers or copy editors to production assistants and secretaries. In addition, there are files of correspondence between Van Schooneveld and representatives of the Berlin publishing house Walter de Gruyter & Co., which acquired Mouton from Elsevier in 1977. 3 ' Office Correspondence Correspondence between C.H. van Schooneveld and his secretaries. 1 box This section includes correspondence from the times that Van Schooneveld spent longer vacations in Europe. The main theme of these items is the dis patching of the incoming mail concerning Mouton business. The items date from the years 1963-1965,1967-1970, and 1976. 4 Correspondence about reprints Correspondence about reprints which appeared in the series Slavistic printings and reprintings. 1 box The Europe Printing company of H. Francl in Vaduz (Liechtenstein) provided reprints of Russian books, which were published in the above named series. These files, ordered alphabetically by name of the Russian authors whose work was reprinted, contain the carbon copies of the printing orders, which Mouton gave to Europe Printing, usually signed by Peter de Ridder. There are in addi tion some files with general correspondence regarding reprints and fists with proposals for books to be reprinted. 126
ARCHIVES REGARDING MOUTON AND RELATED ACTIVITIES Telex messages from and to Bloomington Telex messages from 1969-1974. 4 boxes Van Schooneveld had use of a telex machine at his private address in Bloomington for his contacts with Mouton. The messages extant have almost exclusively been sent to Mouton, The Hague, and to Vozérier-Amancy, France, where Van Schooneveld had another telex machine since 1971 (see Inv. No. 6). Telex messages from and to Vozérier-Amancy Telex messages from 1971-1974. 4 boxes Van Schooneveld had, for his contacts with Mouton, the use of a telex machine at his vacation house in Vozérier-Amancy, France in addition to the one at his private address in Bloomington (see Inv. No. 5). In those years there was telex traffic not only between France and The Hague, but also between France and Bloomington, where the staff of Van Schooneveld’s department at Indiana University handled the telex traffic. Various Mouton files Correspondence and other items regarding Mouton Publishers. 13 boxes The items are ordered by subject. One can find general items about the series that were edited by Van Schooneveld: production schedules, copyright infor mation, annual reports, brochures and catalogues, correspondence between Van Schooneveld and lawyers regarding legal questions, items about financial busi ness, such as declarations and royalties. Added to this are the 'royalty statements’ of the Walter de Gruyter & Co. publishing company from 1987-1998, which specify by title and year the sale of each volume from Van Schooneveld’s series.
128 SHORT INVENTORY OF THE COLLECTION Manuscripts Manuscripts, in alphabetical order by author’s name, that were sent to Van Schooneveld for publication in one of his series. 18 boxes Physsardt Publishers Correspondence and other items regarding Physsardt Publishers. 3 boxes Van Schooneveld ran Physsardt, a small publishing house in Bloomington (Indiana), that published a few books after De Ridder’s departure from Mouton in 1974. Among these was Van Schooneveld’s own 1978 work Semantic trans mutations: prolegomena to a calculus of meaning. The files, particularly from 1976-1980, contain correspondence concerning these publications, and items on general organizational, legal, and financial questions. The Peter de Ridder Press Correspondence and other items concerning The Peter de Ridder Press. 1 box After leaving Mouton in 1974 Peter de Ridder began his own publishing com pany The Peter de Ridder Press in his hometown of Lisse. In this section are files ordered by subject, including contacts with the Bloomington Distribution Group (see Inv. No. 13), folders, and also some files on publication plans, in which Van Schooneveld was involved, the content of which resembles the Mouton editing files (see Inv. No. 1). Bloomington Translation Group: translators Correspondence concerning translation work, in alphabetical order by name of translator. 4 boxes
129 ARCHIVES REGARDING MOUTON AND RELATED ACTIVITIES B. Professional correspondence 14 Professional correspondence Van Schooneveld’s correspondence with colleagues, in alphabetical order by name of senders. The correspondence encompasses the period 1949-1986. 36 boxes
130 SHORT INVENTORY OF THE COLLECTION 15 Leiden University Professional correspondence from Van Schooneveld, ordered by sub ject, from his time as professor at Leiden University (1952-1960). 1 box 16 Stanford University Professional correspondence from Van Schooneveld, ordered by sub ject, from his time as professor at Stanford University (1960-1966). 2 boxes 17 Indiana University Professional correspondence from Van Schooneveld, ordered by sub ject, from his time as professor at Indiana University (1966-1986). 2 boxes 18 Correspondence with institutions in Eastern Europe Van Schooneveld’s professional correspondence with institutions in Slavic and East European countries. 1 box This correspondence, mostly from the Leiden period, deals particularly with such matters as cultural exchanges and book exchange. 19 Letters of recommendation Letters of recommendation, written by van Schooneveld, ordered by year (up to 1980). 1 box
PROFESSIONAL CORRESPONDENCE 131 20 Conferences Correspondence concerning and items pertaining to scholarly con gresses in the area of Slavistic and general linguistics in which Van Schooneveld participated. 1 box 21 International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics Correspondence concerning International Journal of Slavic Linguistics and Poetics. 2 boxes Mouton published this journal, of which Van Schooneveld was an editor from its inception, from 1959 to 1973. Thereafter it was taken over by The Peter de Ridder Press and Slavica (Columbus, Ohio; later: Bloomington, Indiana). The files, ordered by year, contain primarily correspondence among the editors mutually. 22 Jakobson-Festschrift 1956 Correspondence pertaining to the Festschrift that appeared on the occasion of Roman Jakobson’s sixtieth birthday: Morris Halle, Horace G. Lunt, Hugh McLean, C.H. van Schooneveld (eds.), For Roman Jakobson: essays on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday, 11 Octo ber 1956 (The Hague: Mouton, 1956). 1 folder This file contains mostly correspondence between Van Schooneveld and his co editors.
SHORT INVENTORY OF THE COLLECTION 23 Jakobson-Festschrift 1967 Correspondence pertaining to the Festschrift that appeared on the occasion of Roman Jakobson’s seventieth birthday: To honor Roman Jakobson: essays on the occasion of the seventieth birtday, 11 October 1966 (The Hague: Mouton, 1967; 3 vol.; Janua linguarum. Series maior, 31-33). 1 box Here we find correspondence between Van Schooneveld and Mouton on the design of this volume, in which lists of invited contributors and Jakobson’s per sonal preferences play a role. Also included are carbon copies, ordered by coun try, of the letters inviting authors to participate in the volume. There is no fur ther editorial correspondence. 24 Jakobson-Festschrift 1977 Correspondence pertaining to the Festschrift that appeared on the occasion of Roman Jakobson’s eightieth birthday: Daniel Armstrong, C.H. van Schooneveld (eds.), Roman Jakobson: echoes of his scholar ship (Lisse: The Peter de Ridder Press, 1977). 7 boxes In contrast to the 1957 en 1967 Festschrifts (see Inv. Nos. 22 and 23) this file contains a nearly complete editorial correspondence: correspondence with authors, some of whom decline to participate in the Festschrift, along with the manuscripts (sometimes in multiple versions). 25 Miscellaneous Correspondence with various institutions. 2 boxes 132 i
SCHOLARLY NOTES AND MANUSCRIPTS 133 G Scholarly notes and manuscripts In total ca. 24 boxes 26 Typescripts and manuscripts 27 Notebooks with notes 28 Index card files 29 Items pertaining to notes, manuscripts and publications 30 Miscellaneous D. Scholarly documentation 31 Conference papers Papers relating to conferences Van Schooneveld attended. 6 boxes 32 Stanford University Internal items from Stanford University from the period (1960-1966) when Van Schooneveld was professor at this university. 3 boxes
134 SHORT INVENTORY OF THE COLLECTION 33 Indiana University Internal items from Indiana University from the period (1966-1986) when Van Schooneveld was professor at this university. 3 boxes 34 Slavistics and general linguistics Items from scholarly committees, learned societies, associations, and journals, in Europe as well as in the United States, in the area of Slavistics and general linguistics. 4 boxes 35 Bookstores and publishing houses Items from and about bookstores and publishing houses, in alpha betical order by company. 3 boxes 36 Miscellaneous 1 box E. Personal papers In total ca. 2 boxes 37 Documents 38 Miscellaneous
135 PERSONAL PAPERS 39 Commentary, correspondence, and documents concerning THE COLLECTION * The material under the Inv. Nos. 2-3,8,14-17,19,26-30,37-39 is at the moment inaccessible.

137 IV The Mouton series edited by C.H. van Schooneveld. A bibliographical overview This chapter presents a bibliographical overview of the three series which were published under the editorship of C.H. van Schooneveld with Mouton & Co (since 1977 with Mouton Publishers): Slavisticprintings and reprintings (SPR), Janua linguarum (JL) and De proprietatibus litterarum (DPL). The overview is based on the title descriptions of the Dutch ‘Nationale Centrale Catalogus’ (NCC), and the Mouton Checklist 1970 (Inv. No. 7). The list of titles is checked and supplemented from Brinkman’s catalogus van boeken en tijd schriften, verschenen in Nederland en Vlaanderen en in de Nederlandse taal elders during the period 1950-1985, as well as from the copies on file at the Leiden University Library. The title starts with the volume number in the series and the name of the author(s) or editor(s); first names are reduced to initials. After a colon follow: (main) title and subtitle in italics if there is one, data about secondary authors (translators, authors of introductions, editors of posthumous texts), year of publication, number of volumes if relevant, reprint details; each item separated with a period. Not all reprints are described in the NCC; this leaves a few gaps. The details concerning the reprints of Chomsky’s bestseller Syntactic structures (Janua linguarum, Series minor 4) could luckily be found in a copy of the 13 th printing owned by the Leiden University Library. When books in the series Slavistic print ings and reprintings are reprinted photomechanically, the old editions that have been reproduced are indicated in square brackets. The table below represents the number of new titles in each series per year on the basis of the bibliographical overview. The series are here not divid ed into the various subseries. New printings of earlier published works were not taken into consideration. Multivolume works that appear over several years have been counted only in the initial year.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 138 JL 2 2 1 5 4 7 13 7 21 10 31 16 37 16 59 39 70 73 49 45 25 13 4 3 1 9 7 1 1 1
139 SLAVISTIC PRINTINGS AND REPRINTINGS I. Slavistic printings and reprintings. Edited by C.H. van Schooneveld (S) At first some volumes were published with the series name Slavistische drukken en herdrukken. Volumes 87,194,247,249,265,273,283-284,286-287,289,305, 307, 310-311, 313-318 did not appear. Lednicki’s Reminiscences appeared in 1971 hors série. From 1977 on volumes 118,288,301-302,304, and the reprints of earlier pub lished volumes were published under imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’. In 1982 volume 300 was published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, Berlin — New York — Amsterdam’. 1. D. Armstrong, R. Pope, C.H. van Schooneveld (eds.): The Old Church Slavonic translation of the Andrön hagiön biblos in the edition of Nikolaas van Wijk. 1975. 2. W.Weintraub: The poetry of Adam Mickiewicz. 1954 3. H.G. Lunt: Old Church Slavonic grammar. 1955. - 2nd, rev. ed. 1959. - 3rd ed. 1965. - 4th ed. 1966. - 5th ed 1968. - 6th, rev. ed. 1974 4. V. Erlich: Russian formalism. History, doctrine. With a pref. by R. Wellek. 1955. - 2nd, rev. ed. 1965. - 3rd ed. 1969. - 4th ed. 1980 5. O. Scherer-Virski: The modern Polish short story. 1955. 6. L. Sadnik, R. Aitzetmüller: Handwörterbuch zu den altkirchenslavischen Texten. 1955. 7. C.H. van Schooneveld: A semantic analysis of the Old Russian finite preterite system. 1959. 8. S. Westfal: A study in Polish morphology. The genetive singular masculine. 1956. 9. M. Kridl: A survey of Polish literature and culture. Transl. from the Polish by O. Scherer-Virski. 1956. 10. D. Cizewskij: Aus zwei Welten. Beitrage zur Geschichte der slavisch-westlichen lite- rarischen Beziehungen. 1956. II. P. Brock: The political and social doctrines of the Unity of Czech Brethren in the fif teenth and early sixteenth centuries. 1957. 12. D. Cizevsky: History of Russian literature. From the eleventh century to the end of the Baroque. 1960. - 2nd pr. 1962. 13. J. van der Eng: Dostoevskij romancier. Rapports entre sa vision du monde et ses procédés littéraires. 1957. 14. L.L. Stahlberger: The symbolic system ofMajakovskij. 1964. 15. R.L. Jackson: Dostoevsky’s underground man in Russian literature. 1958.
140 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 16. C.A. van den Berk: Y a-t-il un substrat Cakavien dans le dialecte de Dubrovnik? Contribution cl Vhistoire de la langue Serbo-Croate. 1959. 17. M. Souckova: The Czech romantics. 1958. 18. P. Ivic: Die serbokroatischen Dialekte. Ihre Struktur und Entwicklung. Vol. I: Allgemeines und die itokavische Dialektgruppe. 1958. 19. G. Donchin: The influence of French symbolism on Russian poetry. 1958. 20. C.L. Ebeling (et al.): Dutch contributions to the fourth International congress of slavicists, Moscow, september 1958.1958. 21. D. Brown (et al.): American contributions to the fourth International congress of slavicists, Moscow, september 1958.1958. 22. N. Durnovo: Oèerk istorii russkogo jazyka. 1959. - 2nd pr. 1962. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1924] 23. P.K. Christoff: An introduction to nineteenth-century Russian Slavophilism. A study in ideas. Vol. I: A.S. Xomjakov. 1961. - Vol. H: I.V. Kireevskij. 1972 24. J. Brkic: Moral concepts in traditional Serbian epic poetry. 1961. 25. J. Vrana: L’évangéliaire de Miroslav. Contribution d Vétude de son origine. 1961. 26. B.M. Èjchenbaum: Skvoz’ literaturu. Sbomik statej. 1962. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1924] 27. Z. Folejewski, M. Karpovich (et al.) (eds.): Studies in Russian and Polish literature. In honor ofWaclawLednicku 1962. 28. W. Lednicki: Henryk Sienkiewicz. A retrospective synthesis. 1960. 29. A.M. van der Eng-Liedmeier: Soviet literary characters. An investigation into the portrayal of soviet men in Russian prose 1917-1953. Transl. from the Dutch by B. Timmer. 1959. 30. H. Kucera: The phonology of Czech 1961. 31. V. Mijakovs’kyj, G.Y. Shevelov (eds.): Taras Sevcenko, 1814-1861. A symposium. 1962. 32. M. Samilov: The phoneme jat’ in Slavic. 1964. 33. R. Kemball: Alexander Blok. A study in rhythm and metre. 1965. 34. V. Zirmunskij: Voprosy teorii literatury. Stat’i, 1916-1926.1962. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1928] 35. C.E. Passage: The Russian Hoffmannists. 1963. 36. V. Setchkarev: Studies in the life and work of Innokentij Annenskif 1963. 37. A.I. Sobolevskij: Lekcii po istorii russkago jazyka. 1962. - [= Repr. of 4th ed. Moscow 1907] 38. G.Y. Shevelov: The syntax of modem literary Ukrainian. The simple sentence. 1963. 39. A.M. Schenker: Polish declension. A descriptive analysis. 1964. 40. M. Souckova: The Parnassian Jaroslav Vrchlicky. 1964. 41. A.A. Sachmatov: Sintaksis russkogo jazyka. Ed. by E.S. Istrina. 1963. - [= Repr. of 2nd ed. Leningrad 1941]
141 SLAVISTIC PRINTINGS AND REPRINTINGS 42. C.A. Moser: Antinihilism in the Russian novel of the 1860’s. 1964. 43. R. Wellek: Essays on Czech literature. Introd. by R Demetz. 1963. 44. H. Oulanoff: The Serapion brothers. Theory and practice. 1966. 45. T.H. Amse-de Jong (et al.): Dutch contributions to the fifth International congress of slavicists, Sofia, 1963.1963. 46. R. Abernathy (et al.): American contributions to the fifth International congress of slavists, Sofia, september 1963. Vol. I: Linguistic contributions. 1963. 47. J. Tynjanov: Problema stichotvomogo jazyka. 1963. - (= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1924] 48. B. Èjchenbaum, J. Tynjanov (eds.): Russkaja proza. 1963. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1926. 49. E. Stankiewicz, D.S. Worth: A selected bibliography of Slavic linguistics. 2 vol. 1966- 1970. 50. R. Abernathy (et al.): American contributions to the fifth International congress of slavists, Sofia, september 1963. Vol. II: Literary contributions. 1963. 51. R. Jakobson, D.S. Worth (eds.): Sofonija’s tale of the Russian-Tatar battle on the Kulikovo field. [Zadonscina]. 1963. 52. W. Lednicki: Tolstoy between war and peace. 1965. 53. T. Cizevska: Glossary of the Igor’ tale. 1966. 54. G. David: Status modernus Magnae Russiae seu Moscoviae, 1690. Ed. by A.V. Florovskij. 1965. 55. F. de Graaff: Sergej Esenin. A biographical sketch. 1966. 56. N.S. Trubetzkoy: Dostoevskij als Künstler. 1964. 57. F.C. Driessen: Gogol as a short-story writer. A study of his technique of composition. Transl. from the Dutch by I.F. Finlay. 1965. 58. V. 2irmunskij: Introduction to metrics. The theory of verse. Transl. from the Russian by C.F. Brown; ed. with an introd. by E. Stankiewicz and W.N. Vickery. 1966. 59. D.L. Plank: Pasternak’s lyric. A study of sound and imagery. 1966. 60. H.M. Nebel Jr.: N.M. Karamzin. A Russian sentimentalist. 1967. 61. K. Polanski, J.A. Sehnert: Polabian-English dictionary. 1967. 62. C.R. Proffer: The simile and Gogol’s ‘Dead Souls’. 1967. 63. J.M. Blum: Konstantin Fedin. A descriptive and analytic study. 1967. 64. T. Proctor: Dostoevskij and the Belinskij school of literary criticism. 1969. 65. D.J. Welsh: Russian comedy 1765-1823.1966. 66. B. Kazanskij (et al.): Poètika. Sbornik statej. 1966. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1926] 67. P.A. Lavrov: Materialypo istorii vozniknovenija drevnejsej slavjanskoj pis’mennosti. 1966. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1930] 69. V. Terras: The young Dostoevsky (1846-1849). A critical study. 1969. 70. H.I. Aronson: Bulgarian inflectional morphophonology. 1968.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 71. G.B. Ford Jr.: The old Lithuanian catechism of Baltramiejus Vilentas (1579). A phonological, morphological and syntactical investigation. 1969. 72. R.L. Belknap: The structure of The brothers Karamazov. 1967. 73. M.Z. Brooks: Nasal vowels in contemporary standard Polish. An acoustic-phonetic analysis. 1968. 74. S.S. Birkenmayer: Nikolaj Nekrasov. His life and poetic art. 1968. 75. L.J. Kent: The subconscious in Gogol’ and Dostoevskij, and its antecedents. 1969. 76. C.N. Lee: The novels of Mark Aleksandrovic Aldanov. 1969 77. P.K. Christoff: The third heart. Some intellectual-ideological currents and cross currents in Russia 1800-1830.1970. 78. K.D. Kramer: The chameleon and the dream. The image of reality in Cexov’s stories. 1970. 79. L. Koehler: Anton Antonovié Del’vig: a classicist in the time of Romanticism. 1970. 80. H. Kucera (ed.): American contributions to the sixth International congress of slavists, Prague, 1968, aug. 7-13. Vol. I: Linguistic contributions. 1968. 81. W.E. Harkins (ed.): American contributions to the sixth International congress of slavists, Prague, 1968, aug. 7-13. V61. II: Literary contributions. 1968. 82. K. Pomorska: Russian formalist theory and its poetic ambiance. 1968. 83. J.Veyrenc: La forme poétiquede Serge Esenin. Lesrythmes. 1968. 84. V.A. Tumins: Tsar Ivan TV’s Reply to Jan Rokyta. 1971. 85. J. Endzelins: Comparative phonology and morphology of the Baltic languages. Transl. by W.R. Schmalstieg and B. Jegers. 1971. 86. A.F.G. van Hoik (ed.): Dutch contributions to the sixth International congress of slavists. 1968. 88. C. Carey: Les proverbes érotiques russes. Études de proverbes recueillis et non-publiés par Dal’ et Simoni. 1972. 89. A.H. van den Baar: A Russian Church Slavonic kanonnik, 1331-1332. A comparative textual and structural study including an analysis of the Russian computus (Scaliger 38 B, Leyden University Library). 1968. 90. A. Kadic: From Croatian renaissance to Yugoslav socialism. Essays. 1969. 91. M. Gersenzon: P.Ja. Caadaev. Zizn i myslenie. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1908. 92. A.N. Pypin: Istorija russkoj literatury. 1968. 4 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1902-1903] 93. A.S. Orlov: Vladimir Monomach. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1946] 94. Byloe. Zurnal posvjascennyj istorii osvoboditel’nago dvizenija. 1968-1969.11 vol. - [Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1906-1907] 95. E.V. Barsov: Slovo o polku Igoreve kak chudozestvennyj pamjatnik Kievskoj druzin- noj Rusi. 1969.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1887] 142
143 SLAVISTIC PRINTINGS AND REPRINTINGS 96. A.Ja. Garkavi: Skazatiija musul’manskich pisatelej o slavjanach i russkich. (Spoloviny VII veka do konca X veka po R.CL). 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1870. 97. G.I. Kuselev-Bezborodko: Pamjatniki starinnoj russkoj literatury. Red. N.I. Kostomarov. 1970.2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1860-1862] 98. A.A. Sachmatov: Povest’ vremennych let. Vol. 1: Vvodnaja cast’. Tekst. Primecanija. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1916] 99. A. Eck: Le moyen age russe. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. Paris 1933] 100. A. Romanovic-Slavatinskij: Dvorjanstvo v Rossii ot nacala XVIII veka do otmeny krepostnogo prava. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1870] 101. S. Kryzytski: The works of Ivan Bunin. 1971. 102. D.N. Ovsjaniko-Kulikovskij: Sobranie socinenij. 1969. 9 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1909-1911] 103. T. Barsov: Konstantinopol’skij patriarch i ego vlast’ nad russkoju cerkoviju. 1968. - [= Repr. S.-Peterburg 1878] 104. E.A. Warner: The Russian folk theatre. 1977. 105. B. Cicerin: Oblastnyja uérezdenija Rossii v XVII-m veke. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1856] 106. A.M. Seliscev: Slavjanskoe jazykoznanie. Zapadno-slavjanskie jazyki. Vol. 1.1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1941] 107. N.F. Kapterev: Charakter otnosenij Rossii k pravoslavnomu vostoku v XVI i XVII stoltijach. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. Sergiev Posad 1914] 108. T.F. Rogers: ‘Superfluous men’ and the post-Stalin ‘thaw’. The alienated hero in Soviet prose during the decade 1953-1963.1972. 109. M. Lemke: Ocerki osvoboditelnago dvizenija “sestidesjatych godov”. Po neizdannym dokumentam. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1908] 110. A.N. Afanas’ev: Narodnyja russkija legendy. 1970. - [Repr. of ed. Moscow 1859] 111. M.A. Bakunin: Pis’ma k A. I. Gercenu i N.P. Ogarevu. S biograficeskim wedeniem i ob’jasnitel’nymi primecanijami M.P. Dragomanova. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1906] 112. C.A. Moser: A history of Bulgarian literature 865-1944.1972. 113. Lesjésuites de Russie, 1772-1785. La Compagnie de Jésus conservée en Russie après la suppression de 1772. Rédt d’un Jésuite de la Russie-Blanche. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Paris 1872] 114. Golos minuvSago. Zurnal istorii i istorii literatury. 1968-1971.23 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1913-1916] [vol. 24 repr. by Europe Printing, Vaduz 1981] 115. V. Kljucevskij: Drevnerusskija zitija svjatych kak istoriceskij istocnik. Izsledovanie. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1871] 116. J.G. Garrard: Mixail Culkov. An introduction to his prose and verse. 1970 117. E. Golubinskij: Istorija russkoj cerkvi. 1969.5 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1900- 1910]
144 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 118. S.P. Hill: The N-factor and Russian prepositions. Their development in llth-20th century texts. 1977. 119. K.V. Charlampovic: Malorossijskoe vlijanie na velikorusskuju cerkovnuju zizn’. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. Kazan 1914] 120. E.H. Lehrman: A ‘handbook’ to the Russian text of Crime and punishment. 1977. 121. L.A. Plotkin: Pisarev i literaturno-obScestvennoe dvizenie Sestidesjatych godov. 1969. - [Repr. of ed. Leningrad/Moscow 1945] 122. N. Dumovo: Vvedenie v istoriju russkogo jazyka. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Brno 1927] 123. Puskin i ego sovremenniki. Materialy i izsledovanija. 1969-1970.11 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1903-1922] [vol. 12, Peterburg 1923, reprinted by Europe Printing, Vaduz, 1974] 124. A.A. Kizevetter: Mestnoe samoupravlenie v Rossii: IX-XIX st. Istoriceskij ocerk. - Izd. 2-e. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1917] 125. A.A. Sachmatov: Oèerk sovremennogo russkogo literaturnogo jazyka. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1925] 126. G. Kotosichin: O Rossii v carstvovanie Alekseja Michailovica. 1969. - [= Repr. of 4th. ed. S.-Peterburg 1906] 127. V. Sawa: Moskovskie cari i vizantijskie vasilevsy. K voprosu o vlijanii Vtzantii na obra- zovanie idei carskoj vlasti moskovskich gosudarej. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Charkov 1901] 128. A.A. Potebnja: Iz zapisok po teorii slovesnosti. Poèzija i proza. Tropy i figury. Myslenie poeticeskoe i mificeskoe. Prilozenija. 1970. - [Repr. of ed. 1905] 129. Archiv russkoj revoljucii. Ed. I.V. Gessen. 1969-1970. 22 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Berlin, 1921-1927] 130. E.V. Barsov: Drevne-russkie pamjatniki svjaScennago venèanija carej na carstvo v svjazi sgreceskimi ich originalami. S istorièeskim oéerkom cinov carskago venèani ja v svjazi s razvitiem idei carja na Rusi. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1883] 131. Na èuzoj storone. Istoriko-literatumye sborniki. 1 (1923) - 13 (1925). 1968-1970.7 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Berlin/Prague 1923-1925] 132. N. Barsov (ed.): Geograficeskij slovar’ Russkoj zemli (IX-XIVst.). 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Vilnius 1865] 133. V.S. Borzakovskij: Istorija Tverskago knjazestva. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1876] 134. B. Tomasevskij: Puskin. Sovremennye problemy istoriko-literaturnogo izuèenija. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1925] 135. N.L. Brodskij, V. L’vov-Rogacevskij, N.P. Sidorov (eds.): Literatumye manifesty ot simvolizma k Oktjabrju. Sbornik materialov. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1929] 136. A. Lappo-Danilevskij: Organizacija prjamago oblozenija v Moskovskom gosu- darstve so vremen Smuty do èpochi preobrazovanij. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1890]
145 SLAVISTIC PRINTINGS AND REPRINTINGS 137. N.I. Bukateviè (et al.): Oéerki po sravnitel’noj grammatike vostocnoslavjanskich jazykov. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Odessa 1958] 138. V.M. Zirmunskij: Bajron i Puskin. Iz istorii romanticeskoj poèmy. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1924] 139. M. Gersenzon: Griboedovskaja Moskva. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1916] 140. Pamjatniki Sibirskoj istorii XVIII veka. 1969-1970. 2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1882-1885] 141. L.M. Medvedev (ed.): Vpered. Sbornïk stichotvorenij ipesen’. 1971. - [= Repr. of ed. Rostov-na-Donu 189?] 142. B.M. Èngel’gardt: Aleksandr Nikolaevic Veselovskij. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1924] 143. Katorgi i ssylka. Istoriko-revoljucionnyj vestnik. 1968-1971. 28 vol. — [= Repr. of. ed. Moscow 1923-1931] 144. M. Lemke: Politiceskie processy v Rossii 1860-ch gg. (Po archivnym dokumentam). 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1923] 145. V.N. Peretc: Iz lekeij po metodologii istorii russkoj literatury. Istorija izucenij. Metody. Istoéniki. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Kiev 1914] 146. A. Erman (ed.): Archivfür wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland. 1968.22 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Berlin 1841-1863] 147. N. Strachov: Kritiéeskija stat’i ob I.S. Turgeneve i L.N. Tolstom (1862-1885). Ed. I.P. Matcenko. 1968. - [= Repr. of ed. Kiev 1901] 148. M. Lemke: Oéerki po istorii russkoj cenzury i zurnalistiki XIX stoletija. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1904] 149. Golos minuvsago na èuzoj storone. Zurnal istorii i istorii literatury. 2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Paris 1926] [vol. 3 (1927) reprinted by Europe Printing, Vaduz, 1981] 150. A.A. Potebnja: Iz lekeij po teorii slovesnosti. Basnja, poslovica, pogovorka. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Char’kov 1894] 151. A.S. Prugavin: Monastyrskija tjur’my v bor’be s sektantsvom. (K voprosu o veroter- pimosti). 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1904] 152. A.A. Novosel’skij: Votéinnik i ego chozajstvo v XVII veke. 1968 - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1929] 153. D.N. Ovsjaniko-Kulikovskij (ed.): Istorija russkoj literatury XIX v. 1969.5 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1910-1911] 154. I.U. Budovnic: Russkaja publicistika XVI veka. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1947] 155. A.N. Veselovskij: Istoriéeskaja poètika. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1940] 156. G. Gennadi: Spravoènyj slovar’ o russkich pisateljach i ucenych umersich v XVIII i XIX stoletijach i spisok russkich knigs 1725po 1825 g. 1969.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Berlin/Moscow 1876-1908] 157. V. Veresaev: Puskin v zizni. 1969.2 vol.
146 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 158. Russkoe bogatstvo. Ezemesjacnyj literaturnyj i naucnyj zumal. 1969-1970. 6 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1896] 159. M. D’jakonov: Vlast’ moskovskich gosudarej. Oèerki iz istorii politiceskich idej drevnej Rusi. Do konca XVI veka. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1889] 160. N. Durnovo, D. Usakov: Chrestomatija po velikorusskoj dialektologii. Posobie pri prepodavanii russkago jazyka v vyssich ucebnych zavedenijach. 1970. - [- Repr. of ed. Moscow 1910] 161. B. Kozmin: P.N. Tkaéev i revoljucionnoe dvizenie 1860-ch godov. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1922] 162. N. Barsukov: Zizn i trudy M.P. Pogodina. Vol. 1. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1888] 163. A.A. Zimin: Russkie letopisi i chronografy konca XV-XVI w. Ucebnoe posobie. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1960] 164. V.N. Lamzdorf: Dnevnik 1891-1892.1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1934] 165. V.P. Adrianova: Zitie Alekseja èeloveka Bozija v drevnej russkoj literature i narodnoj slovesnosti. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1917] 166. V. Ikonnikov: Opyt izsledovanija o kul’turnom znacenii Vizantii v russkoj istorii. 1970. - [— Repr. of ed. Kiev 1869] 167. N. Durnovo: Chrestomatija po malorusskoj dialektologii. Posobie pri prepodavanii russkogo jazyka v vyssich ucebnych zavedenijach. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1913] 168. A.I. Nekrasov: Drevnerusskoe izobraziteVnoe iskusstvo. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1937] 169 V. Bogucarskij: Aktivnoe narodnicestvo semidesjatych godov. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1912] 170. P. Smirnov: Goroda moskovskogo gosudarstva v pervoj polovine XVII veka. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Kiev 1917-1919] 171. Russkaja mysl’. Zumal naucnyj, literaturnyj i politiceskij. 1969.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. 1880] 172. M.S. Flier: Aspects of nominal determination in Old Church Slavic. 1974. 173. E. Stasevskij: Ocerki po istorii carstvovanija Michaila Fedorovica. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Kiev 1913] 174. Vpered! Neperiodiceskoe obozrenie. 1969. 3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Ziirich/London 1873-1874] 175. D. Ilovajskij: Smutnoe vremja moskovskago gosudarstva. Okoncanie istorii Rossii pri pervoj dinastii. 1970. - [*= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1894] 176. N. Strachov: Borba s Zapadom v nasej literature. Istoriceskie i kritiêeskie oéerki. 1969.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Kiev 1897-1898] 177. V.V. Vinogradov: O poèzii Anny Achmatovoj (Stilisticeskie nabroski). 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1925]
147 SLAVISTIC PRINTINGS AND REPRINTINGS 178. N. Kostomarov (et al.) (eds.): Akty, otnosjaAciesja k istorii Juznoj i Zapadnoj Rossii, sobrannye i izdannye Archeografiêeskoju Kommissiju. 1970.15 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1863] 179. A. Gorelov: Podvig russkoj literatury. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1957] 180. B.V. Tomasevskij, P. Bogatyrev, V. Sklovskij: Ocerki po poètike Puskina. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Berlin 1923] 181. T. Florinskij: Lekciipo slavjanskomu jazykoznaniju. 1970. 2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Kiev 1895-1897] 182. M. Speranskij: Russkaja ustnaja slovesnost’. Vvedenie v istoriju ustnoj russkoj sloves- nosti. Ustnaja poèzija povestvovatel’nago charaktera. Posobie k lekcijam na vyssich zenskich kursach v Moskve. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1917] 183. L. Vojtolovskij: Ocerki istorii russkoj literatury 19 i 20 vekov. Vol. II: Resetnikov- Gor’kij. 1969. - [= Repr. Moscow 1928] 184. N. Tichonravöv.: Pamjatniki otreéennnoj russkoj literatury. 1970.2 vol. - [- Repr. of ed. Moscow 1863] 185. P.E. Scegolev (ed.): Padenie carskogo rezima. Stenograficeskie otcety. 1969-1970.7 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1925-1927] 186. Èpopeja. Literatumyj eèemesjacnik. 1969. 3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Berlin 1922-1923] 187. A.N. Nikitin: Chozenie za tri morja Afanasija Nikitina 1466-1472 gg. Ed. B.D. Grekov, V.P. Adrianova-Peretc. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1948] 188. E. Anickov: Novaja russkaja poèzija. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Berlin 1923] 189. N. Karamzin: Istorija gosudarstva rossijskago. 1969. 12 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1892] 190. Dejanija Moskovskich soborov 1666 i 1667 godov. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1893] 191. J. Ajchenval’d: Siluèty russkich pisatelej. 1969.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Berlin 1923- 1929] 192. A.I. Markevic: Istorija mestnicestva v Moskovskom gosudarstve v XV-XVII veke. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Odessa 1888] 193. Evrejskaja ènciklopedija. Svod znanij o evrejstve i ego kul’ture v proslom i nasto- jaicem. Ed. S.M. Dubnov, L. Kacenel’son (et. al.). 1969.3 vol. - [= Repr. of part of ed. S.-Peterburg 1906-1913] 195. M. Bogoslovskij: Oblastnaja reforma Petra Velikago. Provincija 1719-‘27gg. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1902] 196. V.V. Majakovskij (ed.): LEF. Zurnal levogo fronta iskusstv. 1970. 2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1923-1925] 197. V.V. Majakovskij (ed.): Novyj lef. Zurnal levogo fronta iskusstv. 1970. 2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1927-1928]
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 198. N.D. Ceculin: Goroda Moskovskago gosudarstva v XVI veke. Izsledovanie. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg, 1889] 199. Apollon. Ezemesjacnik. 1971.16 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1909-1912] 200. V.N. Kokovcov: Iz moego proélago. Vospominanija 1903-1919 g.g. 1969.2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Paris 1933] 201. A. Kornilov: Kurs istorii Rossii XIX veka. 1969. 3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1912-1914] 202. F. Buslaev: Istoriceskie ocerki russkoj narodnoj slovesnosti i iskusstva. 1969.2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1861] 203. B.A. Rybakov: Remeslo drevnej Rusi. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1948] 204. N.S. Tichonravov, V.F. Miller (eds.): Russkija byliny staroj i novoj zapisi. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1894] 205. M.M. Bogoslovskij: Petr I. Materialy dlja biografii. 1969-1970.5 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1872-1885] 206. K. Bestuzev-Rjumin: Russkaja istorija. 1969. 2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1872-1885] 207. A.P. Skaftymov: Poètika igenezis bylin. Ocerki. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1924] 208. M.A. Beketova: Aleksandr Blok. Biografiêeskij oêerk. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1922] 209. P.A. Sadikov: Oèerki po istorii opriéniny. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow - Leningrad 1950] 210. M. D’jakonov: Ocerki iz istorii sel’skago naselenija v Moskovskom gosudarstve, XVI-XVII w. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1898] 211. B.H. Monter: Koz’ma Prutkov. The art of parody. 1972. 212. Novgorodskija piscovyja knigi, izdannye Archeografiöeskoju kommissieju. 1969.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1859-1868] 213. V.N. Peretc: Kratkij oèerk metodologii istorii russkoj literatury. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1922] 214. A.N. Afanas’ev: Poèticeskaja vozrenija Slavjan na prirodu. Opyt’ sravnitel’nago izuêenija slavjanskich predanij i verovanij, v svjazi s mificeskimi skazanijami drugich rodstvennych narodov. Ed. K. Soldatenkov. 1969-1970.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1865-1869] 215. L.P. Grossman: Seminarijpo Dostoevskomu. Materialy, bibliografia i kommentarii. 1972. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Petrograd 1922] 216. M.N. Tichomirov (ed.): Novgorodskaja pervaja letopis’ starsego i mladsego izvodov. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1950] 217. A. Jakovlev: Cholopstvo i cholopy v Moskovskom gosudarstve, XVII v. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1943] 148
149 SLAVISTIC PRINTINGS AND REPRINTINGS 218. I. Zabelin: Istorija goroda Moskvy. Sotinenie [...] napisannoe po poruceniu Moskovskoj Gorodskoj Dumy. Cast’ pervaja s prilozeniem drevnjago plana Kremlja. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1902] 219. M. Pogodin: Izsledovanija, zamecanija i lekcii o russkoj istorii. 1970. 3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1846] 220. A. Veresaev: Sputniki PuSkina. 1970.2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1937] 221. K.N. Serbina: Ocerki iz social’no-èkonomiceskoj istorii russkogo goroda. Tichvinskij posad v XVI-XVIII w. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1951] 222. F. Buslaev: Russkaja chrestomatija. Pamjatniki drevnej russkoj literatury i narodnoj slovesnosti s istoriceskimi, literaturnymi i grammaticeskimi ob’jasnenijami i s slo- varem. Dlja srednich uèebnych zavedenij. 9th ed. by A.I. Sobolevskij. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1904] 223. F. Miklosich : Radices linguae slovenicae veteris dialecti. 1971. - [= Repr. of ed. Lipsiae 1845] 224. M. Voznjak: Istorija ukrains’koji literatury. 1970. 3 vol. - [= Repr. of. ed. L’vov 1920-1924] 225. I. Zabelin: Istorija russkoj zizni s drevnejsich vremen. 1969. 2 vol. - [Repr. of ed. Moscow 1876-1879] 226. S.A. Vengerov: Ocerki po istorii russkoj literatury. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1907] 227. A.S. Orlov: Drevnjaja russkaja literatura XI-XVII vekov. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1945] 228. P.G. Ljubomirov: Oèerk istorii nizegorodskogo opoléenija 1611-1613. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1939] 229. Ivanov-Razumnik: Istorija russkoj obicestvennoj mysli. Individualizm i meSéanstvo v russkoj literature i zizni XIX v.. 1969.2 vol. - [= Repr. of 3rd ed. S.-Peterburg 1911] 230. I. Zabelin: Kuncovo i drevnij setunskij stan. Istoriceskija vospominanija. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1873] 231. L. Ginzburg (et al.): Poètika. 1970. - [- Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1927] 232. S.V. JuSkov: Oöerki po istorii feodalizma v Kievskoj Rusi. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1939] 233. A.N. Nasonov: Mongoly i Rus’ (istorija tatarskoj politiki na Rusi). 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1940] 234. Raskol na Donu v konceXVII veka. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1889] 235. Puikin. Vremennik puskinskoj komissii. 1970.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Mocow 1936- 1939] 236. Materialy dlja bibliografii russkich nauénych trudov za rubezom. 1970.2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Belgrado 1931-1941]
150 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 237. S.V. Juskov: Obscestvenno-politiceskij stroj i pravo Kievskogo gosudarstva. 1969. (Kurs istorii gosudarstva i prava SSSR; 1). - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1949] 238. D.S. Lichacev: Nacional’noe samosoznanie drevnej Rusi. Ocerki iz oblasti russkoj literatury XI-XVII w. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow/Leningrad 1945] 239. V. Sklovskij: Material i stil’ v romane L’va Tolstogo “Vojna i mir”. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1928] 240. M.I. Michel’son: Russkaja mysl’ i ree’. Svoe i cuzoe. Opyt russkoj frazeologi. Sbornik obraznych slov i inoskazanij. 1969. - [— Repr. of ed. S-Peterburg 1912] 241. V.F. Ikonomov: Nakanune reform Petra Velikago. 1969. (Biblioteka dlja samo- obrazovanija; 27). - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1903] 242. K.B.L. Vjazemskij: Verchovnyj Tajnyj Sovet. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1909] 243. M.I. Suchomlinov: Izsledovanija i stat’i po russkoj literature i prosveSceniju. 1970. 2 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1889] 244. V. Zirmunskij: Valerij Brjusov i nasledie Puskina. Opyt sravnitelno-stilistiéeskogo issledovanija. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1922] 245. V.I. Kovalevskij (ed.): Rossija v konceXIX veka. 1969. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1900] 246. A. Filonov: Russkaja chrestomatija. Vol. IV: Proza. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1867 248. Russkaja letopis’s 1917 goda. 1970.5 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Paris 1921-1924] 250. Drevnjaja rossijskaja vivliofika, soderzascaja v sebe: sobranie drevnostej rossijskich, do istorii, geografii i geneologii rossijskija kasajuscichsja. 1970. 20 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1788-1791] 251. Prodolzenie drevnej Rossijskoj bibliothiki. 1970. 11 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1786-1801] 252. N. Kalacov: Akty, otnosjasciesja do juridiceskago byta drevnej Rossii. 1970.4 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1857-1901] 253. Oteéestvennyja zapiski. 1970.44 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1821-1830] 254. A. A. Fokker, E. Smolikowska: Anatomy of a word-class. A chapter of Polish grammar. 1971. 255. Z. Topolinska: A historical phonology of the Kashubian dialects of Polish. 1974. 256. M. Pogodin: Drevnjaja russkaja istorija, do mongolskago iga. 1971.3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1871] 257. J. Baudouin de Courtenay: O drevnepol’skom jazyke do XTVgo stoletija. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. Leipzig 1870] 258. F. Scholz: Russian impersonal expressions used with reference to a person. Transl. from the German. 1973. 259. Russkij istoriceskij zumal. 1971.6 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Petrograd 1917-1922] 260. A. Blane (ed.): Russia and Orthodoxy. - Vol. II: The Religious world of Russian culture. 1975. - Vol. Ill: The Ecumenical world of Orthodox civilization. 1974.
151 SLAVISTIC PRINTINGS AND REPRINTINGS 261. Akty, otnosjasciesja k istorii zapadnoj Rossii. 1971. 4 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. S.- Peterburg 1846-1853] 262. D.S. Worth (ed.): The Slavic word. Proceedings of the International Slavistic Colloquium at UCLA, september 11-16,1970.1972. 263. Annaly. Zurnal vseobscej istorii izdavaemyj Rossijskoju Akademieju Nauk. Ed. P.I. Uspenskij. 4 vol. 1970. - [= Repr. of ed. S.-Peterburg 1922-1923] 264. A.F. Zweers: Grown-up, narrator and childlike hero. An analysis of the literary devices employed in Tolstoj’s trilogy Childhood, Boyhood and Youth. 1971. 266. H. Birnbaum: On medieval and renaissance Slavic writing. Selected essays. 1974. 267. R. Jakobson, C.H. van Schooneveld, D.S. Worth (eds.): Slavic poetics. Essays in honor ofKiril Taranovsky. 1973. 268. K. Verheul: The theme of time in the poetry of Anna Axmatova. 1971. 269. G.A. Maloney: Russian hesychasm. The spirituality of Nil Sorskij. 1973. 270. H. Birnbaum, S. Vryonis Jr. (eds.): Aspects of the Balkans. Continuity and change. Contributions to the International Balkan Conference held at UCLA, October 23-28,1969.1972. 271. M. Kantor: Aspectual derivation in contemporary Serbo-Croatian. 1972. 272. G. Barratt: M.S. Lunin, Catholic Decembrist. 1976. 274. S.D. Cioran: The apocalyptic symbolism ofAndrej Belyj. 1973. 275. R.G. Jones: Language and prosody of the Russian folk epic. 1972. 276. J.Th. Baer: Vladimir Ivanovié Dal’ as a belletrist. 1972. 277. M.S. Flier (ed.): Slavic forum. Essays in linguistics and literature. 1974. 278. S.J. Molinsky: Patterns of ellipsis in Russian compound noun formations. 1973. 279. R.L. Lencek, B.O. Unbegaun (eds.): Xenia Slavica. Papers presented to Gojko RuÈicic on the occasion of his seventy-fifth birthday, 2 February 1969.1975. 280. E. Baratynskij: Selected letters. Transl. from the Russian by G.R. Barratt. 1973. 281. A.E. Alexander: Bylina and fairy tale. The origins of Russian heroic poetry. 1973. 282. C. Collins: Evgeni) Zamjatin. An interpretive study. 1973. 285. Z. Folejewski, E. Heier, G. Luckyj (et al.) (eds.): Canadian contributions to the 7th International congress of Slavists, Warsaw, Aug. 21-27,1973.1973. 288. E. Kagan-Kans: Hamlet and Don Quixote. Turgenev’s ambivalent vision. 1975. - 2nd pr. 1979. 290. R.B. Pynsent: Julius Zeyer. The path to decadence. 1973. 291. L.G. Leighton: Russian romanticism. Two essays. 1975. 292. T. Eekman, A. Kadic (eds.): Juraj Krizanié (1618-1683), russophile and ecumenic visionary. A symposium. 1976. 293. A.G.F. van Hoik (ed.): Dutch contributions to the Seventh International Congress of Slavists, Warsaw, August 21-27,1973.1973.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 294. J. van der Eng, M. Grygar (eds.): Structure of texts and semiotics of culture. Contributions for the International congress of Slavists in Warsaw. 1973. 295. L. Matejka (ed.): American contributions to the Seventh International Congress of Slavists, Warsaw, August 21-27,1973. Vol. 1: Linguistics and poetics. 1973. 296. V. Terras (ed.): American contributions to the Seventh International Congress of Slavists, Warsaw, August 21-27,1973. Vol. II: Literature and folklore. 1973. 297. A. Cienciala (ed.): American contributions to the Seventh International Congress of Slavists, Warsaw, August 21-27,1973. Vol. Ill: History. 1973. 298. W.A.L. Stokhof: The extinct East-Slovincian Kluki-dialect. Phonology and mor phology. 1973. 299. J.L. Evans: The Petrasevskij circle 1845-1849.1974. 300. V.A. Tumins, G. Vernadsky (eds.): Patriarch Nikon on church and state. Nikon’s “Refutation”. 1982. 301. V.D. Barooshian: Brik and Mayakovsky. 1978. 302. D.R. Hitchcock: The appeal of Adam to Lazarus in hell 1979. 303. A.H. Lyngstad: Dostoevskij and Schiller. 1975. 304. T.G. Fennell, H. Gelsen: A grammar of modem Latvian. 1980.3 vol. 306. H. Steinhauer: Cakavian studies. 1973. 308. N.G.O. Pereira: The thought and teachings ofN.G. Cernyievskij. 1975. 309. J.L. Black (ed.): Essays on Karamzin. Russian man-of-letters, political thinker, his torian, 1766-1826.1975. 312. V. Erlich, R. Jakobson (et. al.) (eds.): For Wiktor Weintraub. Essays in Polish literature, language, and history presented on the occasion of his 65th birthday. 1975. 319. T.H. Amse-de Jong: The meaning of the finite verb forms in the Old Church Slavonic Codex Suprasliensis. A synchronic study. 1974. h.s. W. Lednicki: Reminiscences. The adventures of a modem Gil Bias during the last war. With a prefatory note by C.H. van Schooneveld. 1971. Slavistic printings and reprintings. Textbook series (Ste) 2. M.Z. Brooks: Polish reference grammar. 1975. 4. F. Oinas, S. SoudakofF (eds.): The study of Russian folklore. Transl. from the Russian. 1975. (Indiana University Folklore Institute monograph series; 25) 6. L. Hulanicki, D. Savignac (eds.): Anton Cexov as a master of story-writing. Essay in modern Soviet literary criticism. Transl. from the Russian. 1976. 152
153 JANUA LINGUARUM / MINOR 2. Janua linguarum: Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata, edenda curat C.H. van Schooneveld Janua linguarum. Series minor (Jmi) The volumes 1-17, 19-20, 22-24 are published with the series name Janua linguarum. From 1963 on the volumes 18,21,25-231 and the reprints of 1- 24 were published with the series name Janua linguarum, Series minor. Series minor 163, 177, 179,188, 190-191, 196,210, 218-220,222-224,226- 230 did not appear. From 1977 on Series minor 139, 145, 149, 159, 161, 162,171 and the reprints of earlier published volumes were published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’ 1. R. Jakobson, M. Halle: Fundamentals of language. 1956. - 2nd rev. ed. 1971. - 2nd rev. ed., 2nd print 1975. - 4th ed. 1980. 2. N. van Wijk: Les langues slaves. De l’unité cl la pluralité. (Série de lef ons faites a la Sorbonne). 2e éd., corr. 1956. - [Orig. ed. Dijon 1937 ] 3. E. Petrovici: Kann das Phonemsystem einer Sprache durch fremden Einfluss umgestaltet werden? Zum slavischen Einfluss auf das rumanische Lautsystem. 1957. 4. N. Chomsky: Syntactic structures. 1957. - 2nd pr. 1962. - 3rd pr. 1963. - 4th pr. 1964. - 5th pr. 1965. - 6th pr. 1966. - 7th pr. 1968. - 8th pr. 1969. - 9th pr. 1971. - 10th pr. 1972. - 1 lth pr. 1975. - 12th pr. 1976. - 13th pr. 1978. 5. N. van Wijk: Die baltischen und slavischen Akzent- und Intonationssysteme. Ein Beitrag zur Erforschung der baltisch-slavischen Verwandtschaftsverhaltnisse. 2. Aufl. 1958. - [Orig. ed. Amsterdam 1923] 6. B. Geiger, T. Halasi-Kun, A.H. Kuipers (et al.): Peoples and languages of the Caucasus. A synopsis. 1959. 7. E. Pulgram: Introduction to the spectrography of speech. 1959. 8. A.H. Kuipers: Phoneme and morpheme in Kabardian (East Adyghe). 1960. 9. A. Rosetti: Sur la théorie de la syllabe. 1959. - 2me éd., ref. et augm. 1963. - Repr. 1969. 10. U. Weinreich, B. Weinreich: Yiddish language and folklore. A selective bibliography for research. 1959. 11. É. & K. Delavenay: Bibliographic de la traduction automatique = Bibliography of mechanical translation. 1960. 12. C.L. Ebeling: Linguistic units. 1960. - 2nd pr. 1962.
154 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 13. S. Morag: The vocalization systems of Arabic, Hebrew, and Aramaic. Their phonet ic and phonemic principles. 1962. 14. D.L. Bolinger: Generality, gradience, and the all-or-none. 1961. 15. A.G. Juilland: Outline of a general theory of structural relations. 1961. 16. R. Bastide (ed.): Sens et usages du terme “structure” dans les sciences humaines et sodales. 1962. - 2me éd. 1972. 17. W.S. Allen: Sandhi. The theoretical, phonetic, and historical bases of word-junction in Sanskrit. 1962. - 2nd pr, 1972. 18. P. Juliard: Philosophies of language in eighteenth-century France. 1970. 19. W. Swieczkowski: Word order patterning in Middle English. A quantitative study based on Piers Plowman and Middle English sermons. 1962. 20. F. Hiorth: Zurformalen Charakterisierung des Satzes. 1962. 21. N.E. Collinge: Collectanea linguistica. Essays in general and genetic linguistics. 1970. 22. E.F. Haden, M.S. Han, Y.W. Han: A resonance theory for linguistics. 1962. 23. S.R. Levin: Linguistic structures in poetry. 1962. - 2nd pr. 1964. - 3rd pr. 1969. - 4th pr. 1973. - 5th pr. 1977. 24. A. Juilland, J. Maoris: The English verb system. 1962. - 2nd pr. 1973. 25. I. Fónagy: Die Metaphern in der Phonetik. Ein Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des wissenschaftlichen Denkens. 1963. 26. H. Mol: Fundamentals of phonetics. 1963-1970.2 vol. 27. L. Antal: Questions of meaning. 1963. 28. R.M.W. Dixon: Linguistic science and logic. 1963. 29. PS. Ray: Language standardization. Studies in prescriptive linguistics. 1963. 30. P.L. Garvin: On linguistic method. Selected papers. 1964. - 2nd rev. ed. 1972. 31. L. Antal: Content, meaning and understanding. 1964. 32. G. Mounin: La machine a traduire. Histoire des problèmes linguistiques. 1964. (Études sur le traitement automatique du langage; 2) 33. R.E. Longacre: Grammar discovery procedures. A field manual. 1964. - 2nd pr. 1968. - 3rd pr. 1973. 34. W.S. Cooper: Set theory and syntactic description. 1964. - 2nd pr. 1974. 35. L.J. Prieto: Principes de noologie. Fondements de la théorie fonctionnelle du signifié. Préf. d’A. Martinet. 1964. 36. S. Chatman: A theory of meter. 1965. 37. W. Tosh: Syntactic translation. 1965. 38. N. Chomsky: Current issues in linguistic theory. 1964. - 2nd pr. 1966. - 3rd pr. 1967. - 4th pr. 1969. - 5th pr. 1970. - Repr. 1975. 39. D. Crystal, R. Quirk: Systems of prosodic and paralinguistic features in English. 1964.
155 JANUA LINGUARUM / MINOR 40. F. Papp: Mathematical linguistics in the Soviet Union. 1966. 41. S.K. Saumjan: Problems of theoretical phonology. Transl. from the Russian by A.L. VaSek; rev. by the author and RM. Waszink. 1968. 42. M. Ivic: Trends in linguistics. Transl. by M. Heppell. 1965. - Repr. 1970. 43. I. Fodor: 77ie rate of linguistic change. Limits of the application of mathematical methods in linguistics. 1965. 44. Th. Drange: Type crossings. Sentential meaninglessness in the border area of lin guistics and philosophy. 1966. 45. W.H. Fay: Temporal sequence in the perception of speech. 1966. 46. A. Capell: Studies in socio-linguistics. 1966. 47. B.L. Clarke: Language and natural theology. 1966. 48. C.K. Lubin: Language disturbance and intellectual functioning. A comparison of the performances of hemiplegic patients with aphasia and hemiplegic patients without aphasia in non-verbal tasks of intellectual functioning. 1969. 49. S. Abraham, F. Kiefer: A theory of structural semantics. 1966. 50. R.J. Scholes: Phonotactic grammaticality. 1966. 51. H.R. Pollio: The structural basis of word association behavior. 1966. 52. J. Ellis: Towards a general comparative linguistics. 1966. 53. R.S. Meyerstein: Reduction in language. Inequality and economy in linguistic pro duction and attention. 1974. 54. R. Quirk, J. Svartvik: Investigating linguistic acceptability. 1966. 55. G. Laziczius: Selected writings. Ed., with an introd., by Th.A. Sebeok. 1966. 56. N. Chomsky: Topics in the theory of generative grammar. 1966. - 2nd pr. 1969. - 3rd pr. 1972. - 4th pr. 1975. - 5th pr. 1978. 57. M.R. Haas: The prehistory of languages. 1969. - 2nd pr. 1978. 58. L.G. Heller, J. Maoris: Parametric linguistics. 1967. 59. J.H. Greenberg: Language universals. With special reference to feature hierarchies. 1966. - 2nd pr. 1976. - 3rd pr. 1980. 60. C.F. Hockett: Language, mathematics, and linguistics. 1967. 61. H.T. Carvell, J. Svartvik: Computational experiments in grammatical classification. 62. B. Uspensky: Principles of structural typology. Transl. from the Russian. 1968. 63 196 Panfilov: Grammar and logic. Transl. from the Russian by H.A. Vladimirsky. 64. J.C. Morrison: Meaning and truth in Wittgensteins Tractatus. 1968. 65. R.L. Brown: Wilhelm von Humboldt’s conception of linguistic relativity. 1967. 66. E.J. Brière: A psycholinguistic study of phonological interference. 1968. 67. R.L. Miller: The linguistic relativity principle and Humboldtian ethnolinguistics. A history and appraisal. 1968.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 68. O. Akhmanova, G. Mikael’an: The theory of syntax in modern linguistics. Transl. from Russian. 1969. 69. I.M. Schlesinger: Sentence structure and the reading process. 1968. 70. A. Ortiz, E. Zierer: Set theory and linguistics. 1968. 71. H.-H. Lieb: Communication complexes and their stages. A contribution to a theory of the language stage. Transl. from the German ms.. 1968. 72. R. Jakobson: Child language, aphasia and phonological universals. Transl. from the German by A.R. Keiler. 1968. - 2nd pr. 1972. - 3rd pr. 1980. 73. C.E Hockett: The state of the art. 1968. - 2nd pr. 1970. - 3rd pr. 1975. 74. A. Juilland, H.-H. Lieb: “Klasse” und {Classification in der Sprachwissenschaft. 1968. 75. J. Kramsky: The word as a linguistic unit. 1969. 76. U. Oomen: Automatische syntaktische Analyse. Mit einem Vorwort in englischer Sprache von H. Pilch. 1968. 77. A.D. Scaglione: Ars grammatica. A bibliographic survey, two essays on the grammar of the Latin and Italian subjunctive, and a note on the ablative absolute. 1970. 78. D.D. Milivojevic: Current Russian phonemic theory, 1952-1962.1970. 79. J. Heintz: Subjects and predicables. A study in subject-predicate asymmetry. 1973. 80. J. Wheatley: Language and rules. 1970. 81. E. Pulgram: Syllable, word, nexus, cursus. 1970. 82. R.L. Venezky: The structure of English orthography. 1970. 83. R. Katicic: A contribution to the general theory of comparative linguistics. 1970. 84. R. Nolan: Foundations for an adequate criterion of paraphrase. 1970. 85. R. Butrick Jr.: Carnap on meaning and analyticity. 1970. 86. S. Greenbaum: Verb-intensifier collocations in English. An experimental approach. 1970. 87. M.Th. Larkin: Language in the philosophy of Aristotle. 1971. 88. G. Sampson: Stratificational grammar. A definition and an example. 1970. 89. U. Weinreich: Explorations in semantic theory. With a pref. by W. Labov. 1972. 90. J. Pelc: Studies in functional logical semiotics of natural language. Transl. from the Polish [by O.A. Wojtasiewicz]. 1971. 91. P.N. Denisov: Principles of constructing linguistic models. 1973. 92. O. Akhmanova: Optimization of natural communication systems. 1977. 93. R. Bruzina: Logos and eidos. The concept in phenomenology. 1970. 94. E. Zierer: The theory of graphs in linguistics. Transl. from the Spanish by B. Davis. 1970. 95. F.J. Damerau: Markov models and linguistic theory. An experimental study of a model for English. 1971. 156
157 JANUA LINGUARUM / MINOR 96. J.S. Ganz: Rules. A systematic study. 1971. 97. Y. Malkiel: Linguistics and philology in Spanish America. A survey (1925-1970) 1972. 98. S.H. Houston: A survey of psycholinguistics. 1972. 99. R.S. Meyerstein: Functional load. Descriptive limitations, alternatives of assessment and extensions of application. 1970. 100. W.B. Smerud: Can there be a private language? An examination of some principal arguments. 1970. 101. O. Akhmanova: Phonology, morphonology, morphology. Transl. from the Russian. 1971. 102. E. Zierer: Formal logic and linguistics. Transl. from Spanish by A.L.W. Rees. 1972. 103. D.A. Sanborn: The language process. Toward a holistic schema with implications for an English curriculum theory. 1971. 104. C.S. Hardwick Language learning in Wittgenstein’s later philosophy. 1971. 105. R.R Botha: The methodological status of grammatical argumentation. 1970. 106. H. Birnbaum: Problems of typological and genetic linguistics viewed in a generative framework 1970. 107. N. Chomsky: Studies on semantics in generative grammar. 1972. - 2nd pr. 1975. - 3rd pr. 1980. 108. G.A. Sanders: Equational grammar. 1972. 109. S.K. Ghosh (ed.): Man, language and society. Contributions to the sociology of lan guage. 1972. 110. M. Bierwisch: Modern linguistics. Its development, methods and problems. Transl. from the German. 1971. 111. B.K. Matilal: Epistemology, logic, and grammar in Indian philosophical analysis. 112. R.R Botha: Methodological aspects of transformational generative phonology. 1971. 113. E. Agricola: Semantische Relationen im Text und im System. 2., bearb. Aufl. 1972. 114. R. Jakobson: Studies on child language and aphasia. 1971. 115. G. Helbig (ed.): Beitrage zur Valenztheorie. 1971. 116. K.R. Jankowsky: The neogrammarians. A re-evaluation of their place in the devel opment of linguistic science. 1972. 117. D.L. Olmsted: Out of the mouth of babes. Earliest stages in language learning. 1971. 118. R. Grosse (et al.): Probleme der Sprachwissenschaft. Beitrage zur Linguistik 1971. 119. H. Parret: Language and discourse. 1971. 120. J.M. Penn: Linguistic relativity versus innate ideas. The origins of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis in German thought. 1972. 121* R.J. Scholes: Acoustic cues for constituent structure. A series of experiments on the nature of spoken sentence structures. 1971.
158 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 122. Th.A. Sebeok: Perspectives in zoosemiotics. 1972. 123. J.W. Oiler Jr.: Coding information in natural languages. 1971. 124. Ph. Tartaglia: Problems in the construction of a theory of natural language. 1972. 125. J. Kramsky: The article and the concept of definiteness in language. 1972. 126. G. Quinting: Hesitation phenomena in adult aphasic and normal speech. 1971. 127. M.M. Okby: Verbal cues of organizational information in message decoding. An integrative approach to linguistic structure. 1972. 128. P.L. Garvin: On machine translation. Selected papers. 1972. 129. M. Gopnik: Linguistic structures in scientific texts. 1972. 130. A. Juilland, A. Roceric: The linguistic concept of word. Analytic bibliography. 1972. 131. J. Suokko: The semantics of choice and chance. A test of the deterministic approach to meaning and an examination of an alternative hypothesis. 1972. 132. P.L. Peterson: Concepts and language. An essay in generative semantics and the phi losophy of language. 1973. 133. K. Ohnesorg (ed.): Colloquium paedolinguisticum. Proceedings of the first International Symposium ofPaedolinguistics, held at Brno, 14-16 October 1970.1972. 134. Roman Jakobson. A bibliography of his writings [on the occasion of his seventy-fifth birthday]. With a foreword by C.H. van Schooneveld. 1971. 135. D.J. Cook: Language in the philosophy of Hegel 1973. 136. J.W.F. Mulder, S.G.J. Hervey: Theory of the linguistic sign. 1972. 137. G.O. Nagy: Abriss einer funktionellen Semantik. 1973. 138. N.G. Komlev: Components of the content structure of the word. 1976. 139. D. Hirst: Intonative features. A syntactic approach to English intonation. 1977. 140. J. Zsilka: Sentence patterns and reality. 1973. 141. R.D. Gumb: Rule-governed linguistic behavior. 1972. 142. A.E. Kibrik: The methodology of field investigations in linguistics (setting up the problem ). Transl. from Russian. 1977. 143. J. Prucha: Soviet psycholinguistics. 1972. 144. Ju.D. Apresjan: Principles and methods of contemporary structural linguistics. Transl. by D.B. Crockett. 1973. 145. B.G. Norton: Linguistic frameworks and ontology. A re-examination of Carnaps metaphilosophy. 1977. 146. W.W. Schuhmacher: Cybernetic aspects of language. 1972. 147. E DaneS (ed.): Papers on functional sentence perspective. 1974. 148. Ph. Lieberman: The speech of primates. 1972. 149. T. Slama-Cazacu: Dialogue in children. Transl. from the Romenian. 1977. 150. R.N. Smith: Probabilistic performance models of language. 1973.
159 JANUA LINGUARUM / MINOR 151. I. Khlebnikova: Oppositions in morphology, as exemplified in the English tense system. 1973. 152. D.L.F. Nilsen: Toward a semantic specification of deep case. 1972. 153. S.E. Blumstein: A phonological investigation of aphasic speech. 1973. 154. L. Bloom: One word at a time. The use of single word utterances before syntax. 1973. - 2nd pr. 1975. 155. D. Bolinger: That’s that. 1972. 156. D.L.F. Nilsen: The instrumental case in English. Syntactic and semantic considerations. 1973 157. J. Flartnack: Language and philosophy. 1972. 158. J. Prucha: Information sources in psycholinguistics. An interdisciplinary biblio graphical handbook. 1972. 159. A.D. Svejcer: Standard English in the United States and England. 1978. 160. E.L. Erde: Philosophy and psycholinguistics. 1973. 161. T. Verstergaard: Prepositional phrases and prepositional verbs. A study in gram matical function. 1977. 162. G.G. Gilbert, J. Ornstein (eds.): Problems in applied educational sociolinguistics. Readings on language and culture problems of United States ethnic groups. 1978. 164. J.W. Large (ed.): Vocal registers in singing. Proceedings of a Symposium [...], 1969. 1973. 165. H.C. Shands, J.D. Meltzer: Language and psychiatry. 1973. 166. M.H. Ibrahim: Grammatical gender. Its origin and development. 1973. 167. J. Anderson: An essay concerning aspect. Some considerations of a general character arising from the Abbé Darrigol’s analysis of the Basque verb. 1973. 168. S. Fillenbaum: Syntactic factors in memory? 1973. 169. J.M.E. Moravcsik: Understanding language. A study of theories of language in lin guistics and in philosophy. 1975. - 2nd pr. 1977. 170. E. Wanner: On remembering, forgetting and understanding sentences. A study of the deep structure hypothesis. 1974. 171. J.W. Ney: Semantic structures for the syntax of complements and auxiliaries in English. 1981. 172. E.P. Hamp (ed.): Themes in linguistics. The 1970’s. 1973. 173. N. Stemmer: An empiricist theory of language acquisition. 1973. 174. J. Trier: Aufsatze und Vortrage zur Wortfeldtheorie. Hrsg. von A. van der Lee und O. Reichmann. 1973. 175. I. Dyen: Linguistic subgrouping and lexicostatistics. 1975. 176. P. Menzel: Semantics and syntax in complementation. 1975. 178. J.T. Price: Language and being in Wittgenstein’s Philosophical investigations. 1973.
160 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 180. D.E. Gulstad: A modern theory of” langue”. 1973. 181. O. Akhmanova: Linguostylistics. Theory and method. 1976. 182. N. Chomsky: Strukturen der Syntax. Übers. aus dem Englischen von K.-P. Lange. 1973. 183. J.P. O’Rourke: Toward a science of vocabulary development. 1974. 184. J. Greenberg: Language typology. A historical and analytic overview. 1974. 185. R.T. Daly: Applications of the mathematical theory of linguistics. 1974. 186. J. Haiman: Targets and syntactic change. 1974. 187. H.H. Clark: Semantics and comprehension. 1976. - 2nd pr. 1980. 189. R.S. Chapman: The interpretation of deviant sentences in English. A transforma tional approach. 1974. 192. W.J.M. Levelt: Formal grammars in linguistics and psycholinguistics. Transl. by A. Barnas. 1974. 3 vol. 193. T. van der Geest: Evaluation of theories on child grammars. 1974. 194. J. Katzer: Free association behaviour and human language processing. A theoretical model 1976. 195. D. Major: The acquisition of modal auxiliaries in the language of children. 1974. 197. J. Lehrberger: Functor analysis of natural language. 1974. 198. G.A. Sanders: Invariant ordering. 1975. 199. J. Vogt: The linguistic work of Friedrich Karl Fulda. 1974. 200. D.E. Allen, R.F. Guy: Conversation analysis. The sociology of talk. 1974. - 2nd. pr. 1978. 201. C. Wall: Predication. A study of its development. 1974. 202. T. van der Geest (et al.): The child’s communicative competence. Language capaci ty in three groups of children from different social classes. 1973. 203. D.E. Cooper: Presupposition. 1974. 204. W. Gutwinski: Cohesion in literary texts. A study of some grammatical and lexical features of English discourse. 1976. 205. L.E. Nagle: Method and theory in the semantics and cognition of kinship terminology. 1974. 206. S.B. Smith: Meaning and negation. 1974. - 2nd pr. 1978. 207. J.E. Grimes: The thread of discourse. 1975. - 2nd pr. 1980. 208. A. Arnauld, and C. Lancelot: General and rational grammar. The Port-Royal grammar. Ed. and transl. from the French with introd. and notes by J. Rieux and B.E. Rollin ; with a pref. by A.C. Danto and a critical essay by N. Kretzmann. 1975. 209. J. Kramsky: Papers in general linguistics. 1976. 211. S. Griggs, C.M. Rulon: English verb inflection. A generative view. 1974.
161 JANUA LINGUARUM / MAIOR 212. I.B. Khlebnikova: The conjunctive mood in English, as a problem in general lin guistics. 1976. 213. S.-F. Huang: A study of adverbs. 1975. 214. R.E. Lemoine: The anagogic theory of Wittgenstein’s ‘Tractatus’. 1975. 215. J.E. Clifford: Tense and tense logic. 1975. - 2nd pr. 1980. 216. S.G. Paris: Propositional logical thinkingand comprehension of language connectives. A developmental analysis. 1975. 217. R. Skousen: Substantive evidence in phonology. The evidence from Finnish and French. 1975. 221. J.Th. Grinder Jr.: On deletion Phenomena in English. 1976. 225. C.E. Osgood: Focus on meaning. - Vol. I: Explorations in semantic space. 1976. 231. B.F.O. Hildebrandt: Strukturelemente der deutschen Gegenwartshochsprache. Phone und Phonaden. 1976. Janua linguarum. Series maior (Jma) From 1977 on Series maior 28,51,65,78-79,85-86,89,96-97,101-102,104 and the reprints of earlier published volumes were published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’. From 1982 on Series maior 88, 103, 105-110 were published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, Berlin - New York - Amsterdam’. In 1986, Series maior 75 was published under the imprint ‘Walter de Gruyter, Berlin - New York’. 1. A.J. Greimas, R. Jakobson, M.R. Mayenowa (et al.) (eds.): Sign, language, culture = Signe, langage, culture = Znak, j$zyk, kultura = Znak,jazyk, kul’tura. 1970. 2. Kamchadal texts. Coll, by W. Jochelson; ed. with new transl. by D.S. Worth. 1961. 3. P. Hartmann: Theorie der Grammatik. 1959-1962.4 vol. - Repr. 1963. 4. G. Herdan: Type-token mathematics. A textbook of mathematical linguistics. 1960. 5. A.R. Luria: Traumatic aphasia. Its syndromes, psychology and treatment. Transl from the Russian by D. Bowden; with a foreword by M. Critchley. 1970. 6. T. Slama-Cazacu: Langage et contexte. Leproblème du langage dans la conception de Vexpression et de I’interpretation par des organisations contextuelles. 1961. 7. A. Sommerfelt: Diachronic and synchronic aspects of language. Selected articles. 1962. - 2nd pr. 1971 8. Th.A. Sebeok, V.J. Zeps: Concordance and thesaurus of Cheremis poetic language. 1961. 9. G. Herdan: The calculus of linguistic observations. 1962.
162 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 10. A. Sovijarvi, P. Aalto (eds.): Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences held at the University of Helsinki, 4-9 September 1961.1962. 11. W. Winter (ed.): Evidence for laryngeals. 1965. 12. H.G. Lunt (ed.): Proceedings of the ninth international congress of linguists, Cambridge, Mass., Aug. 27-31,1962.1964. 13. N.1.2inkin: Mechanisms of speech. Transl. from the Russian by A.R Gove. 1968. 14. R.H. Weir: Language in the crib. 1962. - 2nd pr. 1970. 15. Th.A. Sebeok, A.S. Hayes, M.C. Bateson (eds.): Approaches to semiotics. Cultural anthropology, education, linguistics, psychiatry, psychology. Transactions of the Indiana University Conference on Paralinguistics and Kinesics. 1964. - 2nd pr. 1972. 16. A Rosetti: Linguistica. 1965. 17. D.P. Blok (ed.): Proceedings of the eighth International Congress of Onomastic Sciences, [Amsterdam 1963], 1966. 18. P. Delattre: Studies in French and comparative phonetics. Selected papers in French and English. 1966. 19. J. Levitt: The “Grammaire des grammaires” of Girault-Duvivier. A study of nine teenth-century French. 1968. 20. W. Bright (ed.): Sociolinguistics. Proceedings of the UCLA Sociolinguistics Conference, 1964.1966. - 2nd pr. 1971. - 3rd pr. 1975. 21. J.A. Fishman, V.C. Nahirny (et al.): Language loyalty in the United States. The maintenance and perpetuation of non-English mother tongues by American ethnic and religious groups. With the assist, of M.E. Warshauer (et al.); with an introd. by E. Haugen. 1966. 22. A.H. Orrick (ed.): Nordica et anglica. Studies in honor of Stefdn Einarsson. 1968. 23. R. Crymes: Some systems of substitution correlations in modern American English. 1968. 24. K.L. Pike: Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behav ior. 2nd, rev. ed. 1967. - 2nd, rev. ed., 2nd pr. 1971. 25. W.M. Austin (ed.): Papers in linguistics. In honor of Léon Dostert. 1967. 26. R.D. Sutherland: Language and Lewis Carroll. 1970. 27. Mélanges Marcel Cohen. Études de linguistique, ethnographie et sciences connexes offertes par ses amis et ses élèves d Voccasion de son 80ème anniyersaire. Avec des articles et études inédits de M. Cohen réunis par D. Cohen. 1970. 28. G.H. Eggert: Wernicke’s works on aphasia. A sourcebook and review. 1977. (Early sources in aphasia and related disorders; 1) 29. V.E. Hanzeli: Missionary linguistics in New France. A study of seventeenth- and eighteenth-century descriptions of American Indian languages. 1969. 30. J. Stindlova, Z. Skoumalova (eds.): Les machines dans la linguistique. Colloque international sur la mécanisation et I’automation des recherches linguistiques. 1968.
163 JANUA LINGUARUM / MAIOR 31-3. R. Abernathy (et al.): To honor Roman fakobson. Essays on the occasion ofhis sev entieth birthday, 11 October 1966.1967.3 vol. 34. J.C. Heesterman, G.H. Schokker, V.I. Subramoniam (eds.): Pratidaném. Indian, Iranian, and Indo-European studies presented to Franciscus Bernardus Jacobus Kuiper on his sixtieth birthday. 1968. 35. L.W. Rosenfield: Aristotle and information theory. A comparison of the influence of causal assumptions on two theories of communication. 1971. 36. H.E. Brekle, L. Lipka (eds.): Wortbildung, Syntax und Morphologie. Festschriftzum 60. Geburtstag von Hans Marchand, am 1. Oktober 1967.1968. 37. J.L. Rosier (ed.): Philological essays. Studies in Old and Middle English language and literature, in honour of Herbert Dean Meritt. 1970. 38. R.R Botha: The function of the lexicon in transformational generative grammar. 1968. 39. L. Zgusta, in cooperation with V. Cemy (et al.): Manual of lexicography. 1971. 40. RL. Garvin (ed.): Method and theory in linguistics. 1970. 41. J. Akin (et al.) (eds.): Language behavior. A book of readings in communication. Contrib. by D.C. Barnland (et al.). 1970. 42. B. Malmberg: Phonétique générale et romane. Études en allemand, anglais, espagnol et francais. 1971. 43. M. Bierwisch, K.E. Heidolph (eds.): Progress in linguistics. A collection of papers. 1970. 44. R.C. Lugton, M.G. Saltzer (eds.): Studies in honor ofj. Alexander Kerns. 1970. 45. S.K. Saumjan: Principles of structural linguistics. Transl. from the Russian by J. Miller. 1971. 46. C.B. Giannoni: Conventionalism in logic. A study in the linguistic foundation of log ical reasoning. 1971. 47. N.S. Trubetzkoy: Letters and notes. Prep, for publ. by R. Jakobson, with the assist, of H. Baran (et al.). 1975. 48. A. Makkai: Idiom structure in English. 1972. 49. E.S. Firchow, K. Grimstad, N. Hasselmo (et al.) (eds.): Studies by Einar Haugen. Presented on the occasion ofhis 65th birthday, April 19,1971.1972. 50. F.J. Vandamme: Simulation of natural language. A first approach. 1972. 51. B. Gray: The grammatical foundations of rhetoric. Discourse analysis. 1977. 52. M.E. Smith (ed.): Studies in linguistics in honor of George L. Trager. 1972. 53. D. Bolinger: Degree words. 1972. 54. A. Valdman (ed.): Papers in linguistics and phonetics to the memory of Pierre Delattre. 1972. 55. K.L. Pike: Selected writings to commemorate the 60th birthday of Kenneth Lee Pike. Ed. by R.M. Brend. 1972.
164 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 56. S.N. Karpova: The realization of the verbal composition of speech by preschool children. With a foreword for the English ed. by A.R. Luria. 1977. 57. A. Rigault, R. Charbonneau (eds.): Actes du septième Congrès international des sciences phonétiques, tenu d l’Université de Montréal et l’Université McGill, 22-28 aoüt 1971 = Proceedings of the Vllth International Congress of phonetic sciences held at the University of Montreal and McGill University, 22-28 Aug. 1971.1972. 58. L. Zawadowski: Inductive semantics and syntax. Foundations of empirical linguis tics. 1975. 59. E.S. Firchow (et al.) (eds.): Studies for Einar Haugen. Presented by friends and col leagues. 1972. 60. T. Slama-Cazacu: Introduction to psycholinguistics. Transl. from the Romanian by A. Gheorghitoiu (et al.); rev. by the author. 1973. 61. M. Romportl: Studies in phonetics. 1973. 62. M. Gross, M. Halle, M.-R Schiitzenberger (eds.): The formal analysis of natural languages. Proceedings of the first international conference. 1973. 63. T.A. van Dijk: Some aspects of text grammars. A study in theoretical linguistics and poetics. 1972. 64. J. Andrackova: The physiological activity of the speech organs. An analysis of the speech-organs during thephonation of sung spoken and whispered Czech vowels on the basis of x-ray methods. Transl. from the Czech by D. Short. 1973. 65. V. Honsa, M.J. Hardman-de Bautista (eds.): Papers on linguistics and child lan guage. Ruth Hirsch Weir memorial volume. 1978. 66. B. Malmberg: Linguistique générale et romane. Études en allemand, anglais, espagnol et francais. 1973. 67. M. Nowakowska: Language of motivation and language of actions. 1973. 68. F.H.H. Kortlandt: Modelling the phoneme. New trends in East European phonemic theory. 1972. 69. I. Dyen (ed.): Lexicostatistics in genetic linguistics. Proceedings of the Yale Conference, Yale University, April 3-4,1971.1973. 70. Y. Lebrun, R. Hoops (eds.): Neurolinguistic approaches to stuttering. Proceedings of the International Symposium on Stuttering Brussels 1972.1973. 71. E. Vasiliu: Outline of a semantic theory of Kernel sentences. 1972. 72. E.D. Polivanov: Selected works. Articles on general linguistics. Comp, by A.A. Leont’ev. Transl. from the Russian by D. Armstrong. 1974. 73. A.R. Luria: Basic problems of neurolinguistics. Transl. by B. Haigh. 1976. 74. M.J. Kenstowicz, C.W. Kisseberth (eds.): Issues in phonological theory. Proceedings of the Urbana Conference on Phonology. 1973. 75. R. Jakobson, L.R. Waugh, unter Mitarb. von M. Taylor: Die Lautgestalt der Sprache. Übers. von C. Shannon und Th.F. Shannon. 1986.
165 JANUA LINGUARUM / MAIOR 76. J. Safarewicz: Linguistic studies. Transl. from the Polish by L. Ter-Oganian. 1974. 77. V.A. Fromkin (ed.): Speech errors as linguistic evidence. 1973. 78. E. Weigl, in collab. with M. Bierwisch (et al.): Neuropsychology and neurolinguistics. Selected papers. 1981. 79. I. Rauch, G.F. Carr (eds.): Linguistic method. Essays in honor of Herbert Penzl 1979. 80. M. Maruszewski: Language communication and the brain. A neuropsychological study. 1975. 81. F. Rossi-Landi: Linguistics and economics. 1975. 82. B.E. Bartlett: Beauzée’s Grammaire générale. Theory and methodology. 1975. 83. A.M. Schaerlaekens: The two-word sentence in child language development. A study based on evidence provided by Dutch-speaking triplets. 1973. 84. R.P. Botha, with the collab. of W.K. Winckler: The justification of linguistic hypotheses. A study of nondemonstrative inference in transformational grammar. 1973. 85. J.L. Mey (ed.): Pragmalinguistics. Theory and practice. 1979. (Rasmus Rask studies in pragmatic linguistics; 1) 86. H.W. Dechert, M. Raupach (eds.): Temporal variables in speech. Studies in honour of Frieda Goldman-Eisler. 1980. 87. A. Szentivanyi (ed.): Modern linguistics and language teaching. [Proceedings,] International conference, Budapest, 1-5 April 1974.1975. 88. B. Trnka: Selected papers in structural linguistics. Contributions to English and gener al linguistics written in the years 1928-1978. Afterw. by R. Jakobson; ed. by V. Fried. 1982. 89. L. Dezsö: Studies in syntactic typology and contrastive grammar. Transl. by I. Gombos (et al.). 1982. 90. W.E. McMahon: Hans Reichenbach’s philosophy of grammar. 1976. 91. F. Papp, G. Szépe (eds.): Papers in computational linguistics. 1976. 92. J. Vachek: Selected writings in English and general linguistics. 1976. 93. H. Parret: Discussing language. Dialogues with Wallace L. Chafe... [et al.]. 1974. 94. R. Solle: Sprechbewegung und Sprachstruktur. Morphographisch-strukturelle Ableitungs-Hierarchie eines Modell-Universums der Sprechbewegung und Sprachstruktur. 1975. 95. A. Rosetti: Études linguistiques. 1973. 96. F. Coulmas (ed.): Conversational routine. Explorations in standardized communica tion situations and prepatterned speech. 1981. (Rasmus Rask studies in pragmatic linguistics; 2) 97. F. Coulmas (ed.): A Festschrift for native speaker. 1981.
166 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 98. U. von Slagle: Language, thought and perception. A proposed theory of meaning. 1974. 99. V.Ju. Rozencvejg: Linguistic interference and convergent change. 1976. 100. A. Koutsoudas (ed.): The application and ordering of grammatical rules. Papers presented at a conference on rule ordering held at Indiana University, Bloomington, April 6-7,1973]. 1976. 101. T.A. van Dijk: Studies in the pragmatics of discourse. 1981. 102. D. Hymes, J. Fought: American structuralism. 1981. 103. R. Posner: Rational discourse and poetic communication. Methods of linguistic, lit erary, and philosophical analysis. 1982. 104. J. Zsilka: Dialectics of the motion forms in language. Transl. from the Hungarian by A. Jdvor. 1981. 105. J.E. Davis: The Spanish of Argentina and Uruguay. An annotated bibliography for 1940-1978.1982. 106. R. Jakobson: Russian and Slavic grammar. Studies 1931-1981. Ed. by L.R. Waugh and M. Halle. 1984. 107. R.M.W. Dixon: Where have all the adjectives gone? And other essays in semantics and syntax. 1982. 108. G. Prince: Narratology. The form and functioning of narrative. 1982 109. R.B. Sangster: Roman Jakobson and beyond. Language as a system of signs. The quest for the ultimate invariants in language. 1982. 110. A.V. Gladkij, I.A. Mel’cuk: Elements of mathematical linguistics. Ed. by J. Lehrberger. 1983. Janua linguarum. Series practica (Jpr) Series practica 54,118,135,171-172,178,183,186-187,190,199,202,205- 206, 209, 214, 217, 219, 222, 224, 233-234, 237, 239, 243-245, 247-253 did not appear. From 1977 on Series practica 69, 117, 157, 180 and the reprints of earlier published volumes were published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’. 1. M.J. Conwell, A. Juilland: Louisiana French grammar. - Vol. I: Phonology, mor phology and syntax, 1963. 2. A. Malécot: Contribution a l’étude de la force d’articulation enfrangais. 1977. 3. I. Garbell: The Jewish Neo-Aramaic dialect of Persian Azerbaijan. Linguistic analy sis and folkloristic texts. 1965.
167 JANUA LINGUARUM / PRACTICA 4. M.F. Goodman: A comparative study of Creole French dialects. 1964. 5. R. Harweg: Kompositum und Katalysationstext, vomehmlich im spaten Sanskrit. 1964. 6. G. Herdan: The structuralistic approach to Chinese grammar and vocabulary. Two essays. 1964. 7. A. JuiUand: Dictionnaire inverse de la langue frangaise. 1965. 8. A.H. Roberts: A statistical linguistic analysis of American English. 1965. 9. V. Lejnieks: Morphosyntax of the Homeric Greek verb. 1964. 10. R.E. Diamond: The diction of the Anglo-Saxon metrical psalms. 1963. 11. J.E. Grimes: Huichol syntax. 1964. 12. C.N. Bush: Phonetic variation and acoustic distinctive features. A study of four general American fricatives. 1964. 13. W.E. Casde: The effect of selective narrow-band filtering on the perception of certain English vowels. 1964. 14. A. Shannon: A descriptive syntax of the Parker manuscript of the Anglo-Saxon chronicle from 734 to 891.1964. 15. E. Kobayashi: The verb forms of the “South English Legendary”. 1964. 16. H.L. Firestone: Description and classification of Sirionó. A Tupi-Guarant language. 1965. 17. W. Leslau: Ethiopian argots. 1964. 18. V.N. Misra: The descriptive technique of Panini. An introduction. 1966. 19. E.A. Nida: A synopsis of English syntax. 2nd, rev. ed. 1966. - 3rd ed. 1973. - [ 1st ed. Oklahoma 1960] 20. R.T. Oliphant (ed.): The Harley Latin-Old English glossary. 1966. 21. E. Reiner: A linguistic analysis of Akkadian. 1966. 22. M.J. Hardman: Jaqaru. Outline of phonological and morphological structure. 1966. 23. M.K. Mayers (ed.): Languages of Guatemala. 1966. 24. R.L. Allen: The verb system of present-day American English. 1966. 25. J.W. Marchand: The sounds and phonemes ofWulfila’s Gothic. 1973. 26. A. MacLeish: The Middle English subject-verb cluster. 1969. 27. E. Gregores, J.A. Suarez: A description of colloquial Guarani. 1967. 28. A. Juilland, RM.H. Edwards: The Rumanian verb system. 1971. 29. H.W. Law: Obligatory constructions of Isthmus Nahuat grammar. 1966. 30. M.H. Folsom: The syntax of substantive and non-finite satellites to the finite verb in German. 1966. 31. D.R Pattanayak: A controlled historical reconstruction of Oriya, Assamese, Bengali and Hindi. 1966.
168 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 32. A. A. Khalafallah: A descriptive grammar ofSaedi, Egyptian colloquial Arabic. 1969. 33. H.M. Aboul-Fetouh: A morphological study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic 1969. 34. S.M. Gamal-Eldin: A syntactic study of Egyptian colloquial Arabic. 1967. 35. H.M. Hanna: The phrase structure of Egyptian colloquial Arabic. 1967. 36. I. Rauch: The old high German diphthongization. A description of a phonemic change. 1967. 37. J.H. Friend: The development of American lexicography, 1798-1864.1967. 38. W.J. Samarin: A grammar of Sango. 1967. 39. D.H. Obrecht: Effects of the second formant on the perception of velarization con sonants in Arabic. 1968. 40. Y. Lastra: Cochabamba Quechua syntax. 1968. 41. K. Inoue: A study of Japanese syntax. 1969. 42. R.S.R Beekes: The development of the proto-Indo-European laryngeals in Greek. 1969. 43. H.H. Hess: The syntactic structure ofMezquital Otomi. 1968. 44. RW. Pillsbury: Descriptive analysis of discourse in late West Saxon texts. 1967. 45. M.E. Ehrman: The meanings of the modals in present-day American English. 1966. 46. V. Krupa: Morpheme and word in Maori. 1966. 47. J.C. Fisher: Linguistics in remedial English. 1966. 48. M.A.K. Halliday: Intonation and grammar in British English. 1967. - [= Repr. of articles publ. in 1963] 49. S. Yotsukura: The articles in English. A structural analysis of usage. 1970. 50. M.R. Key: Comparative Tacanan phonology. With Cavineha phonology and notes on Pano-Tacanan relationship. 1968. 51. R.H. Meskill: A transformational analysis of Turkish syntax 1970. 52. R.M. Brend: A tagmemic analysis of Mexican Spanish clauses. 1968. 53. H.H. Key: Morphology ofCayuvava. 1967. 55. L. Romeo: The economy of diphthongization in early Romance. 1968. 56. J.J. Chew Jr.: A transformational analysis of modern colloquial Japanese. 1973. 57. A.C. Wares: A comparative study ofYuman consonantism. 1968. 58. J. Praninskas: Trade name creation. Processes and patterns. 1968. 59. G. Giacumakis Jr.: The Akkadian of Alalah. 1970. 60. J. Rubin: National bilingualism in Paraguay. 1968. 61. S.H. al-Ani: Arabic phonology. An acoustical and physiological investigation. 1970. 62. C.P. Herold: The morphology of King Alfred’s translation of the Orosius. 1968. 63. J. Svartvik: On voice in the English verb. 1966. 64. M.R. Wilson: Coptic future tenses. Syntactical studies in Sahidic. 1970.
169 JANUA LINGUARUM / PRACTICA 65. R.N. Campbell: Noun substitutes in modem Thai. A study in pronominality. 1969. 66. M. Tsiapera: A descriptive analysis of Cypriot Maronite Arabic. 1969. 67. J.D. Tinkler: Vocabulary and syntax of the Old English version in the Paris Psalter. A critical commentary. 1971. 68. U. Warotamasikkhadit: Thai syntax. An outline. 1972. 69. C. Adams: English speech rhythm and the foreign learner. 1979. 70. B. Berlin: Tzeltal numeral classifiers. A study in ethnographic semantics. 1968. 71. R.D. Stevick: Suprasegmentals, meter, and the manuscript of Beowulf. 1968. 72. R. Channon: On the place of the progressive palatalization of velars in the relative chronology of Slavic. 1972. 73. A.H. Kuipers: The Squamish language. Grammar, texts, dictionary. 1967-1969.2 vol. 74. R.A. Palmatier: A descriptive syntax of the ‘Ormulum’. 1969. 75. H.R. Plant: Syntaktische Studiën zu den Monseer Fragmenten. Ein Beitrag zur Beschreibung der inneren Form des Althochdeutschen. 1969. 76. A.R. Keiler: A phonological study of the Indo-European laryngeals. 1970. 77. J.R. Rayfield: The languages of a bilingual community. 1970. 78. D.L. Kao: Structure of the syllable in Cantonese. 1971. 79. H.G. Schogt: Le système verbal du francais contemporain. 1968. 80. K. Zvelebil: Comparative Dravidian phonology. 1970. 81. D. Cohen: Études de linguistique sémitique et arabe. 1970. 82. G.J. Parker: Ayacucho Quechua grammar and dictionary. 1969. 83. J.W. Gair: Colloquial Sinhalese clause structures. 1970. 84. H.I. Sebiiktekin: Turkish-English contrastive analysis. Turkish morphology and cor responding English structures. 1971. 85. E. Seebold: Vergleichendes und etymologisches Wörterbuch der germanischen starken Verben. 1970. 86. G. N’Diaye-Correard: Structure du dialecte basque de Maya. 1970. 87. A. Fuchs: Morphologie des Verbs im Cahuilla. 1970. 88. Saga af Viktor ok Blavus. A fifteenth century Icelandic lygisaga. English ed. and transl. by A.H. Chappel. 1972. 89. C.M. Carlton: A linguistic analysis of a collection of late Latin documents composed in Ravenna between A.D. 445-700. A quantitative approach. 1973. 90. U. Wiesemann: Die phonologische und grammatische Stuktur der Kaingdng-Sprache. 1972. 91. J.E. Copeland: A stepmatricial generative phonology of German. 1970. 92. C.R. Longyear: Linguistically determined categories of meanings. A comparative analysis of meaning in “The snows of Kilimanjaro”. 1971.
170 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 93. M. Saltarelli: A phonology of Italian in a generative grammar. 1970. 94. V. Miltner: Theory of Hindi syntax. Descriptive, generative, transformational 1970. 95. D.B. Johnson: Transformations and their use in the resolution of syntactic homo- morphy. Prepositional ‘ot’ constructions in contemporary standard Russian. 1970. 96. J. Tompa: Ungarische Grammatik. 1968. 97. R. Jacobson: The London dialect of the late fourteenth century. A transformational analysis in historical linguistics. 1970. 98. A. Capell, H.E. Hindi: Maung grammar. Texts and vocabulary. 1970. 99. R.A. Zirin: The phonological basis of Latin prosody. 1970. 100. Q.I.M. Mok: Contribution a l’étude des catégories morphologiques du genre et du nombre dans le frangais parlé actuel 1968. 101. W.H. Brown Jr.: A syntax of king Alfred’s Pastoral care. 1970. 102. G.D. Prideaux: The syntax of Japanese honorifi.es. 1970. 103. D.L. Shores: A descriptive syntax of the Peterborough chronicle from 1122 to 1154. 1971. 104. J. Hewson: Article and noun in English. 1972. 105. S.S. Babcock: The syntax of Spanish reflexive verbs. The parameters of the middle voice. 1970. 106. A.-M. d’Ans: Le créole frangais d’Haïti. Étude des unités d’articulation, d’expansion et de communication. 1968. 107. S.M. Tsuzaki: English influences on Mexican Spanish in Detroit. 1970. 108. R.J. Steiner: Two centuries of Spanish and English bilingual lexicography (1590-1800). 1970. 109. B.R. Glover: A history of six Spanish verbs meaning ‘to take, seize, grasp’. 1971. 110. D. Thank Binh: A tagmemic comparison of the structure of English and Vietnamese sentences. 1971. 111. C. Carlton: Descriptive syntax of the old English charters. 1970. 112. M. Grady: Syntax and semantics of the English verb phrase. 1970. 113. A. Isacenko, H.-J. Schadlich: A model of standard German intonation. 1970. 114. R. Nash: Turkish intonation. An instrumental study. 1973. 115. A.G. Haudricourt, A. Juilland: Essai pour une histoire structurale du phonétisme francais. Avec une préf. d’A. Martinet. 2e ed. rev. 1970. 116. S.N. Rosenberg: Modem French CE. The neuter pronoun in adjectival predication. 1970. 117. H. Tinelli: Creole phonology. 1981. 119. C. Rallides: The tense aspect system of the Spanish verb as used in cultivated Bogota Spanish. 1971. 120. J. Redfern: A lexical study of Raeto-Romance and contiguous Italian dialect areas. 1971.
171 JANUA LINGUARUM / PRACTICA 121. B. Newton: Cypriot Greek. Its phonology and inflections. 1972. 122. T.A. Llamzon: Modern Tagalog. Afunctional-structural description. 1976. 123. T.A. Lyman: Dictionary of Mong Njua. A Miao (Meo) language of Southeast Asia. 1974. 124. C.M. Millward: Imperative constructions in Old English. 1971. 125. D.L.F. Nilsen: English adverbials. 1972. 126. G.A. Hough III: Structures of modification in contemporary American English. 1971. 127. E. Matteson (et al.): Comparative studies in Amerindian languages. 1972. 128. Z.N. Abdel-Malek: The closed-list classes of colloquial Egyptian Arabic. 1972. 129. K.A. Sroka: The syntax of English phrasal verbs. 1972. 130. H.M. Logan: The dialect of the Life of Saint Katherine. A linguistic study of the phonology and inflections. 1973. 131. S.A. Ryder II: The D-stem in western Semitic. 1974. 132. RD. Seaman: Modem Greek and American English in contact. 1972. 133. E.O. Wingo: Latin punctuation in the classical age. 1972. 134. L. Benko, S. Imre (eds.): The Hungarian language. 1972. 136. J.L. Wyatt: A computer validated Portuguese to English transformational grammar. 1972. 137. D. Sotiropoulos: Noun morphology of modern demotic Greek. A descriptive analy sis. 1972. 138. R.C. Kelly: A descriptive analysis of Gascon. 1973. 139. K.R. Bahnidc The determination of stages in the historical development of the Germanic languages by morphological criteria. An evaluation. 1973. 140. F.F. Gardner: An analysis of syntactic patterns of Old English. 1971. 141. T.W. Gething: Aspects of meaning in Thai nominals. A study in structural semantics. 1972. 142. M. Sala: Phonétique et phonologie du judéo-espagnol de Bucarest. 1971. 143. P.J. Hopper: The syntax of the simple sentence in proto-Germanic. 1975. 144. C.M. Barrack: A diachronic phonology from Proto-Germanic to Old English stressing West-Saxon conditions. 1975. 145. J.B. Voyles: West Germanic inflection, derivation and compounding. 1974. 146. L. Bouma: The semantics of the modal auxiliaries in contemporary German. 1973. 147. G. Jochnowitz: Dialect boundaries and the question of Franco-ProvengaL 1973. 148. L. Moessner: Automatische syntaktischeAnalyse englischer nominaler Gruppen. 1973. 149. A.G. Sciarone: La place de l’adjectifen italien moderne. 1970. 150. E.J. Furnée: Die wichtigsten konsonantischen Erscheinungen des Vorgriechischen. Mit einem Appendix über den Vokalismus. 1972.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 151. R.J.E. d’Alquen: Gothic “ai” and “au”. A possible solution. 1974. 152. A. Salmond: A generative syntax of Luangiua. A Polynesian language. 1974. 153. G. Hemphill: A mathematical grammar of English. 1973. 154. E. Haugen, T.L. Markey: The Scandinavian languages. Fifty years of linguistic research (1918-1968). 1972. 155. V.Y. Plotkin: The dynamics of the English phonological system. 1972. 156. A.R.K. Zide, K.V. Zvelebil (eds.): The Soviet decipherment of the Indus Valley script. Translation and critique. 1976. 157. R.R Botha: The conduct of linguistic inquiry. A systematic introduction to the methodology of generative grammar. Transl. from the African. 1981. 158. M.S. Edmonson (ed.): Meaning in Mayan languages. Ethnolinguistic studies. 1973. 159. A. Caquot, D. Cohen (eds.): Acfes du premier Congrès international de linguistique sémitique et chamito-sémitique, Paris, 16-19 juillet 1969.1974. 160. M.K. Omar: The acquisition of Egyptian Arabic as a native language. 1973. 161. D. Cohen: Leparler arabe desjuifs de Tunis. 1964-1975.2 vol. (École pratique des hautes études, Sorbonne. 6. Section; Études juives 7) 162. M.J. Chayen: The phonetics of modem Hebrew. 1973. 163. C.T. Hodge (ed.): Afroasiatic. A survey. 1971. 164. L. Lupa$: Phonologie du grec attique. 1972. 165. E Miko: The generative structure of the Slovak sentence. Adverbials. 1972. 166. F.G. Hensey: The sociolinguistics of the Brazilian-Uruguayan border. 1972 167. R de Wolf: The noun class system of Proto-Benue-Congo. 1971. 168. J.C. Atkinson: The two forms of subject inversion in modem French. 1973. 169. P. Maranda: French kinship. Structure and history. 1974. 170. K. Detering: Automatische Erziehung englischer Satze. 1973. 173. J. Schroten: Concerning the deep structures of Spanish reflexive sentences. 1972. 174. J. Ornstein, F. Hensey, D.W. Foster: Three essays on linguistic diversity in the Spanish-speaking world. The U.S. Southwest and the River Plate area. Ed. by J. Ornstein. 1975. 175. E.G. Lytle: A grammar of subordinate structures in English. 1974. 176. T. Ferguson: A history of the romance vowel systems through paradigmatic recon struction. 1976. 177. R. Morgan: The regional French of county Beauce, Quebec 1975. 179. F.S. Hsueh: Phonology of Old Mandarin. 1975. 180. K. Zvelebil: A sketch of comparative Dravidian morphology. Pt. 1:1977. 181. M. Langdon, S. Silver (eds.): Hokan studies. Papers from the first conference on Hokan languages held in San Diego, California, April 23-25,1970.1976. 172
173 JANUA LINGUARUM / PRACTICA 182. F. Jensen, T.A. Lathrop: The syntax of the old Spanish subjunctive. 1973. 184. M. Iliescu: Le Frioulan. A partir des dialectes parlés en Roumanie. 1972. 185. H.J. Defromont: Les constructions perfectives du verbe anglais contemporain. Étude comparée de Vaspect transcendant dans les systèmes verbaux anglais etfrangais. 1973. 188. S.H. Levinsohn: The Inga language. 1976. 189. Y. Hayon: Relativization in Hebrew. A transformational approach. 1973. 191. P.A. Luelsdorff: A segmental phonology of black English. 1975. 192. E. Zierer: The qualifying adjective in Spanish. Transl. from Spanish by E.N.W. Allardyce. 1974. 193. J. Conner: English prosody from Chaucer to Wyatt. 1974. 194. W.D. Donaldson Jr.: French reflexive verbs. A case grammar description. 1973. 195. E. Vasiliu, S. Golopentia-Eretescu: The transformational syntax of Romanian. Transl. from the Romanian by I. Constantinescu. 1972. 196. R.A. Wells: Dictionaries and the authoritarian tradition. A study in English usage and lexicography. 1973. 197. A. Bar-Adon: The rise and decline of a dialect. A study in the revival of modern Hebrew. 1975. 198. W. Patterson, H. Urrutibéheity: The lexical structure of Spanish. 1975. 200. J. Bynon, T. Bynon (eds.): Hamito-Semitica. Proceedings of a colloquium held by the historical section of the Linguistics Association (Great Britain)... 18-20 March 1970. 1975. 201. M.C. Resnick: Phonological variants and dialect identification in Latin American Spanish. 1975. - 2nd pr. 1980. 203. F.J. Newmeyer: English aspectual verbs. 1975. 204. M.H. Gertner: The morphology of the modem French verb. 1973. 207. M. SaltareUi, D. Wanner (eds.): Diachronic studies in romance linguistics. Papers pre sented at the Conference on Diachronic Romance Linguistics, University of Illinois, April 1972.1975. 208. V. Mathesius: A functional analysis of present day English on a general linguistic basis. Ed. by J. Vachek. 1975. 210. W.R. Cantrall: Viewpoint, reflexives, and the nature of noun phrases. 1974. 211. F.W. Householder, G. Nagy: Greek. A survey of recent work. 1972. 212. J.A. Johnson: A transformational analysis of the syntax ofMfric’s Lives of saints. 1975. 213. S.I. Sara: A description of modern Chaldean. 1974. 215. M. Rothemberg: Les verbes è la fois transitifs et intransitifs enfrangais contemporain. 1974. 216. F.E. Horowitz: Sievers’ law and the evidence of the Rigveda. 1974. 218. R. Jordan: Handbook of middle English grammar. Phonology. Transl. from the German and rev. by E.J. Crook. 1974.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 220. F. Jensen: The syntax of the old French subjunctive. 1974. 221. K.H.M. Rensch: Nordkalabrischer Sprachatlas anhand der Parabel vom verlorenen Sohn. 1973. 223. D.E. Baron: Case grammar and diachronic English syntax. 1974. 225. A.H. Kuipers: The Shuswap language. Grammar, texts, dictionary. 1974. 226. E.N. Pope: Questions and answers in English. 1976. 227. M.D. Moody: A classification and analysis of noun+de+noun constructions in French. 1973. 228. A. Giurescu: Les mots composés dans les langues romanes. 1975. 229. S. Reinheimer-Ripeanu: Les dérivés parasynthétiques dans les langues romanes, roumain, italien, frangais, espagnol. 1974. 230. D. Lightfoot: Natural logic and the Greek moods. The nature of the subjunctive and optative in classical Greek. 1975. 231. F.I. Andersen: The sentence in biblical Hebrew. 1974. - 2nd pr. 1980 232. M. Grossmann, B. Mazzoni: Bibliographie dephonologie romane. 1974. 235. L.H. Babby: A transformational grammar of Russian adjectives. 1975. 236. A.S. Kaye: Chadian and Sudanese Arabic in the light of comparative Arabic dialec tology. 1976. 238. S. Zimmer: Die Satzstellung desfiniten Verbs im Tocharischen. 1976. 240. T. Mikola: Die alten Postpositionen des Nenzischen (Juraksamojedischen). Aus dem Ungarischen übers. von T. 8c P. Alpdri. 1975. 241. J.B. Heye: A sociolinguistic investigation of multilingualism in the Canton of Ticino, Switzerland. 1975. 242. B.G. Lee: Linguistic evidence for the priority of the French text of the Ancrene Wisse. 1974. 246. L. Flonti: System derparadigmatischen Suffixmorpheme des wogulischen Dialektes an der Tawda. Aus dem Ungarischen übers. von R. Hessky. 1975. 254-7. W. Steinitz: Ostjakologische Arbeiten. Hrsg. von G. Sauer und R. Steinitz. 1975-1980.4 vol. Janua linguarum. Series critica (Jcr) Series critica appeared under the editorship of Werner Winter. Series critica 2- 3,6-10,15 did not appear. 1. S.A. Wurm: Languages of Australia and Tasmania. 1972. 4. M. Langdon: Comparative Hokan-Coahuiltecan studies. A survey and appraisal 1974. 174
175 JANUA LINGUARUM / CRITICA, DIDACTICA 5. N.E. Enkvist: Linguistic stylistics. 1973. 11. V. Krupa: Polynesian languages. A survey of research. 1973. 12. I.M. Oranskij: Die neuiranischen Sprachen der Sowjetunion. Obers, aus dem Russischen von W. Winter. 1975.2 vol. 13. A. Rosetti: Brève histoire de la langue roumaine des origines a nos jours. 1973. 14. J. Vachek: Written language. General problems and problems of English. 1973. 16. V.G. Waterhouse: The history and development of tagmemics. 1974. 17. I. Vintils-Rdulescu: Le Créole frangais. 1975. Janua linguarum. Series didactica (Jdi) Series didactica 11,13-14,17-18 did not appear. From 1977 on reprints of ear lier published volumes were published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’. 1. K. Bung: Towards a theory of programmed language instruction. 1973. 2. M.W. Davis: Transformational grammar and written sentences. 1973. 3. J. Zajicek: Études stylistiques comparatives. Néerlandais-Frangais. 1973. 4. J.E. Pierce: Languages and linguistics. An introduction. 1975. 5. H. Holec: Structures lexicales et enseignement du vocabulaire. These de III-ième cycle. 1974. 6. J.W. Ney: Linguistics, language teaching, and composition in the grades. 1975. 7. T. Milewski: Introduction to the study of language. Transl. from the Polish by M. Brochwicz. 1973. 8. G.R. Tucker, W.E. Lambert, A.A. Rigault: The French speaker’s skill with gram matical gender. An example of rule-governed behavior. 1977. 9. R.L. Venezky: Theoretical and experimental base for teaching reading. 1976. 10. E.G. Lewis: Linguistics and second language pedagogy. A theoretical study. 1974. 12. C.M. Overdulve, en collab. avec M. Gooday (et al.): Apprendre la langue rwanda. 1975. 15. A. Malécot: Introduction a la phonétique frangaise. 1977. - 2nd pr. 1980. 16. H. Winitz, J. Reeds: Comprehension and problem solving as strategies for language training. 1975. 19. G.A. Meyer: The two-word verb. A dictionary of the verb-preposition phrases in American English. 1975.
176 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW Janua linguarum. Series anastatica (Jan) 1. V.F. Miller: Osetinsko-russko-nemeckij slovar’. Pod red. i s dopoln. A.A. Frejmana. 1972. 3 vol. - [= Repr. of ed. Leningrad 1927-1934] 5. V.N. VoloSinov: Marksizm i filosofija jazyka. Osnovye problemy sociologiéeskogo metoda v nauke ojazyke. 1972. [= Repr. of 2nd ed. Leningrad 1930] 7. B.T. Rudenko: Grammatika gruzinskogo jazyka. 1972. - [= Repr. of ed. Moscow 1940] 3. De proprietatibus litterarum. Edenda curat C.H. van Schooneveld. De proprietatibus litterarum. Series minor (Dmi) Series minor 21-22, 25 did not appear. In 1977 Series minor 24 was pub lished under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’. In 1982 Series minor 27 was published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, Berlin - New York - Amsterdam’. 1. T. Eaton: The semantics of literature. 1966. 2. W.A. Koch: Recurrence and a three-modal approach to poetry. 1966. 3. N. Sullivan: Perspective and the poetic process. 1968. 4. D. LoCicero: Novellen theorie. The practicality of the theoretical. 1970. 5. T.E. Uehling Jr.: The notion of form in Kant’s “Critique of aesthetic judgment”. 1971. 6. R. Waldrop: Against language? “Dissatisfaction with language” as theme and as impulse towards experiments in twentieth century poetry. 1971. 7. W.A. Shibles: An analysis of metaphor in the light ofW. M. Urban’s theories. 1971. 8. C. Lengyel: The creative self. Aspects of man’s quest for self-knowledge and the springs of creativity. 1971. 9. F. Will: The knife in the stone. Essays in literary theory. 1973. 10. J. Leibowitz: Narrative purpose in the novella. 1974. 11. T. Eaton: Theoretical semics. 1972. 12. R. Champigny: Ontology of the narrative. An analysis. 1972. 13. G. Prince: A grammar of stories. An introduction. 1973. 14. D. O’Connell: The opposition critics. The antisymbolist reaction in the modem period. 1974.
177 DE PROPRIETATIBUS / MINOR, MAIOR 15. R.A. Champagne: Beyond the structuralist myth of“écriture”. 1977. 16. J. Woods: The logic of fiction. A philosophical sounding of deviant logic. 1974. 17. P. Salz: Personae and poiesis. The poet and the poem in medieval love lyric. 1976. 18. A. Makkai (ed.): Toward a theory of context in linguistics and literature. Proceedings of a conference of the Kelemen Mikes Hungarian Cultural Society, Maastricht, September 21-25,1971. Transl. from the Hungarian. 1976. 19. M. Goldman: The reader’s art. Virginia Woolf as literary critic. 1976. 20. D. Rasmussen: Poetry and truth. 1974. 23. M. Marghescou: Le concept de littérarité. Essai sur les possibilités théoriques d’une science de la littérature. 1974. 24. L. Nyirö (ed.): Literature and its interpretation. Transl. from the Hungarian 1979. 26. C. Brooke-Rose: A structural analysis of Pound’s Usura canto. Jakobson’s method extended and applied to free verse. 1976. 27. P. Petro: Modem satire. Four studies. 1982. De proprietatibus litterarum. Series maior (Dma) Series maior 29,32-34 did not appear. From 1977 on Series maior 4,21,27, were published under imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’. 1. M.B. Hester: The meaning of poetic metaphor. An analysis in the light of Wittgenstein’s claim that meaning is use. 1967. 2. R. Delasanta: The epic voice. 1967. 3. B. Gray: Style: the problem and its solution. 1969. 4. M.A. Manca: Harmony and the poet. The creative ordering of reality. 1978. 5. R. Belgardt: Romantische Poesie. Begriffund Bedeutung bei Friedrich Schlegel 1969. 6. R.J. Sexton: The complex ofYvor Winters’ criticism. 1973. 7. T.E.B. Wood: The word “sublime” and its context, 1650-1760.1972. 8. E.M. Thompson: Russian formalism and Anglo-American new criticism. A com parative study. 1971. 9. D.G. Hale: The body politic. A political metaphor in Renaissance English literature. 1971. 10. E. Gallo: The “Poetria Nova” and its sources in early rhetorical doctrine. 1971. 11. D.M. Miller: The net of Hephaestus. A study of modern criticism and metaphysical metaphor. 1971. 12. W.W. Ryding: Structure in medieval narrative. 1971.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 13. M. Shmiefsky: Sense at war with soul. English poetics (1865-1900). 1972. 14. B. Raffel: The forked tongue. A study of the translation process. 1971. 15. P.M. Levitt: A structural approach to the analysis of drama. 1971. 16. M.P. Hagiwara: French epic poetry in the sixteenth century. Theory and practice. 1972. 17. J.T. Braun: The apostrophic gesture. 1971. 18. E.H. Guggenheimer: Rhyme effects and rhyming figures. A comparative study of sound repetitions in the classics with emphasis on Latin poetry. 1972. 19. F.L. Ingram: Representative short story cycles of the twentieth century. Studies in a literary genre. 1971. 20. F.K. Barasch: The grotesque. A study in meanings. 1971. 21. J.D. Boulger: The Calvinist temper in English poetry. 1980. 22. J.W. Nichols: Insinuation. The tactics of English satire. 1971. 23. O.G. Brockett (ed.): Studies in theatre and drama. Essays in honor of Hubert C. Heffner. 1972. 24. V.D. Barooshian: Russian Cubo-Futurism, 1910-1930. A study in avant-gardism. 1974. 25. B. Schludermann (et al.) (eds.): Deutung und Bedeutung. Studies in German and comparative literature presented to Karl Werner Maurer. 1973. 26. R. Benoit: Single nature’s double name. The collectedness of the conflicting in British and American romanticism. 1973. 27. R.P. Newton: Vowel undersong. Studies of vocalic timbre and chroneme patterning in German lyric poetry. 1981. 28. J.A. Galdon: Typology and seventeenth-century literature. 1975. 30. I .A. Richards: Poetries. Their media and ends. A collection of essays, published to celebrate his 80th birthday. Ed. T. Eaton. 1974. 31. M.K. Bénouis: Le dialogue philosophique dans la littérature frangaise du seizième siècle. 1976. 35. V.R. Rossman: Perspectives of irony in medieval French literature. 1975. 36. B. Gray: The phenomenon of literature. 1975. De proprietatibus litterarum. Series practica (Dpr) Series practica 31,46,49,53,56,58,65-66,73,76-77,80,102-105,107,113, 115,118-119 did not appear. In 1977 Series practica 85 was published under the imprint ‘Mouton Publishers, The Hague - Paris - New York’. 1. R.G. Cohn: Maïlarmé’s masterwork. New findings. 1966. 2. C.B. Hieatt: The realism of dream visions. The poetic exploitation of the dream-experience in Chaucer and his contemporaries. 1967. 178
179 DE PROPRIETATIBUS / PRACTICA 3. J.J. Mogan Jr.: Chaucer and the theme of mutability. 1969. 4. P. Nusser: Musils Romantheorie. 1967. 5. M. Perloff: Rhyme and meaning in the poetry of Yeats. 1970. 6. M.H. Cusac: Narrative structure in the novels of Sir Walter Scott. 1969. 7. R.P. Newton: Form in the Menschheitsdammerung. A study of prosodic elements and style in German expressionist poetry. 1971. 8. W.V. Wortley: Tallemant des Réaux. The man through his style. 1969. 9. D.R. Swanson: Three conquerors. Character and method in the mature works of George Meredith. 1969. 10. I. Gopnik: A theory of style and Richardson’s Clarissa. 1970. 11. R.A. Prier: Archaic logic. Symbol and structure in Heraclitus, Parmenides and Empedocles. 1976. 12. S.D. Feldman: The morality-patterned comedy of the Renaissance. 1970. 13. G. Mitchell: The art theme in Joyce Cary’s first trilogy. 1971. 14. D. Ebner: Autobiography in seventeenth-century England. Theology and the self. 1971. 15. D.L. Ball: Samuel Richardson’s theory of fiction. 1971. 16. P.A. Knapp: The style of John Wyclif’s English sermons. 1977. 17. M.B. Raymond: Swinburne’s poetics. Theory and practice. 1971. 18. P.E. Blank Jr: Lyric forms in the sonnet sequences of Barnabe Barnes. 1974. 19. D.C. Powers: English formal satire. Elizabethan to Augustan. 1971. 20. E.B. Schick: Metaphorical organicism in Herder’s early works. A study of the relation of Herder’s literary idiom to his world-view. 1971. 21. H. Wood: The histories of Herodotus. An analysis of the formal structure. 1972. 22. J.E. Magner Jr.: John Crowe Ransom. Critical principles and preoccupations. 1971. 23. E.Th.M. van de Laar: The inner structure of Wuthering Heights. A study of an imaginative field. 1969. 24. B.L. Einbond: Samuel Johnson’s allegory. 1971. 25. S.W. Tiefenbrun: A structural stylistic analysis of La princesse de Cltves. 1976. 26. W.T. Harder: A certain order. The development of Herbert Read’s theory of poetry. 27. R. Vernier: ‘Poésie ininterrompue’ et la poétique de Paul Éluard. 1971. 28. H.L. Hennedy: Unity in Barsetshire. 1971. 29. S.K. McLean: The Bankelsang and the work of Bertolt Brecht. 1972. 30. K. Inniss: D.H. Lawrence’s bestiary. A study of his use of animal trope and symbol. 1971. 32. E.E. George: Hölderlin s Ars poëtica. A part-rigorous analysis of information structure in the Late hymns. 1973.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 33. H. Grant Sampson: The Anglican tradition in eighteenth-century verse. 1971. 34. R.E. Blake: The Essays de meditations poétiques offrère Zacharie de Vitré. A study in baroque poetics. 1972. 35. R. Jakobson, L.G. Jones: Shakespeare’s verbal art in Th’expence of spirit. 1970. 36. E.B. Silverman: Poetic synthesis in Shelley’s Adonais. 1972. 37. E.M. Palumbo: The literary use of formulas in Guthlac II and their relation to Felix’s Vita Sancti Guthlaci. 1977. 38. A. Dougherty: A study of rhythmic structure in the verse of William Butler Yeats. 1973. 39. T.R. Rees: The technique ofT. S. Eliot. A study of the orchestration of meaning in Eliot’s poetry. 1974. 40. A. Eustis: Molière as ironic contemplator. 1973. 41. R. Champigny: Humanism and human racism. A critical study of essays by Sartre and Camus. 1972. 42. S.A. Eisenstein: Boarding the ship of death. D.H. Lawrence’s quester heroes. 1974. 43. H. Kopman: Rencontres with the inanimate in Proust’s Recherche. 1971. 44. Th.A. Sebeok: Structure and texture. Selected essays in Cheremis verbal art. 1974. 45. G. Hillen: Andreas Gryphius’ Cardenio und Celinde. Zur Erscheinungsform und Funktion der Allegorie in den Gryphischen Trauerspielen. 1971. 47. R.W. Ewton Jr.: The literary theories of August Wilhelm SchlegeL 1972. 48. J.E. Todd: Emily Dickinson’s use of the persona. 1973. 50. A. A. Metcalf. Poetic diction in the Old English meters of Boethius. 1973. 51. M.A. Knowlton: The influence of Richard Rolle and of Julian of Norwich on the Middle English lyrics. 1973. 52. H.M. Richmond: Renaissance landscapes. English lyrics in a European tradition. 1973. 54. M.M. Cellen Giraudoux et la métaphore. Une étude des images dans ses romans. 1974. 55. R.M. Fletcher: The stylistic development of Edgar Allan Poe. 1973. 57. T.A. Nelson: Shakespeare’s comic theory. A study of art and artifice in the last plays. 1972. 59. J.R. Dugan: Illusion and reality. A study of descriptive techniques in the works of Guy de Maupassant. 1973. 60. L. Kuby: An uncommon poet for the common man. A study of Philip Larkin’s poetry. 1974. 61. G.W. Couchman: This our Caesar. A study of Bernard Shaw’s “Caesar and Cleopatra”. 1973. 62. P.-M. Van Rutten: Le langage poétique de Saint-John Perse. 1975. 63. H.-J. Schulz: This hell of stories. A Hegelian approach to the novels of Samuel Beckett. 1973. 64. R.H. Deming: Ceremony and art. Robert Herrick’s poetry. 1974. 180 I
181 DE PROPRIETATIBUS / PRACTICA 67. P.F. Botheroyd: Ich und Er. First and third person self-reference and problems of identity in three contemporary German-language novels. 1976. 68. C.L. van den Berghe: La phonostylistique dufrangais. 1976. 69. W.L. Godshalk: Patterning in Shakespearean drama. Essays in criticism. 1973. 70. R. Jakobson, D. Syjatopolk-Mirskij: Smert’ Vladimira Majakovskogo. 1975. 71. N. Kostis: The exorcism of sex and death in Julien Green’s novels. 1973. 72. B.R. Woshinsky: La princesse de Clèves. The tension of elegance. 1973. 74. RG. Buehler: The Middle English “Genesis and Exodus”. A running commentary on the text of the poem. 1974. 75. W. Hewitt: Through those living pillars. Man and nature in the works of Emile Zola. 1974. 78. J.M. Ferrante: The conflict of love and honor. The medieval Tristan legend in France, Germany and Italy. 1973. 79. G.H. Jones: Henry James’s psychology of experience. Innocence, responsibility, and renunciation in the fiction of Henry James. 1975. 81. V.M.Meehan: Christopher Marlowe, poet and playwright. Studies in poetical method. 1974. 82. C. Wake: The novels of Pierre Loti. 1974. 83. L.E. Jones: Poetic fantasy and fiction. The short stories of Jules Supervielle. 1973. 84. H. Blodgett: Patterns of reality. Elizabeth Bowen’s novels. 1975. 85. K.W. Le Mée: A metrical study of five Lais of Marie de France. 1978. 86. G. Ferdinandy: L’oeuvre hispanoaméricaine de Zsigmond Remenyik. 1975. 87. J.M. Cohen: Form and realism in six novels of Anthony Trollope. 1976. 88. R.F. Willson Jr: “Their form confounded”. Studies in the burlesque play from Udall to Sheridan. 1975. 89. D.J. Parent: Werner Bergengruen’s Das Buch Rodenstein. A detailed analysis. 1974. 90. G.F. Waller: The strong necessity of time. The philosophy of time in Shakespeare and Elizabethan literature. 1976. 91. R. Hamilton: Epinikion. General form in the odes of Pindar. 1974. 92. M. Taylor: The soul in paraphrase. George Herbert’s poetics. 1974. 93. E.B. Vitz: The crossroad of intentions. A study of symbolic expression in the poetry of Frangois Villon. 1974. 94. H.A. Stavan: Le lyrisme dans la poésie frangaise de 1760 a 1820. Analyse et textes de quelques auteurs. 1976. 95. R.J. Hackel: De Sade’s quantitative moral universe. Of irony, rhetoric, and boredom. 1976. 96. H.C. Copeland: Art and the artist in the works of Samuel Beckett. 1975. 97. B. Kay: The theatre of Jean Mairet. The metamorphosis of sensuality. 1975.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL OVERVIEW 98. R. Tuerk: Central still. Circle and sphere in Thoreau’s prose. 1975. 99. A.V. Persson: Comic character in Restoration drama. 1975. 100. J. Eliopulos: Samuel Beckett’s dramatic language. 1975. 101. E. Hudgins: Nicht-epische Strukturen des romantischen Romans. 1975. 106. E.R. Jackson: Worlds apart. Structural parallels in the poetry of Paul Valéry, Saint-John Perse, Benjamin Péret and René Char. 1976. 108. L.J. Dessner: The homely web of truth. A study of Charlotte Bronte’s novels. 1975. 109. W. Beauchamp: The style of Nerval’s “Aurélia”. 1976. 110. O. Ragusa: Narrative and drama. Essays in modern Italian literature from Verga to Pasolini. 1976. 111. I. Winter: Untersuchungen zum serapiontischen Prinzip E.T.A. Hoffmanns. 1976. 112. R.M. Wakefield: Nibelungen prosody. 1976. 114. G. Crichfield: Three novels of Madame de Duras: Ourika, Êdouard, Olivier. 1975. 116. R. Jakobson: Puskin and his sculptural myth. Transl. from the Czech and ed. by J. Burbank. 1975. 117. M. Tarlinskaja: English verse. Theory and history. Transl. from Russian. 1976. 120. J.W. Ehrstine: The metaphysics of Byron. A reading of the plays. 1976. De proprietatibus litterarum. Series didactica (Ddi) 1. K.M. Swaim: A reading of Gulliver’s travels. 1972. 2. D.S. Berkeley: Inwrought with figures dim. A reading of Milton’s “Lycidas”. 1974. 3. S. Gittleman: Sholom Aleichem. A non-critical introduction. 1974. 182
183 V. Index of personal names This index contains, first of all, the names of persons appearing in the files of the C.H. van Schooneveld Collection. In addition, the index includes names of authors, editors and translators of works that were published in the Mouton series edited by Van Schooneveld, as well as people in whose honor a Festschrift was. The numbers indicate the relevant inventory num ber, described in chapter III. A number preceded by one of the following indications in italics of a series or subseries, indicates the publications described in chapter IV: Janna linguarum — Series minor: Jmi — Series maior: Jma — Series practica: Jpr — Series critica: Jcr- Series didactica: Jdi- Series anastatica: Jan. De proprietatibus litterarum — Series minor: Dmi — Series maior: Dma — Series practica: Dpr- Series didactica: Ddi. Slavistic printings and reprintings: S- Textbook series: Ste A personal name can occur with references to an inventory number as well as to one or more publications; in that case a hyphen precedes the latter. With second and third authors and editors there is no direct reference to series and volume number, but there appears a cross reference (see ...) to the first author or editor. The same holds true for the files (often related to this) in Inv. No. 1, which are ordered by name of the first author or editor. The first names are reduced to initials, except in those cases where it would be misleading; see for example Taylor, Mark and Taylor, Martha. The spelling of the Slavic personal names in the index follows the tran scription used in European scholarly libraries, including, where necessary, diacritics, even if it is sometimes different from the spelling as it occurs in Mouton publications or in documents and letters in the Van Schooneveld Collection. For instance, O. Akhmanova is found under Achmanova, V. Setchkarev under Seckarev, N. Trubetzkoy under Trubeckoj, while M. Souckova is spelled Souckova.
184 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Aalto, P. see: Sovijarvi, A. Aarsleff, H. see: Brekle, H.E. Aarts, J. 1 Aav, J. 1 Abbe, D. van 1 Abboud, P.F. 1 Abdel-Malek, Z.N. 1 - Jpr 128 Abdel-Massih, E.T. 1 Abel, D. 2,3 Abernathy, R. 1 - S 46,50, Jma 31-33 see also: Gove, A.F. Abou-seida, A.M. 1 Aboul-Fetouh, H.M. 1 - Jpr 33 Abraham, S. 1 Abraham, S. / Kiefer, F. 1 - Jmi 49 Abraham, W. 1 Abrahams, R.D. 1 Abrahamson, A. 1 Abramowicz, Z. 1 Abramson, A.S. 1 Achmanova, O.S. 1,12,14 - Jmi 92, 101,181 Achmanova, O.S. / Mikaeljan, G.B. 1 — Jmi 68 Achutina, T.B. 1 Ackley, Starr 11 Adamec, O. 14 Adamec, P. 14 Adams, B.S. 1 Adams, C. 1 - Jpr 69 Adams, J. 1 Adams, K. 1 Adams, R.H. 1 Adamson, R.L. 1 Adamus, M. 1 Addison, B.K. 1 Adenwala, M. 1 Adicks, R.R. 1 Adler, J.H. 14 Admoni, V.G. 1 Adradism, F.R. 1 Adrados, F.R. 1 Adrianova-Peretc, V.P. 1 — S 165,213 see: Grekov, B.D. Afanas’ev, A.N. 1,4 — S 110,214 Agarie, N. 1 Agnello, J.G. 1 Agnew, G.K. 1 Agricola, E. 1 - Jmi 113 Aguas 1 Aho, A.V. 1 Aikin, J.P. 1 Aitzetmüller, R. 1 see also: Sadnik, L. Ajchenval’d, J. S 191 Akagi, T. 1 Akin, J. 1 - Jma 41 Akmajian, A. 1 Akmajian, A. / Steele, S.M. / Wasow, Th. 1 Aksakov, K. 1 Al-Ani, S.H. 1 Al, B.P.F. 14 Al-Kasimi, A.M. 1 Albersen, L. 2 Albin, O. 14 Aldrich, E.R. 11 Alekseev, M.P. 1 Alexander, A.E. 1 - S 281 Alexander, E. 1 Alexander J. 1 Alexander, M.E. 1 Alexander, P.J. 14 Alfred, G. 14 Ali, F.A. 1 Alkire, G.H. 1 Allardyce, E.N.W. Jpr 192 Allen, D.E. / Guy, R.F. 1 - Jmi 200 Allen, J. 1 Allen, R.L. 1 - Jpr 24 Allen, W.S. 1 -Jmi 17 Allison, D.B. 1 Allott, R. 1 Alpari, T. / Alpari, P. Jpr 240
185 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Alpari, P see: Alpari, T. Alperin, V.A. 14 Alquen, R.J.E. d’ 1 - Jpr 151 Altbauer, M. 1 Alter, F. 14 Altman, Ch. 1 Altman, M. 8 Altmann, G. 1 Amante, D. 1 Ambrosegtillet, J. see: England, B. Ammon, P.R. see: Ehri, L.C. Amse-de Jong, T.H. 1 - S 45,319 Ananthanasayana 1 Andersen, F.I. 1,2,14 - Jpr 231 Anderson, B.F. 1 Anderson, D. 11 Anderson, D.C. 1 Anderson, E.B. 1 Anderson, I.Z. 1 Anderson, J. 1 - Jmi 167 Anderson, J.D. 1 Anderson, J.H. 1 Anderson, J.M. 1 Anderson, R.D. 1 Anderson, R.B. 1 Anderson, S.R. 1 Anderson, T.R. 1 Andor, L. 14 Andrejcin, L. 14 Andrews, E. 9,14 Andrews, J. 11 Andreev, N.D. 1 Andronov, M.S. 1 Andrukovic, P.F. see: Gerganev, E.M. Anema, M.J. 14 Angeli, E.S. de 1 Angyal, A. 1 Ani, S.H. al- Jpr 61 Anickov, E.V. S 188 Annan, W.R.B. 1 Ans, A.M. d’ 1 - Jpr 106 Anselmo, P.M. 1 Anson, J.S. 1 Antal, L. 1 - Jmi 27,31 Anthila, R. 1 Anthony, E.M. 1 Antolini, A.F. 14 Antony, C. 11 Anwar, M.S. 1 Aoki, H. 1 Appel, W. 1 Applegate, J.R. 1 Apresjan, Ju.D. 1 - Jmi 144 Apter, R. 1 Arant, P. 1 Araujo, V. de 1 Arbeitman, Y. 1 Archer, M.S.S. 1 Arensburger, M. 14 Arkwright, Th.D. 1 Armstrong, A. 9 Armstrong, J.D. 11,14,24 - Jma 72 Armstrong, J.D. / Pope, R. / Schooneveld, C.H. van 1 - S 1 Armstrong, J.D. / Waugh, L.R. 1 Arnauld, A. / Lancelot, C. Jmi 208 Arndt, W. 14 Arnold, J.B. 1 Arnold, S. 14 Aronson, H.I. 1,14 - S 70 Aroutunova, B. 1 Artemov,V.A. 14 Arthur, A.R. 1 Artinian, R.W. 1 Arutjunova, N.D. 1,11 Aschenbrenner, K. 1 Ascher, G.J. 1 Ashby, William J. 1,14 Ashida, M.E. 1 Ashley, J.D. 1 Ashley, R.P. 1 Ashmead, J. 1 Asselt, J. van 1 Astier, P. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Baily, B.L. 1 Baines, J. 1 Bakalla, M.H. 1 Baker, C.F. 1 Baker, J.L. 1 Baker, N.E. 1 Baker, R.L. 14 Baker, W.E. 1 Bakker, J. 2,11,14 Bakunin, M.A. Sill Balazs, J. 1 Bald, W.D. 1 Baldi, Ph. 1 Baldwin, J.R. 1 Balk, F. 1 Ball, D.L. 1 - Dpr 15 Ball, R.J. 1 Baltaxe, Ch. 1 Baltzell, J.L. 1 Banta, A.E. 1 Banta, F. 14 Bantas, A. 1 Bar-Adon, A. 1,8- Jpr 197 Bar-Hillel, M.M. 1 Bar-Hillel,Y. 1 Bar-Lev, Z. 14 Baran, H. Jma 47 Barasch, F.K. 1 — Dma 20 Baratynski), E.A. S 280 Barbara, L. / Kato, M. 1 Barclay, F.D. 14 Barghorn, F.C. 14 Barik, H.C. 1 Barkai, M. 1 Barkman, C.D. 14 Barkman, L.B. 1 Barnas, A. Jmi 192 Barnes, N.S. 1 Barnett, A.W. 1 Barnland, D.C. Jma 41 Baron, D.E. 1 — Jpr 223 Baron, N. 1 186
187 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Barooshian, V.D. 1 - Dma 24, S 301 Barr, J. 1 Barrack, Ch.M. 1,8- Jpr 144 Barrada, M. 1 Barratt, G.R. 1 - S 280 Barratt, G. S 272 Barrerett, A.W. 1 Barrett, A.G. 1 Barrett, R.P. 1 Barrie, E. 11 Barritt, L.S. 14 Barrutia, R. 1 Barsov, E.V. 4 - S 95,130 Barsov, N.I. 1 - S 132 Barsov, T. 1 - S 103 Barsukov, N.R S 16 2 Bart, A. 14 Barthel, J.W. 1 Barthes, R. 1,24 Bartlett, B.E. 1 - Jma 82 Bartlett, C.W. 14 Bartley, R. 1,14 Barton, Ch. 1 Bascom, B.W. 1 Bastide, R. Jmi 16 Bates, R.R. 1 Bateson, M.C. see: Sebeok, Th.A. Battersby, J.L. 1 Battle, J.H. 1 Batyeson, M.C. Jma 15 Baudouin de Courtenay, J. S 257 Bauer, J. 14 Bauer, J. and M. 14 Baxter, Ch.L. 1 Bayerle, G. 1,14 Bayh, B. 14 Bazell, C.E.. 14 Beard, R.E. 1,14 Beards, R.D. 1 Beauchamp, W. 1 - Dpr 109 Becker, A.L. 1 Becker, B.B. 14 Beckers, H. / Schwarz, H. 1 Bee, D.L. 1 Beebe 1 Beekes, R.S.R 1 - Jpr 42 Beekey, L.E. 1,14 Beketova, M.A. 4 - S 208 Bekoben, L.D. 1 Belasco, S. Jma 54 Belaval, D.D. de 1 Belchita, A. 1 Beleckij, A.A. 1 Belgardt, R. 1 - Dma 5 Belie, A. 14 Belinkov, A. 1 Belknap, R.L. 1 — S 72 Bell, A. 1 Bell, R.T. 1 Bellert, I. 1 Bellugi, U. 24 Bellugi-Klima, U. 1 Belson / Jay, J. 1 Beltramo, A.F. 1 Ben-Zyi, Linda 1 Bender, L.M. 1 Bendor-Samuel, D. 1 Benedict, H.E. 1 Benediktsson, H. 1 Benei, E. 14 Benes, H. 14 Benko, L. / Imre, S. 1 - Jpr 134 Bennett, J. 1 Benoit, R.P. 1 - Dma 26 Benouis, M.K. 1-Dma 31 Benson, L.D. 1 Bentley, Ch.A. 1 Benveniste, E. 14 Berberova, N.N. 1 Bereczki, G. / Vikar, L. 1 Beresford, M. 1,14 Berezin, EM. 1 Berg, C.C. 14 Bergen, J.J. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Berghe, Ch.L. van den 1 - Dpr 68 Berk, Ch.A. van den S 16 Berkeley, D.S. 1 - Ddi 2 Berlin, B. 1,14-/pr 70 Berman, M. 1 Bernaut, E. 1 Bernstejn, S.B. 11 Berry, A.E 1 Berry-Rogghe, G. 1 Berry, Th.E. 1 Berryman, Ch.B. 1 Bertman, S.S. 1 Bestuzev-Rjumin, K.N. 4 - S 206 Bethge, W. 14 Bettetini, G. 1 Betz, RF. 1 Bever, Th.G. 1 Bever, Th.G. / Katz, J.J. 1 Bever, Th.G. / Weksel, W. 1 Bhatia, R.G. 1 Bhatia, T. 1 Biart, J. 1 Bicanic, R. 14 Bidu-Vranceanu, A. 1 Bidwell, Ch.E. 1,8,14 Bielfeldt, H.H. 14 Bieliauskas, D. 14 Bierwisch, M. 1 - Jmi 110 see also: Weigh E. Bierwisch, M. / Heidolph, K.E. 1 — Jma 43 Bihari, J. 1 Bilokur, B. 1 Bingen, F.J. 14 Binh, D.Th. 1 Bird, Th.E. S 260 Birgegard, U. 1 Birke, J.W. 1 Birkeland, H. 1 Birkenmayer, S.S. 1 - S 74 Birn Ingebrigtsen, R.M. 1 Birnbaum, H. 1,8,14,24 - S 266,270, Jmi 106 Bishop 1 Bixby, R.S. 14 Blache, S. 1 Black, J.L. 1 - S 309 Black, J.W. 1 Black, J.W. (et al.) 1 Bladon, R.A.W. 1 Blair, R.W. 1 Blake, R.E. 1 — Dpr 34 Blanar, V. 14 Blanchard, E.Sh. 1 Blane, A. 1 - S 260 Blank, Ph.E. 1 - Dpr 18 Blansitt, E.L. 1 Blau, J. 1 Blaustein, R. 2,3 Blaylock, W.C. 1 Blekastad, M. 1 Blesser, B.A. 1 Blijswijk, M.J.C 2 Blitch, A. 1 Bloch, B. 14 Block, D. 1 Block, J.F. 11 Blodgett, H. 1 - Dpr 84 Blok, D.P. 1 - Jma 17 Blok, J. 14 Blom, W.E. 14 Bloom, L. 1 — Jmi 154 Bloom, V. 1 Blum, J.M. 1,14 - S 63 Blume, B. 1 Blumenthal, A.L. 1 Blumstein, Sh.E. 1 - Jmi 153 Boardman, Ch.L. 11 Bodoh, J.J. 1 Boecker, E. 1 Boer, W. den 14 Bogatyrev, P.G. see: Tomasevskij, B.V. Bogdanov, A.N. / Judkeric, L.G. 1 Bogojavlensky, M. 1 Bogorodickij, V.A. 4 Bogoslovskij, M.M. 4 — S 195,205 188
189 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Bogucarskij, V.J. S 169 Bogustawski, A. 1 Bohnert, H.G. 1 Bolinger, D.L. 1,10,14, 24 - Jmi 14, 155, Jma 53 Bolsover, G.H. 14 Bomhoff, J.G. 14 Bondarko, A.V. 1 Bonnell, P.H. 1 Boon, J.P. 1 Boorse, Ch. 1 Boos, F. 1 Borchardt, G. 14 Borg, A. 1,8 Borgström, C.H. 24 Borkovskij, V.I. 14 Borkowski, C.G. 1 Bormanshinov, A. 14 Bomhauser, F.W. 1 Bornkamp, A. 2 Borton, S. 1 Borzakovskij, V.S. 1 - S 133 Bosley, R. 1 Bostedt, M. de Bellagente 11 Bot Ba Njock, H.M. 1 Botha, R.P. 1,8 - Jmi 112, Jma 38, 105, Jpr 157 Botha, R.P. / Winckler, W.K. 1 — Jma 84 Botheroyd, P.F. 1 - Dpr 67 Boudreault, M. / Möhren, F. 1 Boukema, H.J. 14 Boulger, J.D. 1 - Dma 21 Bouma, L. 1,14 - Jpr 146 Bouman, A.C. 14 Bourke, M.K. 11 Bourquin, G. 1 Bousek, K. 1 Boutiere, Mrs. 14 Bowden, D. 2 - Jma 5 Bowit 1 Bowling, A. 1 Boyd, J. 1 Boyer, R.E. 1 Bradley, A.G. 1 Brady, J.S. 14 Brady, P. 1 Brainerd, B. 1 Braithwaite, W.R. 1 Braithwaith, K. 2 Brannen, N.S. 1 Bras, M.Th. 1 Bratkowsky, J. 14 Braude, S. 1 Braun, J.T. 1 - Dma 17 Bray, R.G.A. De 1 Brecht, L. 14 Brecht, R. 1 Brecht, R.D. / Levine, J.S 14 Breiter, D. 11 Breitner, M. 11 Brekle, H.E. 1 Breide, H.E. / AarslefF, H. 1 Brekle, H.E. / Lipka, L. 1 - Jma 36 Brenckle, J.J. 1,14 Brend, R.M. 1 - Jma 55, Jpr 52 Brendel, E. 11 Brenner, G. 1 Breschinsky, D.N. 14 Breschinsky, Z.A. and D.N. 14 Breschinsky, Z.A. 1,14 Bresnan, J. 1 Bretzel, Mrs. R. 14 Breugel, P.J.M. van 14 Brewer, W.B. 1 Breymayer, R. 1 Brière, E.J. 1 - Jmi 66 Bright, W. 1, 24 - Jma 20 Brink, D.T. 1 Brinke, J.S. 1 Britton, C. 1 Brizgunova, E.A. 14 Brkic, J. 1 - S 24 Brochwicz, M. Jdi 7
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES 190 i
191 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Cammack, F. 1 Campbell, H.W. 14 Campbell, R.J. 1 Campbell, R.W. 14 Campbell, R.N. 1 - Jpr 65 Campen, J.A. 1,14 Campo, H. de 1 Cannon, G. 1 Cantrall, W.R. 1 - Jpr 210 Capell, A. 1 - Jmi 46 Capell, A. / Hinch, H.E. Jpr 98 Capitovic, M. 14 Caplan, J. 11 Caporale, R. 1 Caprio, D.C. 1 Caquot, A. / Cohen, D. Jpr 159 Carbo, N.A. 1 Carcia-Landa, M. 1 Cardaillac-Kelly, R. 1 Cardona, G. 1 Carey, C. 1 - S 88 Carey, P.W. 1 Carkeet, D.C. 1 Carleton, F.B. 1 Carlos, L.B. 1 Carlson, M. 14 Carlton, Ch.M. 1 - Jpr 89 Carlton, Ch.R. 1 - Jpr 111 Carney, E. 1 Carpenter, C.W. 1,8 Carpenter, I. 11 Carpenter, R.H. 1 Carr, A. 1 Carr, G.F. Jma 79 Carrington, L.D. 1 Carrington, S.M. 1 Carroll, J.B. 1 Carson, J.A. 1 Carter, B.E. 14 Carter, C.L. 1 Carter, Th.P. 1 Cartledge. S.J. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Cams, A.B. 14 Carvell, H.T. / Svartvik, J. 1 - Jmi 61 Carver, G.L. 1 Casagrande, J. 1 Cascio, V.L. 1 Casher, A. 1 Cassidy, P.J. 1 Cassirer, P. 1 Castagnou, J.D. 14 Castle, W. 1,14 — Jpr 13 Cath, K.J. 14 Catoline, J.E. 1 Cattell, R. 1 Cavanaugh, Ph.G. 1 Cave, G.N. 1 Cazacu, B. 1,14 Cazacu, T. 1 Ceèulin, N.D. 4 - S 198 Celce-Murcia, M. 1 Celler, M.M. 1 - Dpr 54 Cerny, V. see: Zgusta, L. Cervenka, E.J. 1 Cevera, M.B. 1 Ghadderdon, A.H. 1 Chafe, W.L. 1 — Jma 93 Chai, N.M. 1 Chambers, J.K. 1 Chamot, A. 1 Champagne, R.A. 1,11— Dmi 15 Champigny, R. 1,12 - Dmi 12, Dpr 41 Chan, J.Y.-M. 1 Chan, R.K. 1 Chandola, A.Ch. 1 Channon, R. 1 — Jpr 72 Chao, Yuen Ren 1,14 Chaplin, M.J. 1 Chapman, R.S. 1 - Jmi 189 Chappel, A.H. 1 - Jpr 88 Charbonneau, R. see: Rigault, A.A. Chardziev, N.I. 1,10 Charla, K.G. 11,14 Charlampoviè, K.V. 4- S119 Charles, P.M. 1 Chastain, Ch. see: Gunderson, K. Chatman, S. 1 Chatman, S.B. 1 — Jmi 36 Chayen, M.J. 1,8- Jpr 162 Chazan, R. 11 Chebyshowa, O.V.K. 14 Chen, M. 1 Cheng, R.L. 1 Cherniss, M.D. 1 Chew, J.J. 1 - Jpr 56 Chiang, H.T. 1 Chisholm, D.H. 1 Chisholm, W.Sh. 1 Chlebnikova, I.B. 1 - Jmi 151,212 Chlopoff, M.A. 14 Cho, S.-B. 1 Chojko-Boutière, J. 1 Chomsky, N. 1,14,24 - Jmi 4, 38, 56,107,182 Christa, B. 1 Christoff, P.K. 1,8,14 - S 23,77 Christoph, J.B. 14 Chukwudalu, J. see: Echeruo, M. Chumbow, B.S. 1 Church, C.E. 1 Chvany, A. 14 Chvany, C.V. 14 Chvostov, V.M. S 164 Cibulka 8 Ciéerin, B.N. 1 - S 105 Cienciala, A. 1 — S 297 Cikobava, A.S. 14 Cintas, P.E 1 Cioran, S.D. 1 — S 274 Cisar, M.A. 1 Cizevska, T. 1,14 —S53 Ciievskij, D. 1, 8,14 - S 10,12 Clardy, J. 1 Clark, A.L. 11 Clark, E.V. 1 192
193 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Clark, H.H. 1 - Jmi 187 Clark, L.V. 1 Clark, R.A. 1 Clark, S. 1 Clarke 1 Clarke, B.L. Jmi 47 Clas, A. 1 Clausing, P. 14 Cleary; C. 1 Clegg, J.S. 1 Clevenger, Th. 1 Clifford, J. 1,8 -Jmi 215 Clifton, C.E. 1 Cline, W.J. 1 Clivio, G. 1 Closs, E. 1 Coady, J.M. 1 Coates, P. 1 Cobau, W.W. 1 Cockrell, C.R.S. 1 Coe, R.M. 1 Coffin, A.B. 1 Cofman, C. 14 Cohen, D. 1 - Jma 27, Jpr 81, 161 see also: Caquot, A. Jpr 159 Cohen, I. 11 Cohen, J.E. 1 Cohen, J.M. Dpr 87 Cohen, J.L. 1 Cohen, M. Jma 27 Cohn, D.C. 1 Cohn, R.G. 1 - Dpr 1 Cole, P. 1 Coleman, E.S. 1,14 Coleman, R.O. 1 Coleman, R.G. 1 Coling 14 Collinge, N.E. 1,8 - Jmi 21 Collins, C.T. 1 Collins, Ch. 1 - S 282 Collins, F. 1 Collins, J.D. 1 Collins, Mi 11 Collins, M.J. 1 Collins, Th.J. 1 Colson, J. 1 Coltharp, L.H. 1 Colwell, F.S. 1 Companys, S. 1 Compton, J.D. 1 Compton, J.E. 1 Condee, N. 11 Conner, J. 1 - Jpr 193 Connolly, M.J. / Jones, L. 1 Conrad, Th. 11 Contini-Morava, E. 14 Contreras, H. 1 Conwell, M.J. / Juilland, A. Jpr 1 Cook, D.J. 1 - Jmi 135 Cook, M.J. 1 Cook, W.A. 1 Cooke, J.R. 1 Cooke, Th.D. 1 Cooke, V.M 1 Coombs, V. 1 Cooney, J.F. 1 Cooper, D. 1 - Jmi 203 Cooper, F.S. 1 Cooper, W.S. 1 - Jmi 34 Copeland, H.C. 1 - Dpr 96 Copeland, J.E. 1 - Jpr 91 Cor, L.W. 1 Corbett, G.G. 14 Cordonnier, M.E. 1 Cormican, J.D. 1 Correll, T.C. 1 Cortina-Comez, R. 1 Coseriu, E. 1,8,11,14,24 Cosman, M.P. 1 Cosper, D. 1 Costello, J.R. 1 Couch, S.C. 14 Couch, W. 1 Couchman, G.W. 1 - Dpr 61
194 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Coulmas, F. 1 - Jma 96,97 Couper-Kuhlen, E. 1 Courteville, Y. 1 Coutinho, D. 2,11,14 Cowgill, W. 14 Cox, G. 11 Coyaud, M. 1 Craddock, G.E. 1 Cram, G. 2 Crandall, J.E. 1 Crapo, R.H. 1,9 Crawford, J.M. 1 Crawley, Th.E. 1 Creed, R.P. 1 Creeger, G.R. 1 Crichfield, G. 1 - Dpr 114 Critchley, M. Jma 5 Crockett, D.B. Jmi 144 Crofiit, Th. 14 Cromer, R. 1 Cronin, F.C. 1 Crook, E.J. 1 — Jpr 218 Crosby, D.A. 1 Crosman, I.D. 1 Crothers, E.J. 1 Crowell, M.G. 1 Crymes, R. 1 - Jma 23 Crystal, D. / Quirk, R. Jmi 39 Csipkés, G.K. 1 Cudinskij, E. 1 Cullk, K. 1,8 Culley, R.C. 1 Cummings, D.W. 1 Cummings, M. / Simmons, R. 1 Cunningham, I.A.E. 1 Cunningham, M.R 1 Cunningham, W.L. 1 Curnier-Dorgon, R 1 Curran, M.W. 1 Curtis, A. 1 Curtis, J.L. 1 Cusac, M.FL 1 — Dpr 6
195 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES De Fazio, Ch.C. 1 De Silva, M.W.S. 1 Debardeleben, J. 11 Dechert, H.W. / Raupach, M. 1 — Jma 86 Dechtiarenko, V. 14 Décsy, G. 1 Dees, A. 1 Defromont, H.J. 1 - Jpr 185 Dekan, W.Z. 14 Dekleva, B. 14 Delasanta, R. 1 - Dma 2 Delattre, R 1 - Jma 18,54 Delavenay, É. / Delavenay, K. Jmi 11 Delavenay, K. see: Delavenay, É. Deligiorgis, S.G. 1 Delisle, G.L. 1 DeMan, P.M. 1 Demand, N.H. 1 Demarque, M.C. 1 Demetrakapoulos, G.H. 1 Demetz, P. S 43 Deming, R.H. 1 - Dpr 64 Demming, M. 14 Demoz, A. 1 Deng , Th.B. Jpr 110 Denisov, P.N. 1 -Jmi 91 Densen, K. van 2,11 Der-Houssikian, H. 1 Derbyshire, W.W. 1 Derden, J.K. 1 Derocher, J.E. Despalatovié, E.M. 1,8 Dessner, L.J. 1 - Dpr 108 Detering, K. 1 - Jpr 170 Deugd, C. de 1 Devine, A.M. 1 Devitt, M. 1 Devons, N. 1 Devos, P 14 Devrnja, M.P. 1 Dew, J. 1 Dezsö, L. 1,14 - Jma 89 Di Giovanna, J.J. 1 Dial, R.L. 1 Diamond, R.E. 1 - Jpr 10 Dickenmann, E. 14 Diebold, A.Rr. 1 Diedrich, M.C. 11 Dieltjens, L.J. 1 Dietrich, R.F. 1 Dijk, A.J. van 14 Dijk, T.A. van 1 - Jma 63,101 Dijkema, F.Th. 14 Dillard, J.L. 1 Dilley, J. 11 Dimmler, G.R. 1 Dinekov, P. 14 Dingwall, W.O. 1 Dinneen, D.A. 1 DiPietro, R. 1 Dirven, R. 1 Diver, W. 14 Dixon, P.W. 1 Dixon, R.M.W. 1 - Jmi 28, Jma 107 D’jakonov, I.M. 1 D’jakonov, M.M. 4 - S 159,210 Djaparidge, D. 14 Djikic, O. 14 Dobin, E.S. 8 Docter, J.H. 2 Does-de Willebois, I. van der 14 Dolan, P.J. 1 Dolezal, L. 1 Dombrovsky, J. 1 Dominguez, A. 11 Dominick, L.A. 1 Donaldson, W.D. 1 - Jpr 194 Donchenko, A.K. 1 Donchin, G. S 19 Done, A.N. 1 Dones, J.E. 1 Donker, J.D. 14 Donohue, A.M 1
196 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Donohue, J.W. 1 Doorslaer, M.P. 1 Dore, J. 1 Dorian, N.C. 1 Dorner, S. 1 Doroszewski, W.J. 14 Dorset, G. 14 Dorson, R.M. 14 Dostal, A. 1,14 Dostert, L. 1 - Jma 25 Dougherty, A. Dpr 38 Dougherty, P. 11 Dougherty, R.C. 1 Douglas, G. 14 Drachman, G. 1 Draganu N. 1 Drage, C.L. 1 Dragomanov, M.P. 4 - S 111 Drange, Theodore 1 - Jmi 44 Dravirjs, K. 14 Drechsel, E.J. 1 Dreher, P. 1 Dressier, W. 14 Driessen, F.C. 1 — S 57 Drimba, V. 1 Droege, G.B. 1 Droste, F.G. 1 Drummond, C.Q. 1 Drummond, D.A. 11 Druzinin, V.G. 1 Dryden, E.A. 1 DuFeu, V.M. 14 Dubbink, J.H. 14 Dubnov, S.M. / Kacenel’son, L. S 193 Dubois, B.L. / Omstein, J.L. / Mackey, W.F. 1 Duchacek, O. 1 Duckworth, J.E. 1 Dufour, M.L. 14 Dugan, J.R. 1 - Dpr 59 Dujèev, I. 1
197 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Edmonds, M.H. 1 Edmondson, W.J. 1 Edmonson, M.S. 1 - Jpr 158 Edmundson, H.P. 2 Edwards, P.M.H. 1 see also: Juilland, A.G. Eekhout, F.J. 2 Eekman, Th. 11,14 Eekman, Th. / Hüttl-Folter, G. 1 Eekman, Th. / Kadic, A. 1 - S 292 Eekman, Th. / Worth, D.S. 1 Effenberger, V. 1 Efrat, B. 1 Efremov, P.A. S 88 Egan, E. 1 Egan, J.J. 1 Egert, E. 1 Eggert, G.H. 1 - Jma 28 Egri, P. 1 Ehri, L.C. / Ammon, P.R. 1 Ehrlich, A. 14 Ehrman, M.E. 1 — Jpr 45 Ehrstine, J.W. 1 - Dpr 120 Eijkelenboom, H.A.P. 2 Einarsson, S. Jma 22 Einbond, B.L. 1 - Dpr 24 Eisenlohr, H.L. 1 Eisenstein, S.A. 1 - Dpr 42 Eissenstat, B.N. 14 Èjchenbaum, B.M. S 26 Èjchenbaum, B.M. / Tynjanov, J.N. S 48 Ekmanis, R. 1 El-Azma, N. 1 El-Ezabi, Y. 1 El Sayed, D.H.A. 1 Elerick, Ch. 1 Elias, J. 14 Eliopulos, J. 1 - Dpr 100 Elkin, B. 1 Elledge, W.P. 1 Elling, M.F. 1 Elliot, Th.J. 1 Elliott, J.S. 11 Ellis, C.D. 1 Ellis, J. 1 - Jmi 52 Eman, D. van 14 Emery, M. 1 Eminov, M.M. 14 Emma, R.D. 1 Emmerich, J. 1 Emoto, S. 1 Encreve, P. 1 Endzelïns, J. 1 - S 85 Eng, J. vander 1,14 - S 13 Eng, J. van der / Grygar, M. 1 -S294 Eng-Liedmeier, A.M. van der S 29 Engbert 2 Engel, W. von Raffler 1 Èngel’gardt, B.M. S 142 Engelhardt, G. 1 Engelkamp, J. 1 England, B. 9,14 England, B. / Ambrosegtillet, J 1 England, P.K. 1 Englander, A. 1 Enkvist, N.E. 1 - Jcr 5 Eoyang, E.C. 1 Epp, A.R. 1 Epstein, F. 14 Erde, E.L. 1 - Jmi 160 Erdman, E.G. 1 Erhart, A. 1 Erickson, J.L. 1 Erickson, S.J. 1 Èrlenvejn, A. 1 Erlich, V. 1,14- S 4,312 Erlich, V. / Jakobson, R.O. S 312 Erman.A. S146 Értavy-Bardth, J.M. 1 Esih, I. 14 Essen, A.J. van 1 Essen, O. von 14
198 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Fennell, T.G. 1 — S 304 Ferdinandy, G. 1 - Dpr 86 Ferguson, Ch.A. 1 Ferguson, G.J.F. 1 Ferguson, M.H. 1 Ferguson, S.C. 1 Ferguson, Th. 1 - Jpr 176 Fernando, Ch. 1 Ferrante, J.M. 1 - Dpr 78 Ferrell, J.O. 1,14 Fields, B.F. 1 Fiene, D. 11 Figg, R.M. 1 Filbeck, D. 1 Filips-Juswigg, K. 1 Fillenbaum, S. 1 - Jmi 168 Fillmore, Ch. 1,14 Filonov, A. S 246 Fines, S.A. 14 Fink, Sister M.J. 1 Finlay, I.F. S 57 Finnie, W.B. 1 Firbas, J. 24 Firchow, E.S. 1,14 Firchow, E.S. / Grimstad, K. / Hasselmo, N. Jma 49 Firchow, E. and R 14 Firestone, H.L. 1 - Jpr 16 Firestone, R.H. 1 Fischer-Jörgensen, E. 1,14,22 Fish, G.T. 14 Fisher, B.J. 1 Fisher, J. 1 Fisher, J.A. 1 Fisher, J.C. 1 - Jpr 47 Fisher, M.A. 1 Fishman, J.A. 1,14,24 Fishman, J.A. / Nahirny, V.C. Jma 21 Fishman, R. 11 Fisiak, J. 1,14 Fiszman, S. 14 Fitch, F.E. 14
199 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Fitch, P.M. 1 Fite, T. 11 Fitzpatrick, A.M. 1 Flaherty, M.G. 1 Fleischhauer, I. 1 Fletcher, P. 1 Fletcher, R.M. 1 - Dpr 55 Flier, M.S. 1,14 - S 172, 111 Flores d’Arcais, G.B. 1 Florgzak, Z. 14 Florinskij, T.D. S 181 Florovskij, A.V. 1 - S 54 Florovsky, G.V. 1 Flower, D.S. 1 Fodale, P. Fodor,A. 1 026 Fodor, I. 1 - Jmi 43 Fodor, J.A. 1 Fodor, J.D. 1 Fogelman, R.H. 1 Fokkema, K. 14 Fokker, A. A. 14 Fokker, A.A. / Smolikowska, E. 1 - S 254 Folb, E.A. 1 Folejewski, Z. 1,14 Folejewski, Z. / Heier, E. / Luckyj, G. 1 -S285 Folejewski, Z. / Karpovich, M. S 27 Folsom, M.H. 1 - Jpr 30 Fom, A.B. 1 Fónagy, I. 1,14 - Jmi 25 Ford, G.B. 1 - S 71 Forget 14 Forrest, W. 1 Forslund, D.E.Ch. 1 Forster, K.I. 1 Forsyth, J. 1 Fort, M.C. Curtis 1 Fortune, R. 1 Foster, D.W. see: Ornstein, J. Foster, J.M. 1 Foster, M.L. 1 Foster, S.M. 1 Fougeres, R.G. 1 Fought, J. see: Hymes, D.H. Fought, J.G. 1 Foulkes, A.P. 1 Fowler, D. 1 Fowler, G. 14 Fowler, R. 1 Fox, A. 8 Fox, J.J. 24 Fox, L. 1 Fradkin, R. 14 Fraenkel, G. 1,8 Fraenkel, M. 1 Frake, C.O. 1 France, L.A. de 14 Francis, E.D. 1 Francis, H.E. 1 Francq, H. 1 Franek, J. 1 Frank, J. 1 Frankart, J.D. 1 Franks, J.D. 1 Frauenrath, M. 1 Frazier, H. 1 Fredeman, P.H. 1 Frederic, M. 1 Freeman, D.C. 1 Freeman, L.C. 1 Frei, H. 14 Freidin, R. 1 Frejman, A.A. Jan 1 French, A. 1 French, R.W. 1 Fried, V. 14 - Jma 88 Friedburg, M. 14 Friedl, B.C. 1 Friedman, J.B. 1 Friedrich, P.W. 1 Friedrichsmeyer, E.M. 1 Friend, J.H. 1 - Jpr 37
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Gammon, E. 1,32 Ganit, J.M. 1 Gans, E. 1 Ganusovsky, B.N. 14 Ganz, J.S. 1 - Jmi 96 Garbell, I. 1 - Jpr 3 Garber, F.M. 1 Garcia, E.C. 1,14 Garcia-Landa, M. 1 Garde, P. 1 Gardener, D.B. 1,9,14 Gardiner, J.K. 1 Gardner, F.F. 1 - Jpr 140 Gardner, P. / Rohrberger, M. 1 Garkavi, A.J. 4 - S 96 Garrard, J.G. 1 — S 116 Garrard, J. 14 Garrison, Ch.A. 1 Garrow, S. 1 Gartner, Ch. 9 Garton, A. / Grieve, R. 1 Garver, N. 1 Garvin, P.L. 1,8,14,24 - Jmi 30, 128, Jma 40 Garvin, P.L. / Mathiot, M. 1 Gasinski, T.Z. 1,14 Gates, J.E. 1 Gauntlett, J.O. 1,14 Gavrielides, D. 2 Gay-Perret, A. 14 Gay, Th.J. 1 Geckeler, H. 1 Geelkerken, N.G. 7 Geest, A.J.M. van der 1 Geest, T. van der Jmi 193 Geest, T. van der (et al.) 1 - Jmi 202 Geiger, B. / Halasi-Kun, T. / Kuipers, A.H. Jmi 6 Geis, J.E. 1 Gelb, J.L. 1 Gelley, A. 1 GeUinek, J.V.L. 1 200
201 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Gelsen, H. S 304 Gennadi, G.N. 4 - S 156 Georgacas, D.J. 14 George, E.E. 1 - Dpr 32 Georges, E.S. 1 Georgi, N. 1 Georgiadis, T. 11 Georgievj V.I. 1,14 Gerber, S.E. 1 Gercenberg, L.G. 1 Gerganev, E.M. / Andrukovic, P.F. 1 Gerhardt, D. 14 Gerhart, M.J. 1 Gerrard. A.G. 1 GerSenzon, M.O. 4 - S 91,139 Gerstel, E.-M. 1 Gertner, M.H. 1 - Jpr 204 Gessen, I.V. S 129 Gething, Th.W. 1 - Jpr 141 Gettleman, S. 1 Gheorghitoiu, A. Jma 60 Ghils, P. 1 Ghosh, S.K. 1 - Jmi 109 Giacumakis, G. 1 - Jpr 59 Giannoni, C.B. 1 - Jma 46 Gibbons M. 1 Gibbs, D. 1 Gibian, G. 14 Gibson, K. 11 Gibulka, J. 14 Gifford, C. 1 Gilbert, G.G. 1 - Jmi 162 Gilpatric, M.E.P. 1 Gimbutas, M. 1 Ginzburg, L.J. S 231 Girke, W. / Jachnow, H. / Schrenk 1 Gittleman, S. 1 - Ddi 3 Giurescu, A. 1 - Jpr 228 Givens, R.D. 11 Glad, J. 1 Gladkij, A.V. 1 Gladkij, A.V. / Mel’cuk, I.A. 1 — Jma 110 Glass, S.A. 1 Gleason, W.J. Jr. 1 Glendinning, Ch.H. 1 Glover, B.R. 1 - Jpr 109 Glover, F.O. 14 Gluck, F. 1 Godshalk, W.L. 1 - Dpr 69 Godwin, R. 14 Godzich, W. / Schulte-Sasse, J. 1 Goedecke, R.W. 11 Goessl, I. 1 Goff, D. 11 Goffman, C. 14 Golab / Heinz / Polanski 1 Goldberg, J.R. 1 Golden, A. 1 Goldman-Eisler, F. Jma 86 Goldman, H.A. 14 Goldman, M. 1 - Dmi 19 Goldman, S.H. 1 Goldstein, M.C. 1 Goldstone, H. 1 Goleniscev-Kutuzov, I.N. 14 Golopenjia-Eretescu, S. see: Vasiliu, E. Golubinskij, E.E. S 117 Gombos, I. (et al.) Jma 89 Gómez, R.J.C. 1 Gooday, M. see: Overdulve, C.M. Goodell, R.J. 1 Goodman, J. 1 Goodman, M.F 1 - Jpr 4 Goodman, P. 14 Goodman, R.M. 1 Goodrich, N.L, 1 Gopnik, I. 1 - Dpr 10 Gopnik, M. 1 - Jmi 129 Gordon, A.M. 1 Gorelov, A. S 179 Gorog, R. de 1 Gortan, V. / Vratovic, V. 1
202 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Gorter E.W. 14 Göscilo, B. 11 Goscilo, H. 11 Gosman, M.T. 1 Gottheim, L.R. 1 Gove, A.F. 1,24 Gove, A.F. / Abernathy, R. Jma 13 Goyne, M.A. 1 Graaff, F. de 14 - S 55 Gradman, H.L. 1 Grady, M. 1,32 — Jpr 112 Graff, G.E. 1 Graham, R. 11 Grant, L. J. 11 Grappin, H. 14 Grasso, L. 1 Graur, A. 1 Gray, B.B. 1,14 - Jma 51, Dma 3,36 Gray, B.B. / Gray, J.M. 1,14 Gray, J.C. 1 Gray, J.M. see: Gray, B.B. Grayson, J.D. 1 Green, D.C. 1 Green, M. 1 Greenagel, F.L. 1 Greenbaum, S. 1 - Jmi 86 Greenberg, J.H. 1 - Jmi 59,184 Greenfield, S.B. 1 Greenleaf, Ch. 11 Greer, A.W. 1 Greeson, H.S. 1 Gregersen, E.A. 1 Gregor, F. 1 Gregores, E. / Suarez, J.A. Jpr 27 Gregory, S.V. 11 Greimas, A.J. 14 Greimas, A.J. / Jakobson, R. / Mayenowa M.R. (et al.) Jma 1 Grekov, B.D. / Adrianova-Peretc, V.P. S187 Gribanovsky, P.V. 1 Gribble, Ch.E. 1,14 Grice, H.P. 1 Grickat, I. 14 Grieve, R. see: Garton, A. Griffin, A.B. 1 Griffin, D.A. 11 Griffin, R.B. 1 Griffin, R.J. 1 Griggs, S. 1 Griggs, S. / Rulon, C.M. 1 - Jmi 211 Grimes, J. 1 — Jmi 207, Jpr 11 Grimm, R.A. 14 Grimshaw, M.N. 1 Grimstad, K. see: Firchow, E.S. Grinder, J.Th. Jmi 221 Grinich, N. 14 Grisé, C.M. 1 Groff, F.H. 1 Groningen, J. van 14 Groot, A.W. de 1,14 Groot, C. 1,14 Groot, G. de 14 Gros-Louis, K. 14 Gross, M. 1 Gross, M. / Flalle, M. / Schützenberger, M.-P. Jma 62 Grosse, R. Jmi 118 Grossman, L.P. 4 —S215 Grossman, M. / Mazzoni, B. 1 -Jpr 232 Grosz, Oliver J.H. 1 Gruber, Jeffrey S. 1 Grunwald, S. 2 Grays, A. 1 Gruzinskij, A.E. S 153 Grygar, M. see: Eng, J. van der Grzybowski, K. 14 Gubbi, Helen 2 Guchman, M.M. 1 Guckel, Ausrele Venclova 1 Guggenheimer, E.H. 1 - Dma 18 Guilbaud, G.Th. 1 Guillou, J.Y. Le 1 see also: Pletnëv, R. Guins, George C. 14
203 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Halle, M. 1,14,22,24 see also: Gross, M. see also: Waugh, L.R. see also: Jakobson, R.O. Halliday, M.A.K. 1 - Jpr 48 Halperin, E.P. 11 Halquist, J.M. 17 Hamburger, H 14 Hamersley, Sh.L. 11 Hamilton, H. / Jensen, F. 1 Hamilton, R. 1 - Dpr 91 Hamm, J. 14 Hammen, J.R. 11 Hammer, J. / Hamp, E. 1 Hammer, L.B. 14 Hammer, P. 1 Hammerich, L.L. 14 Hammond, G.K. 1 Hamp, E.P. 14 - Jmi 172 see also: Hammer, J. Hampares, K. 1 Hampsten, E.M. 1 Hampton, Ch.Ch. 1 Hamrick, W.R. 1 Han, M.S. 1 see also: Haden, E.F. Han, Y.W. see: Haden, E.F. Hanchett, E.R.J. 1 Hand, N.W. 1 Hankamer, J. 1 Hankiss, E. 1 Hanna, H.M. 1 - Jpr 35 Hansen, J.T. 1 Hanson, P.E. 1 Hanzeli, V.E. 1 - Jma 29 Harbach, P. 14 Hardan, G. 1 Hardcastle, E. 1 Harden, E. 1 Harder, W.T. 1 - Dpr 26 Harding, E.L.G. 1 Hardman, M.J. 1 - Jpr 22
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Hardman-de Bautista, M.J. 1,14 see also: Honsa, V.J.J. Hardwick, Ch.S. 1 - Jmi 104 Harinxma thoe Slooten, C.L. van 14 Harkins, W.E. 1,14 Harkness, R.A. 11 Harmon, W. 1 Harms, W.A. 1 Harper, K.E. 1 Harper, Th.D. 11 Harries 1 Harrington, R.V. 1 Harrington von der Lippe, M.A. 1 Harris, B. 1 Harris, C.E. 1 Harris, J. 1 Harris, J.G. 1 Harris, M.C. 11 Harris, M.R. 1 Harris, R.M. 1 Harris, Z.S. 1 Harrison, H.W. 1 Harrison, J. 11 Harrison, S.M. 1 Harsh, W.C. 1 Hart, J.W. 1 Hart, Th.E. 1 Harter, B.W. 1 Hardey, J.J. 1 Hartman, A. J. 11 Hartmann, R 1,14 — Jma 3 see also: Schmidt, S. Hartnack, J. 1 - Jmi 157 Hartung, D. 11 Harweg, R. 1 - Jpr 5 Hashimoto, M. 1 Haskell, A.S. 1 Hasselmo, N. 1 see also: Firchow, E.S. Hastings, A.J. 1,2,11 Hastings, G.S. 1 Hattori, Sh. Jpr 115 Haugen, E.I. 1,14,24 - Jma 21,49,59 Haugen, E.I. / Markey, T.L. Jpr 154 Haudricourt, A.G. / Juilland, A. Jpr 115 Haumant, E. 4 Hauser, R.J. 1 Hausler, F. 1 001 Hauslohner, P. A. 11 Hausmann, R.B. 1 Hautau, D.O. 14 Havranek, B. 14 Hawkins, H.B. 1 Hawkins, J.L. 1 Hayes, A.S. see: Sebeok, A.Th. Hayes, C.W. 1 Hayes, J.A. 1 Hayon, Y. 1 - Jpr 189 Hays, D.G. 1 Hazen, K. 11 Head, B.F. 1 Heald, A.H. 1 Healey, A. 1 Hearn, M.V. 14 Heath, J.M. 1 Hedrick, H.R. 1 Heesterman, J.C. / Schokker, G.H. / Subramoniam, V.I. 1 - Jma 34 Heffernan, J.A.W. 1 Heffner, H.C. Dma 23 Hegedus, J. 1 Heidolph, K.E. see: Bierwisch, M. Heier, E. see: Folejewski, Z. Heier, E. / Levitsky, I.A. 1 Heiliger, W. 1 Heilmann, L. 1 Heim, M. 1 Heiman, B.Z. 1 Heine, Bernd 1,8 Heintz, J. 1 - Jmi 79 Heinz see: Golab Helbig, G. 1 - Jmi 115 Helbig, G. / Schenkel, W. 1 204
205 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Helke, M. 1 Heller, L.G. 1 Heller, L.G. / Maoris, J. Jmi 58 Helmy-Hassan, S.E. 1 Hemphill, G.A. 1 - Jpr 153 Henderson, D. 11 Hendricks, W.O. 1 Hendriks, P. 1 Hendriksen, D.P. 1 Hendrix, P. 14 Henisz, R. 1 Henley, N. 1 Hennedy, H.L. 1 - Dpr 28 Henrici, G. 1 Hensey, F.G. 1 - Jpr 166 Hensey, F. see: Ornstein, J. Heny, F. 1 Henze, R.H. 1 Hepburn, J. 1 Heppell, M. 14 - Jmi 42 Herdan, G. 1 - Jma 4,9, Jpr 6 Herendeen, W. 1 Herman, P.J. 2 Herman, T. 2,11 Herold, C.P. 1 - Jpr 62 Herrero, J. 1 Herrfiirth, H. 1,8 Herrick, E.M. 1 Hervey, S.G.J. 1 see also: Mulder, J.W.F. Herzog, M.B. 1 Hess, H.H. 1 — Jpr 43 Hesse, L.M. 11 Hesse, M.G. 1 Hessky, R. Jpr 246 Hester, M.B. 1 - Dma 1 Heston, L.A. 1 Hetherington, M.S. 1 Hetzron, R. 1 Hewes, G. 1 Hewitt, W.R. 1 - Dpr 75 Hewson, J. 1 - Jpr 104 Heye, J.B. 1 - Jpr 241 Hidalgo, C.A. 1 Hieatt, C.B. 1 - Dpr 2 Higgins, F.R. 14 Higgs, E.D. 1 Hildebrandt, B.F.O. 1 - Jmi 231 Hilgar, M.-F. 1 Hill, A. 1 Hill, E. 14 Hill, J.H. 1 Hill, M.L. 11 Hill, O.G. 1 Hill, R. 1 Hill, S.P. 1,14-S 118 Hill, Th.J. 11 Hillen, G. 1 - Dpr 45 Hilton, R. 14 Hilyer, R.G. 1 Hinch, H.E. see: Capell, A. Hinds, J.V. 1 Hiorth, F. 1 - Jmi 20 Hippel, C.L. Saaz von 1 Hirsch, D. 1 Hirst, D.J. 1 - Jmi 139 Hitchcock, D.R. 1 - S 302 Hitchins, K. 1 Hitterdale, L.J. 1 Hlookoff, P.N. 11 Hlubik, T. 1 Hoag, G.B. 1 Hoard, J.E. 1 Hoch, C. 1 Hochschild, A. 14 Hockett, Ch.F. 1 - Jmi 60, 73 Hodge, C.T. 1,14 - Jpr 163 Hodges, A.N. 14 Hodges, R.R. 14 Hoffmann, W.E. 1 Hoffmeister, Donna 1 Hofman, A.G. 1 Hofstee, N.F. 14 Hogan, J.Ch. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Hogendoorn, P.G. 14 Hohepa, P.W. 1 Hoi, D.Th. 1 Hoisington, S.S. 1 Hoisington, Th.H. 1 Holder, M. 1 Holec, H. 1 - Jdi 5 Holenstein, E. 1,14,24 Hoik, A.G.F. van 1,14 - S 86,293 Hollander, L.M. 1 Holmes, D. 1 Holmes, J.S. 1 Holquist, J.M. 14 Holter, H.R. 1 Holtz, W.V. 1 Holzapfel, T.O. 1 Honsa, V.J.J. / Hardman-de-Bautista, M.J. 1 - Jma 65 Honti, L. 1 — Jpr 246 Hoops, R. see: Lebrun, Y. Hopkins, E.A. 1 Hopkins, R.H. 1 Hopkins, W.H. 8 Hopper, P.J. 1,14 - Jpr 143 Hopper, P.J. / Bunnag, J. 1 Horalek, K. 1,14 Horecky, J. 1 Horn, E. 11 Horne, K.M. 1 Horner, J. 11,14 Horner, L.S. 2 Horowitz, F.R. 1 Horowitz, F.E. 1 - Jpr 216 Horrocks, R.A. 1 Horvath, A. 1 Horvath, M / Temesi, M 1 Horwath, W.F. 1 Hotimsky, C.M. 1 Hough, G.A. 1 - Jpr 126 Householder, F.W. 14 Householder, F.W. / Nagy, G. 1 - Jpr 211 Houston, S.H. 1 - Jmi 98 Houten, F.W. van 14 Houwens-Post, H. 1,11 Howden, M. 14 Howe, D. 11 Hoy, D. 1 Hoyer, H. 1 Hrabak, J. 14 Hraste, M. 14 Hristov, D. 14 Hrushovski, B. 14 Hsueh, F.S. 1 - Jpr 179 Huang, Sh.F. 1- Jmi 213 Huber, J. 14 Huddleston, E.L. 1 Hudgins, E.W. 1 - Dpr 101 Hudley, R. 1 Hudson, R.A. 1 Huebel, K. 2 Hüttl-Folter, G. see: Eekman, Th. Huisman, J.A. 14 Huisman, W.L. 14 Hulanicki, L.S. 1,14 Hulanicki, L.S. / Savignac, D. Ste 6 Hultin, N.C. 1 Hunt, J.A. 14 Huntley, D.G. 1 Huntley, H.R. 1 Hunwick, A. 1 Hurel, R. 1 Hurreiz, S.H. 1 Hurren, H.A. 1 Hurst, Ph.B. 1 Husain, F.N. Jusuf Jamal 1 Huttar, D.K. 1 Hiittl-Worth, G. 1 Hux, S.H. 1 Huybregts, M.A.C. 1 HviSè, J. 1 Hydalgo, C.A. 1 Hyde, R.W. 1 Hymes, D.H. 1,14,24 206
207 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES
208 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Jakovlev, A.I. S 217 Jaksche, H. 1 Jakubowski, W. 1 James, E.N. 1 Jancék, P. 14 Jankowsky, K.R. 1 - Jmi 116 Jansen, R. 14 Jansma, T. 14 Jarceva, V.N. 1 Jarvella, R.J. 1 Jason, H. 1 Jassem, W. 1 Jaszczun, W. 1 Javor, A. Jma 104 Jay, J. see: Belson Jayne, R. 1 Jedig, H.H. 1 Jegers, B. see: Schmalstieg, W.R. Jehenson, M. 1 Jelavich, Ch. 14 Jendron, J.-D. 1 Jenkins, F.M. 1 Jenkins, L. 1 Jenkins, P.A. 11 Jensen, E.J. 1 Jensen, F. 1 - Jpr 220 see also: Hamilton, H. Jensen, F. / Lathrop, Th.A. Jpr 182 Jensen, H.J. 1 Jensen, J.P. 1 Jepson, Edgar 14 Jochelson, W. Jma 2 Jochnowitz, G. 1 - Jpr 147 Johansen, J.D. 1,11 Johnson, B. 2, 3 Johnson, Ch.D. 1 Johnson, D.B. 1 - Jpr 95 Johnson, G. 11 Johnson, J. 1 Johnson, J.A. 1 — Jpr 212 Johnson, M.M. 1 Johnson, N.F. 1 Johnson, R. 14 Johnstone, R.B. 1 Jones, Ch. 1 Jones, F.W. 14 Jones, F.J. 1 Jones, G.H. 1 -Dpr 79 Jones, J.H. 1 Jones, L.G. 24 see also: Connolly, M.J. see also: Jakobson, R.O. Jones, L.E. 1 - Dpr 83 Jones, M. 2 Jones, M.B. 2 Jones, M.V. 1 Jones-Phillipson, R. 1 Jones, R.G. 1 — S 275 Jong, B.H.J. de 14 Jonge, M. de 14 Jordan, F. 1 Jordan, M. 1 Jordan, R. Jpr 218 Joseph, G.J. 1 Josephs, H. 1 Josselson, H. 14 Jourdan, S. 1 Jovanovió, M. 14 Jovicevich, A. 1 Joyner, N.C. 1 Judkeric, L.G. see: Bogdanov, A.N. Juhasz 1 Juilland, A.G. 1,14- Jmi, 15 Jpr 7 Juilland, A.G. / Edwards, P.M.H. Jpr 28 Juilland, A.G. / Lieb, H.-H. Jmi 74 Juilland, A.G. / Maoris, J. Jmi 24 Juilland, A.G. / Roceric, A. 1, 8 — Jmi 130 see also: Conwel, M.J. see also: Haudricourt, A.G. Julia, P. 1 Juliard, P.N. 1 - Jmi 18 Junghare, I.A. 1 Jungraithmayr, H. 1
209 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Karpova, S.N. 1 - Jma 56 Karpovich, M. see: Folejewski, Z. Kasatkin, L.L. 24 Kasevic, V.B. 1 Kasher, A. 1 Kasik, J.R 14 Kasow, J. 2,11 Kassai, G. 1 Kastner, K. 11 Kasunic, K. 11 Kataev, I. 1 Katamba, F. 1 Katicic, R. 1 - Jmi 83 Kato, M. see: Barbara, L. Katranides, A. A. 1 Katz, J.J. 1 see also: Bever, Th.G. Katz, R.A. 1 Katzer, J. 1 -Jmi 194 Kaufman, T.S. 1 Kaula, D. 1 Kavanagh, Th.M. 1 Kawecka, Z. 14 Kay, B. Dpr 97 Kay, M. 1 Kay, W.B. 1 Kayaloff, J. 1 Kaye, A.S. 1 - Jpr 236 Kayevikberg 1 Kazanskij, B. S 66 Kazazis, K. 1 Kazlauskas, I. 1 Keane, D. 1 Keane, Lionel 1 Keenan, E. 1 Keenan, E.O. 1 Keener, F.M. 1 Keiler, A.R. 1 — Jmi 72, Jpr 76 Keller, H.H. 1,14 Keller, K. 1 Kelley, G. 11 Kelly, G.R. 1
210 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Kelly, R.C Jpr 138 Kelly, Sister M. Del Roy 1 Kemball, R. 1 — S 33 Kemp, K. 14 Kempson, R.M. 1 Kendall, C.B. 1 Kendris, Th. 1 Kennan, G.R 14 Kennington, N.L. 1 Kenstowicz, M.J. / Kisseberth, Ch. 1 - Jma 74 Kent, L.J. 1 - S 75 Keon, C. 1 Kern, J.H.C. 14 Kerns, J.A. Jma 44 Kerr, J.R 1 Kestner, J.A. 1 Ketchian, S. 1 Key, H.H. 1 - Jpr 50,53 Key, M. 1 Khalafallah, A.A. 1 - Jpr 32 Khokle, V.S. 1 Khuli, M.A. 1 Kibel, A.C. 1 Kibildis, R. 1 Kibrik, A.E. 1 - Jmi 142 Kiefer, R 1 see also: Abraham, S. Kiley, F.Th. 1 Killean, C. 1 Killingley, D.H. 1 Kilroy, J.R 1 Kim, Ch.-W. 1 Kim, S. 1 Kimball, S.B. 1 Kimenyi, A. 1 Kimmich, F. 1 King, A. 1 King, L. 11 King, R.D. 1 Kinney, A. / Wolf, M. 1 Kinsley, W.B. 1 Kinzel, P.F. 1 Kiparsky, P. 1,24 Kiparsky, V. 14 Kipp, D. 1 Kirchner, Sister M. 1 Kirk, P.L. 1 Kirkton, E. 1 Kirschbaum J.M. 1 Kirsner, R. 14 Kirstein, B. 1 Kirton, E. 1 Kispert, R. 1 Kisseberth, C.W. 1 see also: Kenstowicz, M. Kissin, P.P. 1 Kittredge, R.I. 1,8 Kittredge, R.I. / Lehrberger, J.J. 1 Kizevetter, A. A. S 124 Kiziria, D. 14 Klammer, Th.P. 1 Klawitter, R.L. 1 Klebovich, I. 1 Klein, B.B. 1 Klein, F. 1 Klein, S. 1 Kleiner, E.M. 1,14 Kleinman, N.J. 1 Kleis, J.Ch. 1 Klenin, E. 11 Kliachko, S. 14 Kliffer, M. 1 Klima, E.S. 1,14 Klimenko, M. 1 Klimes, L. 1 Klimov, G.A. 1 Kline, E.A. 1 Klinger, M.F. 1 Ktjucevskij, V.O. 4 - S 115 Kloss, H. 1 Klotz, R.M. 1 Knapp, P.A. 1 - Dpr 16 Knappert, J. 1
211 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Kneedler, R. 1 Knies, E.A. 1 Knowles, A.V. 1 Knowlton, Sister M.A. 1 - Dpr 51 Kobayashi, E. Jpr 15 Kobyljanec, L. 14 Koch, R.A. 1 Koch, W.A. 1 - Dmi 2 Kochman, Th.M. 1 Kodjak, A. 1 Koehler, L. 1 - S 79 Koen, F.M. 1 Koerner, E.F.K. 1 Kohler, K. 1 Kohier, Ch. 11 Koj, L. 1 Kokorev, A.V. 4 Kokovcov, V.N. 4 - S 200 Kolarié, R. 14 Kolb-Seletski, N.M. 1 Kolmogorov, A.N. 1 Kolonosky.W. 11 Kolsanskij, G.V. 1 Komai, A. A. 1 Komarov, A.R 1 Komlev, N.G. 1 - Jmi 138 Konderski, S. 14 Konishi, H. 1 Konoz, N. 14 Koo, J.H. 1 Koolemans-Beijnen, G. 14 Koolemans-Beijnen, G.J.W. 1,14 Kopecky, M. 14 Kopman, H. 1 - Dpr 43 Kordich, J. 11 KorfF, L. 2 Kornilov, A. 4 - S 201 Komman, W.R. 14 Korolenko, I.V. 11 Korshin, RJ. 1 Kortlandt, F.H.H. 1,14 - Jma 68 Kostis, N. 1- Dpr 71 Kostka, E. 1 Kostomarov, N.I. S 97,178 Kostomarov, V.G. / Verescagin, E.M. 1 Kot, S. 14 Kotei, N.A. 1 KotoSichin, G.K. 1 - S 126 Kottier, B. 1 Kottman, E.J. 1 Kottum, S.E. 14 Koubele, E. 14 Koubourlis, D.J. 1 Koulaeff, G. 14 Koutsoudas, A. 1,14 - Jma 100 Koutsoudas, O. 11 Kovalev, V.P. 1 Kovalevskij, V.I. S 245 Kover, B. 1 Kowal, M. 1 Kozak, J.D. 1 Kozancikov, D.E. S 202 Kozlik, L.A. 1 Kozlova, A. 14 Koz’min, B. 4 - S 161 Kraak, A. 7 Kraft, Ch.H. 1 Kragalott, J. 1 Krai, A. 1 Kramer, K.D. 1 - S 78 Kramsky, J. 1,8- Jmi 75,125,209 Krauss, M.E. 1 Kreidler, Ch. 14 Kretzmann, N. Jmi 208 Kridl, M. 1 - S 9 Kriesel, R.S. 1 Krishnayya, V.S. 1 Kristeva, J. 24 Kroeber, K. 1 Krohn, R. 1 Krooks, D. 1 Kropotkin, P.A. 4 Krueger, J. 1 Kruisinga, E. 1
212 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Krupa, V. 1 - Jpr 46, Jcr 11 Krupatkin, J.V. 14 Krupp, K.M. 1 KruSevskij, N.V. 1 Kruyt-Chrzanowska, B. 14 Krynski, M.J. 1 Kryzytski, S.D. 1,14 - S 101 Krzyzanowski, J. 1 Kubinski, T. 1 Kuby, L. 1 - Dpr 60 Kuèera, H. 1,14 — S 30,80-81 Kucharski, M.P. 14 Kudrik, P. 9,14 Kudrin, V. 14 Kufner, H.L. 1 Kuhn, I. 1 Kuiper, F.B.J. 14 — Jma 34 Kuiper, K. 1 Kuipers, A.H. 1,14- Jmi 8, Jpr 73, 225 see also: Geiger, B. Kukenheim, L. 14 Kulesov, C. 1,14 Kulkani, B.M. 1 Kulman, L. 14 Kult, L.E. 1 Kuno, S. 24 Kupcek, J.R. 1 Kurath, H. 1 Kurcz, I. / Lewicki, A.M. / Sambor, J. / Woronczak, J. 1 Kurl, S. 1 Kuroda, S.Y. 1 Kurtz, J. W. 14 Kurytowicz, J. 1 KuSelev-Bezborodko, G.I. 4 - S 97 Kusubova, T. 11 Kutscher, E.Y. 1 Kuyk, D. 1 Kuypers, K. 1 Kuzminski, A. 1 Kuzubova, T. 1,14 Kyes, R.L. 1 La Ban, F.K. 1 La Charite, V.A. 1 La Drière, J.C. 1 La Pointe, F. 1 Laar, E.Th.M. van der 1 - Dpr 23 Labib, G. 1 Labov,W. 1,24 -Jmi 89 Labrie, R.E. 1 Lacan, J. 14,24 Lackowski, P.G. 1 Laffal, J. 1 Lahr, J. 14 Lahr, J.H.F. 14 Lahr, G. 14 Lakoff, G. 1 Lamb, S.M. 1 Lambert, D.M. 1 Lambert, W.E. see: Tucker, G.R. Lammers, T.L. 14 Lamzdorf, V.N. 4 - S 164 Lancelot, C. see: Arnauld, A. Land, S.K. 1 Landa, L.N. 1 Landa, M.G. 1 Landon, G.M. 1 Lane, N. 11 Lane, R.C. 1 Langacker, R.W. 1 Langdon, M.H. 1 - Jcr 4 Langdon, M.H. / Silver, Sh. Jpr 181 Lange, K.-P. 1 — Jmi 182 Lange, S. / Larsson, K. 1 Langenbruch, Th. 1 Langendoen, T.D. 1 Langendonck, W. van 1 Langeveld, M.J. 14 Langford, Th.A. 1 Lanigan, R.L. 1 Lanigan, T. 11 Lappal, J. 1 Lappo-Danilevskij, A. 1 — S 136 Large, J.W. Jmi 164
213 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Larkin, M.Th. 1 - Jmi 87 Larson, W. 14 Larsson, K. see: Lange, S. Lash, H.J. 1 Lass, R.G. 1 Last, R.W. 1 Lastra, Y. 1 - Jpr 40 Laszló, B. 1 Lathouwers, M.A. 1,14 Lathrop, Thomas A. 1 see also: Jensen, F. Lathrop, Th.A. / Jensen, F. 1 Latta, W.Ch. 1 Laufer, A. 1 Laughlin, V.L. 1 Launer, M.K. 1,17 Laurent, J.-P. 1 Lauretis, T. de 1 Lauter, E.L. 1 Lavrov, P.A. 1 - S 67 Lavrov, P.L. S 174 Law, H. W. 1 - Jpr 29 Lawrence, E.G. 1 Lawrence, V.S. 1 Lawson, U.D. 1 Laychuk, J.L. 1 Laycock, D.C. 1 Layton, E. 11 Layton, S.J. 1 Laziczius, G. Jmi 55 Lazio, B. 14 Le Mée, K.W. 1 - Dpr 85 Lea, W.A. 1 Leach, J. 11 League, R.D. 1 Leahy, R. 1 Leaman E. 1 Lebedev, V.L S 205 Lebrun, Y. 1 Lebrun, Y. / Hoops, R. Jma 70 Lederer, C.B. 1 Ledkovsky, M. 1 Lednicki, W. 1,14 - S 27,28,52, h.s. Ledyard, G.K. 1 Lee, A. van der / Reichmann, O. Jmi 174 Lee, B.G. 1 - Jpr 242 Lee, C.N. 1 - S 76 Lee, Ch.M. 1 Lee, D.A. 1 Lee, E.W. 1 Lee, N. 14 Lee, R.Ch. 1 Leeming, H. 1 Leeuwen, A. van 14 Leffett, B.J. 1 Lefkowitz, R.W. 1,14 Lehfeldt, W. 1 Lehiste, I. 14 Lehman, W.P. 1 Lehnert 1 Lehr-Sptawinski, T. 14 Lehrberger, J.J. 1 - Jmi 197, Jma 110 see also: Kittredge, R. Lehrman, E.H. 1 - S 120 Leiber, J. 1 Leibowitz, A.H. 1 Leibowitz, J. 1,14 - Dmi 10 Leidy, Th.A. 1 Leighton, L.G. 1 - S 291 Leinieks, V. 1 - Jpr 9 Leiva-Merikakis, E. 1 Lek, H.J. 2 Leko, N. 17 Lekomcev, Ju.K. 1,11 Lemieux, Sister M. 1 Lemke, M. 1 - S 109,144,148 Lemoine, R.E. 1 - Jmi 214 Lencek, R.L. 1,14 Lencek, R.L. / Unbegaun, B.O. 1 -S279 Lengyel, C.A. 1 - Dmi 8 Lenski, B.A. 1 Lent, Z. 14
214 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Lentricchia, F.R. 1 Lentzner, K.R. 1 Leoff, E. 1 Leonard, D. 11 Leont’ev, A. A. 1,4,11 - Jma 72 Leopold, W.E 1 Lepinis, A.H. 1 Lepschy, G.C. 1 Lerner, M.G. 1 Leroy, M. 1 Lertt, J. 1 Lesker, J.H. 1 Leslau, W. 1 - Jpr 17 Lester, M.R 1 LeVan, J.D. 11 Levelt, W.J.M. 1 — Jmi 192 Levenberg, J. 14 Lévi-Strauss, C. 14,24 Levin, S.R. 1,14 - Jmi 23 Levin, V. 14 Levine, D.E. 1 Levinsky, R. 1 Levinsohn, S. 1 — Jpr 188 Levinson, F.S. 11 Levitsky, I.A. see: Heier, E. Levitsky, S.L. 1 Levitt, J. 1 - Jma 19 Levitt, RM. 1 - Dma 15 Levkovskaja, K.A. 1 Levy, A.K. 1 Levy, D. 11 Levy, H.M. 1 Levy, J. 1 Lewanski, R.C. 1 Lewicki, A.M. see: Kurcz, I. Lewinson, G. 1,14 Lewis, E.G. Jdi 10 Lewis, E.D. 1 Lewis, G.E. 1 Lewis, K. 11 Lewis, M.W. 1 Lewitter, L.R. 1 Lewkowicz, N.K. 1 Ley, H. De 1 Lezió, F. 14 Li, Ch.N. 1,8 Li, F.C. 1 Liapunov, V. 14 Liberman, A. 1 Lichacev, D.S. 1.24-S238 Lichtenbeek, A. 11 Lichtman, C.S. 1 Lieb, H.H. I-Jmi71 see also: Juilland, A.G. Lieberman, A. 14 Lieberman, Ph. 1 - Jmi 148 Lieblich, M. 1 Liem, N.D. 1,8 Ligeti, L. 1 Light, R. 1 Lightfoot, D. 1 - Jpf 230 Lightfoot, M.J. 1 Lightner, Th.M. 24 Lillyman, W.J. 1 Lim, R 1 Lindauer, M.S. 1 Lindblom. B. 1 Linhartova, V. 14,24 Link, G.M. 1 Linskens, J.H.A. 2,7 Linskij, S.S. 1 Liotta, J.F. 1 Lipa, J. 1 Lipka, L. see: Brekle, H.E. Liston, J.D. 1 Litowitz, B. see: Oswald, W. Liu, E. 32 Ljapunov, V. 14 Ljubomirov, P.G. S 228 Ljudskanov, A.K. 1 Llamzon, T.A. 1 — Jpr 122 Lloyd, A. 1 Locher, J.G. 14 LoCicero, D.P. 1 — Dmi 4
215 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Lockwood, D.G. 1 Loesch, K.T. 1 Lofïler, A.M. 1 Loflin, M.D. 1 Logan, H.M. 1 - Jpr 130 Lohner, E. 14 Long, M.E. 11 Long, R. 1 Long, Th.A. 1 Longacre, R.E. 1 - Jmi 33 Longyear, Ch.R. 1 - Jpr 92 Loof, D. de 2,11 Loomis, J. 1 Loon, R van der 14 Lord, A.B. 14 Lord, J.B. 1 Losic, S. 1 Lotman, J. 1 Lottridge, S.S. 1,14 Lotz, J. 1,14 Lougy, R.E. 1 Love, N. 1 Love, RL. 1 Loveless, O.R. 1 Lovell, J.H. 1 Lovenheim, B. 1 Lowe, D. 2 Lowe, I. 1 Lowe, R 1 Lowrie, J.O. 1 Lowry, E.D. 1 Loy, A.S. 1 Lozano, A.G. 1 Lubasch, K. 2 Lubeck, L.A. 2 Lubin, C.K. 1 - Jmi 48 Lucas, S. 2,11 Luckyj, G.S.N. 1,2,14 see also: Folejewski, Z. Luecke, J.M. 1 Luelsdorff, Ph.A. 1,14 - Jpr 191 Lugton, R.C. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Magner, J.E. 1 - Dpr 22 Magner, Th.F. 14 Magnus, J.L. 1 Magnuson, K.R. 1 Magnusson, U. 1 Magnusson, W.L. 1 Maher, J.P. 1 Mahl, G. 1 Mahler, E. 1,14 Mahlow, E.N. 1 Maichel, K. 14 Mainwaring, M. 1 Majakovskij, V.V. S 196,197 Major, D. 1 — Jmi 195 Makajev, E.A. 1,14 Makkai, A. 1,11- Jma 48, Dmi 18 Makkai, A. and V. 1 Makkai, V.B. 1 Makovskij, S.K. S 199 Malaquais, E.D. 1 Malécot, A. 1 - Jpr 2, Jdi 15 Malinowski, A. 1 Malkiel, Y. 1 - Jmi 97 Mallac, G. de 1 Malmberg, B. 1 - Jma 42,66 Maloney, G.A. 1 — S 269 Man, P.M. de 1 Manca, M.A. 1 - Dma 4 Mariczak, W. 1 Mandei, J. 1 Mann, R. 1 Manoliu-Manea, M. 1 Mantini, L.C. 1 Mao, J.C.T. 14 Mao, N.K.-K. 1 Maples, R.J.B. 1 Maran, L. 1 Maranda, E.K. 24 Maranda, P. 1 — Jpr 169 Marchand, H. - Jma 36 Marchand, J.W. 1 - Jpr 25 Marchewka, Ch. 11 Marckwardt, A.H. 14 Marcure, J. 2 Marcus, S. 1 Marder, S. 14 Mares, F.V. 1,14,24 Margadant, S.V. 1 Margalit, A. 1 Marghescu, M. 1 - Dmi 23 Markeviè, A.J. S 192 Markey, Th.L. 1 see also: Haugen, E.I. Markov, V. 1 Markovic, B.M. 1, 8 Markowitz, J. see: Oswald, W. Marks, S. 14 Markwardt, A. 1 Marotti, A.F. 1 Marquess, H.E. 1 Marr, J.R. 1 Marr, N.J. 1 Marshall, G.E. 1 Marshall, M.M. 1 Marshall, S. 11 Marten, A. 1 Martianov, A. 14 Martin, J.H. 1 Martin, L.S. 1 Martin, R.P. 11 Martinet, A. 14 — Jmi 35 Maruszewski, M. 1 — Jma 80 Maruszewski, M. / Mroziak, B. 1 Marvan, J. 1,14 Maslennikov, O.A. 14 Mason, H.L. 14 Mason, M.G. 1 Matcenko, I.P. S 147 Mateene, K. 1 Matejié, M. 1,14 see also: Milivojevic, D.D. Matejka, L. 1,14,24 - S 295 see also: Winner, Th.G. Mathesius, V.J. 1 - Jpr 208 216 H
217 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Mathiot, M. see: Garvin, P.L. Matilal, B.K. 1 - Jmi 111 Matkovic, M. 1 Matlaw, R.E. 14 Matson, D.M. 1 Matsuda, T. 1 Matteson, E.L. 1 - Jpr 127 Matthews, R.J. 1 Mattingly, I. 1 Maurer, J. 14 Maurer, K.W. Dma 25 Maurer, S.H. 1,14 Maxwell, D.V. 1 May, Ch.E. 1 May, J.L. 1 Mayen, M.R. 14 Mayenowa, M.R. 1, 8,14, 24 see also: Greimas, A.J. Mayer, G.L. 1 Mayers, M.K. 1 - Jpr 23 Mayrhofer, M. 1 Mazeika, E.J. 1 Mazon, A. 14 Mazour, A.G. 1 Mazzola, M.L. 1,10 Mazzoni, B. see: Grossman, M. McAmbley, J. 11 McCaffrey, A. 1 McCallum, V.M. 14 McCann, G.A. 1 McCarthy, K. 1 McCarus, E. 1,14 McCawley, J.D. 1,24 McCombs, M.E. 1 McCulloch, A. 1 McDavid, R.I. 1 McDonald, J. 1 McDonald, J.L. 1 McDonaugh, J.T. 1 McDowell, Ch. 1 McDowell, T. 11 McGann, J.J. 1 McGinley, J. 1 McGlathery, J.M. 1 McGlaws, G. 14 McGrady, H.J. 1 McHugh, R. 14 McIntosh, A. 1 McIntyre, C.D. 1 McKay, J.C. 1 McLaughlin, J. 1 McLean, H. 1,14 McLean, S.K. 1 McLendon, S.V. 1 McMahon, W.E. 1 - Jma 90 McMichael, J.L. 1 McMillan, J.B. 1 McMillin, A.B, 1 McNamara, M. 11 McNaron, T.A.H. 1 McNaughton, W.F. 1 McNeill 1 McProud, J.A. 14 McWhorter, O.E. 1 Mead, G. 1 Mecke, G. 1 Medalia, M. 1 Medlin, D.M. 1 Medvedev, L.M. S 141 Mée, K. 1 Meehan, V.M. 1 - Dpr 81 Megenney, W.W. 1 Mehoke, J.S. 1 Mehrotra, R.C. 1 Meier, G.F. 14 Meijer, J. 14 Meijman. W.J. 14 Meillet, A. 1,8 Meinrad, H. 1 Melcalfe, J.C. 1 Mel’cuk, I.A. 1, 8,14, 24 see also: Gladkij, A.V. Melgunov, S.P. S 131 Melito, I.M. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Mell, D.C. 1 Melnichuk, A.C. 1 Mel’nikov, G.P. 1 Meltzer, J.D. see: Shands, H.C. Menges, K.H. 1,10 Menzei, P. 1 — Jmi 176 Mercken-Spaas, G. 1 Meritt, H.D. Jma 37 Merker, R. 1 Merrifield, W.R. 1 Merrill, Th.F. 1 Mershon, H.M. 1 Merts, P.C. 14 Merzon, A.C. S 163 Mescaninov, I.I. 1 Meskill, R.H. l-/pr51 Messing, S.D. 1 Messman, F.J. 1 Messner, D. 1 Metcalf, A. A. 1 - Dpr 50 Meulen, B. van der 1 Meulen, R. van den 14 Mey, J.L. 1,14 - Jma 85 Meyer, G.A. 1 — Jdi 19 Meyer, R. 14 Meyer, W.C. 1 Meyers, J. 1 Meyerstein, E.R. see: Worth, D.S. Meyerstein, P.Z. 1 Meyerstein, R.S. 1 - Jmi 53,99 Meyn, V.M. 1 Meyriat, J. 14 Meys, W.J. 1 Micallef, J. 1 Michael, J. 1 Michalski, A.S. 1 Michalski, J. 1 Michelson, D. 1 Michel’son, M.I. S 240 Michot-Dietrich, H. 1 Miclesen, L.R. 1 Mierau, E. 1 Mihaescu, H. 1 Mihailovic, G. 14 Mihailovic, M. 14 Mihailovich, V. 1 Mihalchenko, I.S. 1 Mijakovs’kyj, V. / Shevelov, G.Y. S 31 Mikaeljan, G.B. see: Achmanova, O.S. Miklosich, F.X. von S 223 Miko, F. 1 - Jpr 165 Mikola, T. 1 - Jpr 240 MikuS, R.F. 1 Milch, I.J. 14 Milewski, T. 1,14 - Jdi 7 Milford, D. 11 Milivojevic, D.D. 1,14 - Jmi 78 Milivojevic, D.D. / Matejió, M. 1 Miller, D.M. l-Dmall Miller, E. 1 Miller, G.A. 1 Miller, H.C. 14 Miller, J. Jma 45 Miller, J.-A. 24 Miller, J.W. 1 Miller, R.E. 14 Miller, R.L. 1 - Jmi 67 Miller, S. 1 Miller, V.F. S 204, Jan 1 Milligan, T.R. 1 Mills, D.L. 1 Mills, L.L. 1 Millward, C.M. 1 - Jpr 124 Milner, M.R. 9,14 Milonov, Ju. 4 Milosz, Cz. 14 Miltner, V. 1 - Jpr 94 Minadeo, R.W. 1 Mindak, M.B. 1 Miner, K. 11 Mirabeau, R.L. 1 Mirëev, K. 14 Miron, M.S. Mirsky, O.S. 1 218
219 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Misra, B.G. 1 Misra, V.N. 1 - Jpr 18 Mistrik, J. 1 Mitchell, (W.) J. 1 Mitchell, B. 11 Mitchell, G.R. 1 - Dpr 13 Mitchell, P. 11,14 Mitchell, S.O. 1 Miyaji, H. 32 Mizwa, S.P. 14 Mladenovic, A. 14 Mlikotin, A.M. 14 Moag, J.S. 1 Mockler, W.E. 1 Moerk, E.L. 1 Moessner, L. 1 - Jpr 148 Moffett, O.E. 1 Mogan, J.J. 1 - Dpr 3 Moglen, H.S. 1 Mogus, M. 1 Mohr, E.V. 1 Mohren see: Boudreault Mok, Q.I.M. 1 — Jpr 100 Mol, H. 1 - Jmi 26 Molenaar, C.A. 14 Molchova, 2. 1 Molinsky, S.J. 1 - S 278 Mollenhauer, P.K. 1 Molnar, G.V. 1 Molson, F.J. 1 Monaghan, J. 1 Monga, L. 1 Monroe, G.K. 1 Monter, B.H. 1 - S 211 Montgomery, Ch. 1 Moody, L.C. 1 Moody, M.D. 1 - Jpr 227 Moordrey, W. 11 Moore, L.H. 1 Moore, T.H. 1 Moore, Th. 11 Morag, S. 1 - Jmi 13 Morais-Barbosa, J. 1 Moran, R.W. 1 Moravcsik, E. 14 Moravcsik, J.M. 1 — Jmi 169 Morgan, K.S. 1 Morgan, M. 14 Morgan, R. 1 - Jpr 177 Morgareidge, C.C. 1 Morin, J.-Y. 1 Morin, Y.Ch. 1 Morrison, J.C. 1 - Jmi 64 Moser, Ch.A. 1, 8 - S 42,112 Moser, H. 1 Moser-Verrey, M. 1 Moses, A.K. 1 Mosin, V. 1 Moskey, S.T. 2,11 Moskov, M. 1 Moskovljevic, M. 1 Moskowitz, A.I. 1 Mostovac, M. 1 Motolanez, G.R. 1 Moulijn, T. 14 Moulton, W.G. 1 Mounin, G. 1 - Jmi 32 Mountain, J.A. 1 Moyne, J. 1 Moyne, J.A. 1 Mroziak, B. see: Maruszewski, M Mufti, Sh. 1 Mugambi, A.F.M. 1 Mulder, J. 14 Mulder, J.W.F. 1 Mulder, J.W.F. / Hervey, S.G.J. - Jmi 136 Muljacic, Z. 1,14, 24 Muller, J. 11 Muller, M.N. 1 Muller-Vollmer, K. 1 Mundell, G. 1 Munro, D.A. 1,8 Munson, W.F. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Newark, L. 1 Newell, J.E. 1 Newman, L. 11.14 Newman, R.S. 1, 8 Newmark, L. 1 Newmeyer, F.J. 1 - Jpr 203 Newton, B. 1 - Jpr 121 Newton, R.P. 1 - Dma 27, Dpr 7 Ney, J.W. 1 - Jmi 171, Jdi 6 Nice, Ph.E. 11,14 Nicholas, J.K. 1 Nichols, A.E. 1 Nichols, J.W. 1 — Dma 22 Nicholson, J. 11 Nicolich, R. 1 Nicoloff, A. 1 Nida, E.A. 1 - Jpr 19 Nieuwenhuijze, C.A.O. van 14 Nikitin, A.N. S 187 Nikolaev, V. 14 Nikolic, B. 14 Nilsen, D.L.F. 1 - Jmi 152,156, Jpr 125 Nilsson, N.A. 1 Nirenburg, S. 14 Nispen tot Sevenaer, Ch. van 14 Nivat, G. 14 Njock, H.M. Bot Ba 1 Nogle, L.E. 1 - Jmi 205 Nolan R. 1 — Jmi 84 Noll, C. 11 Nooten, B.A. van 1 Nordby, E.L. 14 Norman, F. 14 Norrell, L.N. 1 Norton, B.G. 1 — Jmi 145 Norton, G.P. 1 Norwood, W.D. 1 Nosco, B.M. 1 Novikov, N.I. S 250 NovosePskij, A.A. S 152 Novotny, M. (et al.) 1 220
221 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Oléron, P. 1 Oliphant, R.T. 1 - Jpr 20 Oliverius, Z.F. 1 Oiler, J.W. 1 - Jmi 123 Olley, F.R. 1 Ollier, M.L. 1 Olmsted, D.L. 1 - Jmi 117 Olsson, Y.B. 1 Olteanu, P. 1 Omar, A.H. 1 Omar, M.K. 1 - Jpr 160 Ondrackova, J. 1 - Jma 64 Onishi, M. 1 Oomen, U. 1 — Jmi 76 Oranskij, I.M. 1 - Jcr 12 Orlov, A.S. 4 — S 93,227 Ornstein, J. 1,8- Jmi 162 Ornstein, J. / Hensey, F. / Foster, D.W. Jpr 174 Ornstein, J.L. see: Dubois, B.L. Orrick, A.H. Jma 22 Ortheguy, R.L. 1 Ortiz, A. / Zierer, E. Jmi 70 Osborn, V.J. 1 Osgood, Ch.E. 1,8 — Jmi 225 Osmond-Smith, D. 1 Osser, H. 1 Oswald, W. 1 Oswald, W. / Evens, M. / Litowitz B. / Markowitz, J. / Smith, R.N. 1 Otanes, F.T. 1 Otlewski, E. 1 Ouden, B.D. den 1 Oulanoff, H. 1,14 — S 44 Ovcarenko, A.I. 14 Overbeke, M. van 1 Overdulve, C.M. / Gooday, M 1 - Jdi 12 Ovsjaniko-Kulikovskij, D.N. 4 — S 153 Oyelaran, O.O. 32 Ozerov, N. 8
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Pacaluyka, E. 14 Pachmuss, T. 1 Packard, D.J. 1 Packer, H. 14 Paduèeva, E.V. 1,11,24 Paeson, I. 14 Paessman, E. 1 Pagen, S.B. 1 Painter, C. 1 Paiva, J. 11 Paiva, R. 11 Pak, T.-Y. 1 Pak, T. 1 Palakornkul, A. 1 Palavestra, P. 14 Palkova, Z. 8 Palmatier, R.A. 1 - Jpr 74 Palmer, R.E. 1 Palomo, D.J. 1 Palter, L. 1 Palumbo, E.M. 1 — Dpr 37 Panel, H. 1 Panfilov, V.Z. 1 - Jmi 63 Panhuys, H.F. van 14 Panichas, G.A. 1 Pann, F. 14 Paper, H. 1 Papp, F. 1 - Jmi 40 Papp, F. / Szépe, G. Jma 91 Parent, D.J. 1 - Dpr 89 Parent, D.J. / Bruce-Novoa, J. 1 Paris, S.G. 1 — Jmi 216 Pariser, J. 11 Parisi, D. 1 Park, L.G. 1 Park, P.V. 1 Park, Tsch.-Z. 1 Parker, D. 1 Parker, G.J. 1 - Jpr 82 Parker-Rhodes, A.F. 1 Parkinson, F.C. 1 Paroutaud, M. 1 Parret, H. 1,11,14 - Jmi 119, Jma 93 Parrish, C.J. 14 Partee, B.H. 1 Partee, M.H. 1 Pashin, N. 8,14 Passage, Ch.E. 1 - S 35 Passon, R.H. 1 Pasternak, B.L. 7 Paternost, J. 1 Patino, C. 1 Patow, L.W. 14 Pattanayak, D.P. 1 - Jpr 31 Patten, R.L. 1 Patterson, W. 1,14 Patterson, W. / Urrutibéheity, H. 1 - Jpr 198 Patterson, W.T. 14 Patton, H.B. 1 Patton, S.M. Patzer, M.E. 14 Pauliny, E. 1,14 Pearlman, D.D. 1 Peer, L.F1. 1 Peeters, G.J. 1 Peirce 1 Pelc, J. 1,8,14 -Jmi 90 Penchoen, Th. 1 Peng, F.C.C. 1,7- Jmi 120 Penn, J.M. 1 Penot, D.M.P. 1 Penzl, H. 1,10 -Jma 79 Peprnik, J. 14 Peragallo-Pilart, J.L. 14 Percival, K. 1 Pereira de Souza, V. 11 Pereira, N.G.O. 1 — S 308 Perek, Z. 1 Pereszlényi, M.M. 11 Peretc, E.A. 4 - S 145 Perkins, K. 1 Perlmutter, D.M. 1 222
223 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Perloff, M. 1 - Dpr 5 Permjakov, G.L. 1 Pernes, R. 1 Perreiah, A.R. 1 Perry, D. 14 Perry, D.S. 1 Perry, M.F. 1 Perry, Th.A. 1 Persson, A. V. 1 - Dpr 99 Peskovskij, A.M. 1 Pesta, P. 14 Peters, R.A. 1 Peters, V. 1 Peterson, A.W. 1 Peterson, G.M. 1 Peterson, J.L. 11 Peterson, L.S. 1 Peterson, Ph.L. 1 - Jmi 132 Petersson, L. see: Hadding, K. Petöfi, J. 1 Petrdcek, K. 1 Petro, P. 1 - Dmi 27 Petrocenkov, V. 14 Petrovió, M. 14 Petrovici, E. 1,14- Jmi 3 Pfaff, L. 1 Pfeiffer, E. 11 Pfister, F.J. 1 Pheby, J. 1 Phoenix, Z. 2 Pia, J.J. 1 Picchio, Ren. 1 Picchio, Rice. 24 Pierce, J.E. 1 - Jdi 4 Pierce, W. 14 Pike, K. L. 1,14 - Jmn 24,55 Pike, K.L. and E.V. 1 Pilch, H. 1 - Jmi 76 Pilleux, M. 1 Pillsbury, P. W. 1 - Jpr 44 Pilot, J. 1 Pinder, J. 14 Pinsker, S. 1 Pinsky, R.N. 1 Piotrovskij, R.G. 1 Pipes, R. 1 Pisoni, D.B. 1,14 Pitkin, H. 1,24 Pidick, M.L. 1 Pittock, M. 1 Plangg, G.A. 1 Plank, D.L. S 59 Plant, H.R. 1 - Jpr 75 Plante, J.G. 14 Plate, A. 14,21 Platt, J.F. 1 Plavil’Sëikov, V.A. 1 Pletnëv, R. / Guillou, J.-Y, Le 1 Plooy, M.W.A. 2,11 Plotkin, L.A. 1,4 - S 121, Jpr 155 Plötz, S. 1 Plummer, J.F. 1 Polëepcov, G.G. 1 Poger, S.B. 1 Pogodin, M. S 219,256 Poinsatte, A.-M. 1 Polak, C.H.F. 14 Polanski see: Golab Polanski, K. 1 Polanski, K. / Sehnert, J.A. S61 Politzer, R. 1 Pobvanov, E.D. 1 - Jma 72 Pollio, H.R. 1 - Jmi 51 Polomé, E. 1 Pols, A. 14 Pomorska, K. 1,8,14, 24 - S 82 Pomorski, S. 1 Pongweni, A.J.C 1 Ponomareff, C.V. 1 Pop, S. 14 Pope, E.N. 1 - Jpr 226 Pope, R. 14 see also: Armstrong, J.D. Popov, E.A. 14,32
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Popov, P. 1 Poppe, A. 1 Poppe, N. 1,14 Pordany, L. 11 Porten, B. 1 Porter, M.G. 1 Pos, H.J. 1 Posada, R. 1 Posin, J.A. 1 Posner, R. 1 - Jma 103 Postal, P.M. 1 Potebnja, M.V. S 128 Potebnja, A. A. S 128,150 Potter, R.A. 1 Pottier, B. 1,14 Poulin, N.A. 1 Pound, G.M. 1 Poutsma, H. 1 Powell, G.E. 1 Powers, D.C. 1 - Dpr 19 Poynter, D.S. 1 Praninskas, J. 1 - Jpr 58 Prasad, P. 1 Pratt, Ch.C. 1 Pratt, T.W. 1 Prescott, E.K. 1 Preziosi, D. 1,14 Pribam, K.H. 24 Price, F.W. 1 Price, G.R. 1 Price, J.Th. 1 - Jmi 178 Price, W.O. 1 Prideaux, G.D. 1 - Jpr 102 Prier, R.A. 1 - Dpr 11 Prieto J.L. 1 - Jmi 35 Prince, G. 1 — Jma 108, Dmi 13 Pritsak, O. 1,14 Prizel, Z. 1 Proctor, J.W. 1 Proctor, Th. 1 - S 64 Proeme, H. 14 Proffer, C.R. 1,14-S62 224
225 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Ramondino, S. 14 Rancour-Laferrière, D. 14 Rankin, B.K. 1 Ransom, D.R. 1 Rappaport, G. 11 Rarick, L. 1,14 Raskin, V.V. 1,11,14 Rasmussen, D.E 1 - Dmi 20 Raspa, A. 1 Rathé, A.W. 1 Rauch, I. 1 - Jpr 36 Rauch, I. / Carr, G.E Jma 79 Rault-Marcinova, M. 1 Raupach, M. see: Dechert, H.W. Ray, H.H. 1 Ray, P.S. 1 - Jmi 29 Rayfield, J.R. 1 - Jpr 77 Raymond, M.B. 1 - Dpr 17 Razumovskij, A. 1 Rebing, G.O. 1 Reck, V.T. 1 Redden, J.E. 1 Reddington, J.R 1 Reddy, M. 1 Redfern, J.G. 1 - Jpr 120 Redford, S.D. 14 Ree, J.J. 1 Reed, D. 14 Reed, P.J. 1 Reed, R.L. 1 Reeds, J. Jdi 16 Rees, A.L.W. Jmi 102 Rees, Th.R 1 - Dpr 39 Reeve, R.R. 1 Regalado, N.E 1 Rehmus, E.E. 1 Reibel, D.A. 1 Reich, P. 1 Reichel, D.A. 1 Reichelt, H. 1 Reichenbach, H. Jma 90 Reichling, A. 1 Reichmann, O. 1 see also: Lee, A. van der Reid, L. 1 Reiff, D.G. 1 Reiner, E. 1 - Jpr 21 Reinheimer-Pipeanu, S. 1 - Jpr 229 Reiser, H. 1 Reklaitis, J.K. 1 Renaldi, Th.W. 1 Rench, C.R. 1 Rensch, K.H.M. 1 - Jpr 221 Rensky, M. 24 Resch, Y. 1 Resnick, M.C. 1 - Jpr 201 Reuter, F. 1 Reve, K. van het 14 Revutsky, V. 1 Revzin, I.I. 1 Revzina, O. 1 Reynolds, A.L. 1 Reynolds, J.D. 1 Rezun, M. 11 Rhamm, M. 1 Rice, L.M. 1 Rice, Ph.A.P. 1 Richards, H.J. 1 Richards, I.A. Dma 30 Richardson, J. 1 Richardson, K. 2 Richman, S.H. 1 Richmond, H.M. 1 - Dpr 52 Richter, L.R. 2,11,14 Richter, M. 1 Ricks, D.M. 1 Rickwood, T. 1 Ridder, P. de 1,2,9,10,11 Rieber, R.W. 1 Ries, J. 1 Rieux, J. 1 see also: Rollin, B.E. Rieux, J. / Rollin, B.E. Jmi 208 Riffaterre, M. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Rigault, A. A. 1 see also: Tucker, L. Rigault, A.A. / Charbonneau, R. Jma 57 Riggins, Stephen R 14 Riggs, E.P. 1 Rigsby, B.J. 1 Ring, J.W. 1 Rinholm, H.D. 11,14 Ritchie, W.C. 1 Ritzema-van Aardenne, W.E. 14 Rivero, M.-L. 1 Robbins, F.E. 1 Roberts, A.H. 1 - Jpr 8 Roberts, E.B. 1 Roberts, J.W. 1 Roberts, S.E. 1 Robertson, D.C. 1 Robertson, J. 1 Robertson, J.S. 14 Robins, R.H. 24 Robinson, D.F. 1 Robinson, F.M. 1 Robinson, L.W. 1 Robinson, P. 1 Roceric, A. see: Juilland, A. Roceric-Alexandrescu, A. Jmi 130 Rochet, B. 1 Rochette-Ozzelo, Y. 1 Rockenschaub, I. 14 Rocklage, Sister M.N. 1 Rockwood, H.M. 1 Rogers, D.E. 1 Rogers, Th.F. 1 — S 108 Rogger, H. 1 Rohrberger, M. 1 see also: Gardner, P. Rojas, N. 1 Roldan, M. de las Mercedes 1 Rolfe, W.O. 32 Rolle, R. Dpr 51 Rollin, B.E. / Rieux, J. 1 Rolling, P.C. 1 Romanoff, J.S. 14 Romanoff, N. 14 Romanovic-Slavatinskij, A. S 100 Romeo, L. 1 - Jpr 55 Romer, R.G. 1 Rominger, A.B. 14 Romportl, M. 1 - Jma 61 Ronat, M. 1 Ronen, O. 1 Rose, Ch.B. 1 Rose, M. 14 Rosen, N. 1 Rosen, R.S. 1 Rosén, H.B. 1 Rosenbek, J. see: Waengler, H.-Fl. Rosenberg, B.A. 1 Rosenberg, S.N. 1 - Jpr 116 Rosenberg, Sh. 1 Rosenberger, C. 14 Rosenfeld, N. 1 Rosenfeld, S. 1 Rosenfield, L.W. 1 - Jma 35 Rosenthal, B. 1 Rosenthal, S. 14 Rosetti, A. 1,14 - Jmi 9, Jma 16, Jma 95, Jcr 13 Rosetti, P. 14 Rosier, J.L. 1 — Jma 37 Rosolowski, U. 11 Ross, A.S.C. 1 Ross, J.M. 1 Ross, J.R. 1,24 Rossi-Landi, F. 1 — Jma 81 Rossi, V. 1 Rosslyn, W. 1 Rossman, V.R. 1 - Dma 35 Rostvig, M.S. 1 Rot 1 Rothe, M. 11 Rothemberg, M. 1 - Jpr 215 Rothrock, I.-S. 1 226
227 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Rothstein, R.A. 14 Rothuizen, G.J.L. 14 RotStejn, EA. S 164 Rouben, C. 1 Rouèek, J.S. 14 Roudil, J. 1 Roudil, J. and L. 1 Rounds, R.C. 14 Rountree, M.M. 1 Rousseau, Ch.J. 1 Roza, R. 1 Rozencvejg, V.Ju. 1,11,14,24 - Jma 99 Rozdestvenskij, Ju.V. 1 Rubenstein, H. 14 Rubin, J. 1 - Jpr 60 Rubulis, A. 1 Rudenko, B.T. Jan 7 Rudnyckyj, J.B. 11,14 Rudy, R 1 Rudy, S. 14 Ruhlen, M. 1 Ruiz, M.B. 1 Rujce-Dravipa, V. 24 Rulon, C.M. see: Griggs, S. Rundzjo, K.H. 8 Runzo, J.R 1 Rus, V. 1 Rusch, Th.M. 11 Rusiecki, J. 1 Russell, W.M. 1 Rutherford, Ph.R. 1 Ruthrof, H.G. 1 Rutten, RM. van 1 - Dpr 62 Ruwet, N. 1,14,24 Ruzie, E.B. 14 Ruiiéic, G.S. S 279 Ruzicka, R. 1,14 Rybakov, B.A. S 203 Ryder, S.A. 1 - Jpr 131 Ryding, W.W. 1 - Dma 12 Saada, L. 1 Saalmann, D. 1 Sachmatov, A. A. 1 - S 41,98,125 Sadikov, P.A. 1 - S 209 Sadnik, L. / Aitzetmüller, R. 1 - S 6 Safarewicz, J. 1 - Jma 76 Saha, P.K. 1 Saiz, P. 1 — Dmi 17 Sakbani, A. 1 Sala, M. 1 - Jpr 142 Sallee, Ph.A. 14 Salm, P. 1 Salmond, A. 1 - Jpr 152 Salomon, L.B. 1 Saloni, Z. 14 Saltarelli, M. 1 - Jpr 93 Saltarelli, M. / Wanner, D. 1 — Jpr 207 Salter, F.R. 1 Saltus, R.H. 14 Saltzer, M.G. see: Lugton, R.C. Salus, P.H. 1 Salzmann, Z. 1 Samarin, W.J. 1 - Jpr 38 Sambor, J. 1 see also: Kurcz, I. Samilov, M. 1 - S 32 Sampson, G. 1 - Jmi 88 Sampson, G.P. 1 Sampson, H.G. 1 — Dpr 33 Samsonov, N.G. 14 Samuelsdorf, P. 1 San Jose, Ch. 1 Sanborn, D.A. 1 - Jmi 103 Sanches, M. 1 Sanders, Ch. 1 Sanders, G.A. 1 - Jmi 108,198 Sanders, R.E. 1 Sangster, R.B. 1, 2,14 - Jma 109 Sankoff, D. 1 Sannikov, V.Z. 1 Sara, S.I. 1- Jpr 213
228 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Saradzenidze, T.S. 1 Sargent, S.H. 1 Sarot, R.-A. 1 Saryusz Makowski, W.A.W. 14 Sastri, M.I. 1 Satta, L. 1 Sattler, E.E. 1 Sauer, G. / Steinitz, R. Jpr 254-257 Sauer, L.Z. 2 Saumjan, S.K. 1,24 — Jmi 41, Jma 45 Saunders, G. 1 Savic, R 1,14 Savignac, D. see: Hulanicki, L. Sawa, V.I. S 127 Sawaitov, P.I. S 212 Sayre, R.W. 1 Scaglione, A.D. 1 - Jmi 77 Scanlan, J.P. 14 Scanlan, M. 1 Scatton, E. 1,14 Scegolev, P.E. S 185 Sèerba, L.V. 1 Schaarschmidt, G. 14 Schadlich, H.J. 1 see also: Isaéenko, A.V. Schaefer, J. 1 Schaerlaekens, A.M. 1 — Jma 83 Schafer, J. 1 Schapiro, M. 24 Scheidert, R 14 Schein, L.J. 11 Scheindlin, R.P. 1 Schell, E.Th. 1 Schenkel, W. 1 see also: Helbig, G. Schenker, A.M. 1,14,24 — S 39 Scherabon Firchow, E. Jma 59 Scherer, P. 14 Scherer-Virski, O. 1 - S 5,9 Schick, E.B. 1 - Dpr 20 Schindler, M.S. 1 Schlant, E. 1 Schleier, I.E.H. 1 Schlesinger, I.M. 1 - Jmi 69 Schludermann, B. Dma 25 Schmalstieg, W.R. 1 Schmalstieg, W.R. / Jegers, B. S 85 Schmidt, F. 1 Schmidt, S. / Hartmann, P. 1 Schmidt, N.J. 1 Schmidt-Radefeldt, J. 1 Schmidt, T. 1 Schmidtberger, L.F. 1 Schmizzi, J.A.J. 1 Schneider, G. 1 Schnitzer, M.L. 1 Schoff, G. 1 Schogt, H.G. 1,14 — Jpr 79 Schokker, G.H. see: Heesterman, J.C. Scholes, R.J. 1 - Jmi 50,121 Scholl, Ch. 11 Scholier, H. 1 Scholz, B.F. 1,14 Scholz, F. 1 - S 258 Schonhorn, M. 1 Schooneveld, C.H. van 1,2,9,11, 21, 24, 26-30, 39 - Jmi 134, S 7 see also: Armstrong, J.D. see also: Jakobson, R.O. Schorrig, E.W. 1 Schote, J. 1 Schramm, G.M. 1,8 Schramm, L.J. 1 Schramm, M.S. 1 Schrenk see: Girke, W. Schroten, J. 1 - Jpr 173 Schubert, M. 1 Schueler, H.J. 1 Schulte-Sasse, J. see: Godzich, W. Schiitzenberger, M.-P. see: Gross, M. Schuhmacher, W.W. 1 - Jmi 146 Schuil, H. 14 Schuller, A.O. 14 Schulte, R.O. 1
229 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Schultz, E. 1 Schultze, S. 11 Schulz, H.J. 1 - Dpr 63 Schuman, L.O. 1 Schupbach, R.D. 1,14 Schurer, E. 1 Schuster-Sewc, H. 14 Schütz, A.J. 1 Schveiger, P. 1 Schwane, J.G. 1 Schwartz, B. 1 Schwartz, E.J. 11 Schwartz, R.A. 1 Schwarz, H. see: Beckers, H. Schwencke, C.G. 14 Sciarone, A.G. 1 - Jpr 149 Scott, R.I. 1 Scott, W.C. 1 Scott, W.G. 1 Scovel, Th. 1 Scriabine, H. 1 Scruggs, Ch.W. 1 Scur, G.S. 1,14 Seaman, P.D. 1 - Jpr 132 Searle, L.F. 1 Sebeok, Th.A. 1,2,7,14,24 - Jmi 55,122, Dpr 44 Sebeok, Th.A. / Hayes, A.S. / Bateson, M.C. Jma 15 Sebeok, Th.A. / Zeps, V.J. Jma 8 Sebüktekin, H.I. 1 - Jpr 84 Secrist, R.H. 1 Seduro, V. 1 Seebold, E. 1 — Jpr 85 Seely, K.G. 1 Segal, D.M. 24 Sehnert, J.A. 14 see also: Polanski, K. Seiden, W. 1 Seigel, A.H. 1 Seiler, H. 1,14 Sekaninova, E. 14 Sekera, G. 14 Selegen, G.V. 1,11 SeliSdev, A.M. S 106 SePvinskij, I.L. 1 Sena, A. 14 Serbina, K.N. S221 Seright, O.D. 1 Servodidio d’Ambrosio, M. 1 Sessions, W.A. 1 Seckarev, V.M. 1,14 - S 36 Seubert, J. 11 Sevcenko, I. 14 Shevchenko, I. 14 Severnyj, V. 1 SevoroSkin, V. 1,14,24 Seward, R.Z. 1 Sexton, R.J. 1 - Dma 6a Seyffert, P. 1,14 Sgall, P. 14 see also: Hajidova, E. Shands, H. 1 Shands, H. / J.D. Meltzer Jmi 165 Shanner, Th. 14 Shannon, A. 1 - Jpr 14 Shannon, Ch. Jma 75 Shannon, F. 14 Shapiro, A. 1 Shapiro, B.C. 1 Shapiro, E. 14 Shapiro, J. 11 Shapiro, M. 1,8,14 Sharadzenidze, T. 1 Sharma, M.L. 1 Sharma, R.N. 1 Sharpe, M.E. 14 Sharpless, E. 1 Sheaffer, M.P.A. 1 Shedd, G.M. 1 Sheezan, F.X. 11 Shein, L.J. 14 Sheldahl, T.K. 1,8 Sheldon, R.R. 1
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Shell, O.A. 1 Sheni, A.R.M. 1 Shepler, F.J. 1,9 Sheppard, V. 1 Sherwood, R.J. 1 Sherzer, J. 1 Shetter, W.Z. 14 Shevelov, G.Y. 1,14 - S 38 see also: Mijakovs’kyj, V. Shibles, W.A. 1 - Dmi 7 Shinall, S.L. 1 Shkandry, Th.M. 11 Shmeifsky, M. 1 - Dma 13 Shook, M.L. 1 Shopen, T. 1 Shores, D.L. 1 — Jpr 103 Short, D. Jma 64 Short, R. 11 Shoup, J.E. 1 Shugar, G.W. 1 - Jma 80 Shukla, Sh. 1 Shulman, R. 1 Shuter, W.F. 1 Sidorov, N.R see: Brodskij, N.L. Siebenschuh, W. 1 Siebert, D.T. 1 Siedlecki 1 Siekmann, R.C.R. 1 Siertsema, B. 14 Silk, K. 11 Silver, B.L. 1 Silver, Sh.K. 1 see also: Langdon, M. Silverman, E.B. 1 — Dpr 36 Silverman, S. 14 Silverstein, M. 24 Simanis, L.R 1 Simeon, G.J. 1 Simmons, H.M. 11 Simmons, J.C. 1 Simmons, J.S.G. 14 Simmons, R. see: Cummings, M. Simon, S. Dmi 24 Simons, J.D. 1 Simonton, Th.E. 1 Sinclair, C. 1 Singh, R. 1 Singh, S 1 see also: Danhauer, J.L. Sinor, D. 1,14 Skaftymov, A.R S 207 Skarginsky, E. 14 Skarzyriska, S. 1 Skendi, S. 1,14 Skinner, J.L. 1 Sklovskij, V.B. S 239 see also: Tomasevskij, B.V. Skoumalové, Z. see: Stindlova, J. Skousen, R. \—Jmi 2\7 Skulicz, M.V. 1 Skulsky, H. 1 Slagle, U. von 1 — Jma 98 Slama-Cazacu, T. 1,8,11,14- Jmi 149, Jma 6,60 Slater, J.G. 1 Slizinski, J. 14 Sljusareva, N.A. 1 Slocum, J. 14 Smerud, W.B. 1 - Jmi 100 Smiljanski, S. 14 Smirnickij, A.I. 1 Smirnov, R S 170 Smit, W.K.C. 14 Smith, B.H. 1 Smith, J.W. 1 Smith, L.F. 14 Smith, M.E. 1 — Jma 52 Smith, M.R. 1 Smith, Ph.T. 1 Smith, R.N. 1 — Jmi 150 see also: Oswald, W. Smith, R.S. 1 Smith, S.B. 1 - Jmi 206 Smith, W.F. 1 230
231 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Smith, W.W. 14 Smolikowska, E. see: Fokker, A.A. Smyrniw, W. 1 Snoeck, J.A. 14 Snow, J. 1 Snyder, L. 1 Sobko, N.P. S 156 Sobolevskij, A.I. 1 - S 37,222 Sobotka, V. 14 Soderbergh, R. 1 Soffietti, J. 10 Soldatenkov, K.T. S 115,214 Solle, R. 1 - Jma 94 Solomon, Ph.H. 1 Solovev, Ju.Ja. S 164 Solt, M.E. 14 Sotëenicyn, A.I. 14 Somers, H.H. 1 Sommer, G.Day 1 Sommerfelt, A. 1 - Jma 7 Sorelle, Z.R. 1 Sorokin, O.G. 1 Sorrells, M.S. 1 Sötèr, I. 1,8 Sotiropoulos, D. 1 - Jpr 137 Souèkova, M. 1,14 - S 17,40 Soudakoff, D. 14 Soudakoff, S. 14 see also: Oinas, F. Soudakoff, S. / Oinas, F. 1 Soudek, L. 1 Soulez, E.H. 1 Sousa, A. de 1 Southworth, F.Ch. 1 Souza, R. de 1 Sova, L.Z. 1,11 Sovijarvi, A. / Aalto, P. Jma 10 Sovrè, D. 24 Spa, J.J. 1 Spangenberg, K. 1 Spasov, D. 1 Spatz, J. 1 Spear, R.L. 1 Spears, R.A. 1 Spector, A. 1 Spektorskij, E.V. S 236 Spemler, A. 11 Spencer, Sh. 1 Speranskij, M.N. S 182 Spiegler, M. 1 Spinka, M. 1 Spitzbart 1 Spolsky, B. 1 Spreen, O. 1 Spring, G.K. 1 Springer, G.P. 1 Sroka, K.A. 1 - Jpr 129 St. Clair-Sobell, J.O. 14 Stacy, R.H. 1 Stade, G. 1 Stahl, F.A. 1 Stahlberger, L.L. 1 - S 14 Staines, D. 1 Stalker, D.F. 1 Stalker, J.C. 1 Stamoulis, L. 11 Stanford, R. 1 Stanford, R.B. 1 Stang, C. 14 Stankiewicz, E. 1,14,24 Stankiewicz, E. / Vickery, W.N. S 58 Stankiewicz, E. / Worth, D.S. 1 - S 49 Stanton, D.C. 1 Stark, B.R. 1 Starobinski, J. 1 Starosta, S. 1 Stasevskij, E.D. S 173 Stavan, F1.A 1 - Dpr 94 Stavrou, Ch. 1 Steele, E. 1 Steele, S.M. see: Akmajian, A. Stefano, J.S. De 1 Stefflre,V. 14
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Steinberg, A.N. 1 Steinberg, D.D. 1 Steiner, P. 1 Steiner, P. and W. 1 Steiner, R.J. 1 - Jpr 108 Steiner, W. and P. 1 Steinhauer, H. 1 - S 306 Steinitz, W. 1 - Jpr 254-257 Steinitz, R. see: Sauer, G. Steinke, G. 1 Steinke, J.E. 1 Stemmer, N. 1 - Jmi 173 Stenbock-Fermor, E. 1,14 Stender-Petersen, A.D. 14 Stepanenko, M. 1 Stephan, Ph. 1 Stern, L. 14 Sterrenburg, L. 1 Stevens, A.M. 1 Stevick, R.D. 1 - Jpr 71 Steward, W.R. 1 Stewart, G.M. 1 Stewart, G.O. 1 Stieber, Z. 1,14 Stiehm, B. 1 Stiles, V. 1 Stindlova, J. 1 Stindlova, J. / Skoumalova, Z. Jma 30 Stinebring, E. 14 Stinson, B.R. 1 Stochl, J.J. 1 Stojkov, S.I. 14 Stokes, C. 2 Stokhof, W.A.L. 1 — S 298 Stokoe, W.C. 1 Stokolov, J. see: Azadovskij, A. Stolz, B.A. 1,14 Stolz, W.S. 1 Stone, E.J. 1 Stone, H.R. 1 Storch, M.B. 1 Story, G.L. 1 Stotsky, S.L. 1 Stoudt, R.J. 1 Strachov, N. S 147,176 Straling, B. 1 Strasheim, D.S. 1 Strassler, J. 1 Stratton, Ch.R. 1 Straub, S. 1 Strauch, C.F. 1 Strelsky, K. 1 Strémooukhoff, D. 14 Strothmann, F.W. 14 Struadel, J. 14 Strybel, R. 14 Stuart, D.G. 1,9,14 Stubel, E. 1 Studdert-Kennedy, M. 1 Stugrin, M. 1 Sturm, R. E. 1 Suarez, E. and J. 1 Suarez, J.A. see: Gregores, E. Subbiah, R. 1 Subbindo, J.L. 1 Subin, E.P. / Troickaja, N.B. 1 Subrahmanian, K. 1 Subramoniam, V.I. see: Heesterman, J.C. Suchomlinov, M.I. S 243 Sugarman, R.I. 1 Suiter, J.E. 1 Sulan, B. 14 Sulimirski, T. 1 Sullivan, N.A. 1 - Dmi 3 Sumikti, R.H. 1 Sunik, O.P. 1 Suokko, J. 1 - Jmi 131 Superfin, G.G. 14 Suppes, P. 1 Surh, G.D. 11 Sutherland, R.D. 1 - Jma 26 Svartvik, J. 1 - Jpr 63 see also: Carvell, H.T. see also: Quirk, R. Svejcer, A.D. 1 - Jmi 159 232
233 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Tauli, V. 1 Tax, S. 11 Taylor, D.J. 1 Taylor, G.K. 1 Taylor, I.C. 1 Taylor, Mark 1 - Dpr 92 Taylor, Martha Jma 75 Teesing, H.P.H. 1 Teeuw, A. 14 Teghrarian, S. 1 Tekavcic, P. 1 Temesi, M. see: Horvath, M. Temp, G.E. 1 Tener, R.L. 1,8 Ter-Oganian, L. Jma 76 Terestenyi, T. see: Szépe, G. Ternes, H. 1 Terras, V. 1,14 - S 69, 296 Terrebonne, R.A. 1 Terry, Ch.L. 1 Terry, R.M. 1 Tervoort, B.Th. 1 Tëlitelové, M. 1 Thao, T.D. 1 Tharv, S.J. 1 Thayer, J.A. 11 Thelin, N.B. 14 Thierry, J.J. 14 Thiessen, J. 1 Thinnes, W.J. 1 Thomas, A.R. 1 Thomas, G. 1 Thomas, J.E. 1 Thompson, E.M. 1 - Dma 8 Thompson, L.M. 1 Thompson, S.A. 1 Thomson, F.P. 1 Thorion, Y. 1 Thorne, W.B. 1 Thorpe, A. 1 Tichomirov, M.N. S216 Tichonravov, N.S. S184,204
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Tick, S. 1 Tiefenbrun, S.W. 1 - Dpr 25 Tiffany, W.R. 1 Tigay, J. 1 Tilley, E.A. 1 Tilney, Ph.V.R. 14 Tilton, E.M. 1 Timm, L.A. 1 Timmer, B. S 29 Timofeev, A.I. S 140 Tinelli, H. I-Jpr 117 Tinkler, J.D. 1 - Jpr 67 Titov, A. A. S 156 Tjalsma, H.W. 1 Tkach, K. 2,11 Tobin, R.W. 14 Tobin, Y. 14 Toconita, M.J. 1 Todd, E.M. 1 Todd, J.E. 1 - Dpr 48 Todd, W.M. 14 Todorov, T. 1,24 Tokei, F. 1,8 Tollenaere, F. de 1 Tolliver, H.E. 1 TomaSevskij, B.V 1 — S 134 Tomasevskij, B.V / Bogatyrev, R / Sklovskij, V.B. S 180 Tomassone, R. 1 Tompa, J. 1 — Jpr 96 Tondl, L. 1 Toor, D.S. 1 Topolinska, Z. 1,14 — S 255 Toporov, V.N. 1 Torgerson, J.N. 1 Torsuev, G.R 1 Tosh, W. 1 — Jmi 37 ToSovió, B. 14 Tosswill, S. 11 Townsend, Ch.E. 1,14 Trager, G.L. 1 - Jma 52 Traugott, E. 14 Treimer, K. 14 Trento, M. 1 Trétiakoff, A. 1 Trier, J.T. Jmi 174 Trifonov, T. see: Damjanov, R. Trimble, Ch.G. 2,14 Triomphe, R. 14 Trnka, B. 1 - Jma 88 Trofimoff, V. 11 Troickaja, N.B. see: Subin, E.R Tron, A. 1 Troy, M. 11 Trubeckoj, N.S. 1 — S 56 — Jma 47, Trubeckoj, Z. 1 Truszkowski, W. 14 Trypucko, J. 1 Tsaragakis, O. 1 Tschenkeli, K. 14 Tsiapera, M. 1 - Jpr 66 Tsurikov, A. 1 Tsuzaki, S.M. 1,8 -Jpr 107 Tucker, G.R. / Lambert, W.E. / Rigault, A.A 1 - Jdi 8 Tuerk, R.C. 1 — Dpr 98 Tukey, A. 1 Tumins, V.A. 1 — S 84 Tumins, V.A. / Vernadsky, G. 1 — S 300 Tunberg, J.D. 1 Turchyn, A. 14 Turk, E.B. 1 Turner, M.M. 1 Turner, P.R. 1 Turner, R.C. 1 Tuso, J.F. 1 Tutt, R.M. 1 Tuttle, R.C. 1 Tuyn, H. 1 Twarog, L. 14 Twombly, R.G. 1 Tynjanov, J.N. 1 — S 47 see also: Èjchenbaum, B.M. Tyson, M.H. 1 234
■ flKHNK»9l3NMMA93a *-:&*yc* & Bs/KBSKBRmgffSBim 235 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES
236 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Waddington, R.B. 1 Waengler, H.-H. / Rosenbek, J. 1,8 Wagner, L. 1 Wagner, L.A. 14 Wailes, S.L. 1 Wake, C.H. 1 - Dpr 82 Wakefield, R.M. 1 - Dpr 112 Wakeham, I. 32 Waldrop, R. 1 - Dmi 6 Wales, R. 1 Walker, G.F. 1 Walker, J.G. 1 Walker, W.B. 1 Wall, C. 1- Jmi 201 Wallace, J.R. 1 Waller, G.F. 1 - Dpr 90 Walls, W. 1 Wallwork, F.E. 1 Walters, J.R. 1 Walz, J. 1 Wang, W.S.-Y. 1 Wankhade, M.N. 1 Wanner, D. see: Saltarelli, M. Wanner, E. 1 - Jmi 170 Warburton, I.Ph. 1 Wares, A.C. 1 - Jpr 57 Waring, A.G. 1 Warner, E.A. 1 - S 104 Warotamasikkhadit, U. 1 - Jpr 68 Warshauer, M.E. Jma 21 Wasiolek, E. 14 Wasow, Th. 1 see also: Akmajian, A. Wasson, R.G. 14 Waszink, J.H. 14 Waszink, RM. 2, 7,11,14 - Jmi 41 Waterhouse, V.G. Jcr 16 Waters, D.D. 1,8 Watkins, C. 24 Watson, H.M. 1 Watson, K. 11 Watts, A.Ch. 1
237 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Willard, O.M. 1 Williams, C. 11 Williams, E.W. 1 Williams, J.M. 1 Williams, J.S. 1 Williams, Th.A. 1 Willis, C. 1 Willson, R.F. 1 — Dpr 88 Wilmes, K.-M. 14 Wils, J. 22 Wilson, A.C. 1 Wilson, E. 14 Wilson, F.F. 1 Wilson, J.D. 1 Wilson, Jay 14 Wilson, Joseph 14 Wilson, K. 1 Wilson, K.D. 1 Wilson, M.R. l-/pr64 Wilson, R.D. 1 Winchell, M. 11 Winckler, W.K. see: Botha, R.R Winer, M.M. 14 Wingo, E.O. 1 - Jpr 133 Winitz, H. / Reeds, J. 1 - Jdi 16 Winkel, H.J. zum 14 Winner, Th.G. 1,14,24 Winner, Th.G. / Matejka, L. 1 Winteler, J. 1 Winter, I. 1-Dpr 111 Winter, W. 1,7,14 - Jma 11, Jcr 12 - ed. Jcr Wirth, N.E. 1 Wishard, A. 1 Witkam, H.J. 14 Witkin, B.R. 1 Witsen, N. 1 Wittig, S. 1 Wittoch, Z. 14 Witucki, J.R. 1 Witz, K.G. / Easley, J.A. 1 Wlassics, T. 1 Wobst, S. 14 Wodarz, H.W. 1 Wodarz-Magdics, K. 1 Wode, H. 1 Wojtasiewicz, O.A. Jmi 90 Wolf, M. 1 see also: Kinney, A. Wolf, R de 1 -Jpr 167 Wolfart, H.Ch. 1 Wolfe, F.A. 1 Wolfe, R 1 Wolff, J. 1 Wolf, M. see: Kinney, A. Wolfkopf, A.C. 1 Wolkonsky, C. 14 Woltner, M. 14 Woo, N. 1 Wood, G.R. 1 Wood, H. 1- Dpr 21 Wood, J.R. 17 Wood, R.E. 1 Wood, Th.E.B. 1 - Dma 7 Woodell, Th.M. Woods, J.H. 1,14 - Dmi 16 Woods, R.R 14 Woodward, J.B. 1 Woolley, D.E. 1 Wormhoudt, A.L. 1 Woronczak, J. see: Kurcz Worth, D.S. 1,14,21,24 -S 262,267 — Jma 2 see also: Eekman, Th. see also: Jakobson, R.O. see also: Stankiewicz, E. Worth, D.S. / Meyerstein, E.R. 1 Wortley, W.V. 1 - Dpr 8 Woshinsky, B.R. 1 — Dpr 72 Wreath, P.J. 1 Wright, K.T. 1 Wright, S. 11 Wurm, S.A. Jcr 1 Wyatt, G.L. 1 238
239 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES
240 INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES Zwanenburg, W. 14 Zweers A.F. 1,14 - S 264 Zwicky, A.D. 1 Zwicky, A.M. and A.D. 1 Zwirner, E. 14 Zwoll, C. van 1 Zyla, W.T. 1



21. J.J. Witkam: Catalogue of Arabic manuscripts in the library of the University of Leiden and other collections in the Netherlands. 1982-1989. 5 fasc. and introductory leaflet. 16,560 p. 22-23. H.I.R. Hinzler: Catalogue of Balinese manuscripts in the library of the University of Leiden and other collections in the Netherlands 1986-1987.2 vols. 22. Part 1. Reproductions of the Balinese drawings from the Van der Tuuk Collection. 1987. - 435 photographs. ISBN 90-04-07235-7 23. Part 2. Descriptions of the Balinese drawings from the Van der Tuuk Collection. 1986. -VI, 513 p. ISBN 90-04-07236-5 24. P. Voorhoeve: Catalogue of Acehnese manuscripts in the Library of Leiden University and other collections outside Aceh. In coop, with T. Iskandar. Transl. and ed. by M. Durie. 1994. — 391 p. ISBN 90-74204-05-8 25. Catalogue of Malay and Minangkabau manuscripts in the library of Leiden University and other collections in the Netherlands. E.P. Wieringa: Vol. I. Comprising the acquisitions of Malay manuscripts in Leiden University Library up to the year 1896. Ed. by J. de Lijster-Streef and J.J. Witkam. 1998. - 608 p. 26. Chr. Berkvens-Stevelinck: Catalogue des manuscrits de la collection Prosper Marchand. Avec la collab. de A. Nieuweboer. 1988. - X, 206 p. ISBN 90-04- 08618-8 27. J.P. Hinrichs: Valerij PereleSin (1913-1992). Catalogue of his papers and books in Leiden University Library. 1997. - 184 p. ISBN 90-74204-07-4 28. Chr. Berkvens-Stevelinck: Inventaris van het archief van Komelis Heiko Miskotte. 1998. - XIV, 235 p. ISBN 90-74204-08-2 29. A. van der Lem: Inventaris van het archief van Johan Huizinga. Bibliografie 1897-1997.1998. - XIX, 420 p. ISBN 90-74204-09-0 30. J. Schmidt: Catalogue of Turkish manuscripts in the Library of Leiden University and other collections in the Netherlands. Vol. I. Comprising the acquisitions of Turkish manuscripts in the seventeenth and eighteenth cen turies. 2000. - XV, 644 p. 31. J.P. Hinrichs: The C.H. van Schooneveld Collection in Leiden University Library. Editorial correspondence and documents relating to Mouton & Co., The Hague, and other papers in the fields of Slavistics and linguistics. With contrib. by A.Th. Bouwman. 2001. - viii, 240 p. ISBN 90-74204-10-4 ** Out of print / >